As confidentially submitted to the Securities and Exchange Commission on October11, 2022.
This draft registration statement has not been publicly filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission and all information herein remains strictly confidential.

Registration No. 333-

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

______________

FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

______________

T1V, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

______________

Delaware	7370	46-2949524
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

5025 West WT Harris Boulevard, Suite A
Charlotte, NC 28269
(704) 594-1610
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

______________

Michael Feldman
President and Chief Executive Officer
T1V, Inc.
5025 West W.T. Harris Blvd, Suite A
Charlotte, NC 28269
(704) 594-1610
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

______________

Copies to:

Richard I. Anslow, Esq. Scott M. Miller, Esq. Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP 1345 Avenue of the Americas New York, New York 10105 (212) 370-1300 Ross Carmel, Esq. Philip Magri, Esq. Carmel, Milazzo & Feil LP 55 West 39th Street, 18th Floor New York, New York 10018 (212) 658-0458

______________

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ☐

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer	☐	Accelerated filer	☐
Non-accelerated filer	☒	Smaller reporting company	☒
		Emerging growth company	☒

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☒

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS Subject to Completion Dated , 2022

T1V, INC.

Shares

Class A Common Stock

_______________________

This is a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering by T1V, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“T1V,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” or “our”) of its shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Class A Common Stock” or the “Shares”). We are offering [•] shares of our Class A Common Stock in this offering (this “Offering”). Prior to this Offering, there has been no public market for our Class A Common Stock.

We currently expect the initial public offering price to be between $[•] and $[•] per share of Class A Common Stock (on a post-forward split basis as discussed below). The final offering price of the shares will be determined by us and EF Hutton, division of Benchmark Investments, LLC, the representative of the underwriters in connection with this Offering (the “Representative”), taking into consideration several factors as described between the underwriters and us at the time of pricing, including our historical performance and capital structure, prevailing market conditions, and overall assessment of our business. Therefore, the assumed public offering price used throughout this prospectus may not be indicative of the actual public offering price for our Class A Common Stock. See “Underwriting.”

Following this Offering, we will have two classes of authorized common stock, the Class A Common Stock and Class B common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Class B Common Stock”). The rights of the holders of Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock are identical, except with respect to voting and conversion rights. Each share of Class A Common Stock is entitled to one vote per share. Each share of Class B Common Stock is entitled to 10 votes per share and is convertible into one share of Class A Common Stock. The outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock will represent approximately [•]% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock immediately following this Offering.

The underwriters have an option for a period of 45 days from the date of this prospectus to purchase up to a maximum of [•] additional shares of Class A Common Stock (15% of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock sold in this Offering) from the Company and certain selling stockholders of the Company.

Unless otherwise noted, the share and per share information in this prospectus reflects a forward stock split of the outstanding common stock of the Company, effective prior to the completion of this Offering, at an assumed ratio of 50-for-1, which is the approximate midpoint of the range between 35-for-1 and 70-for-1, which range was approved by our board of directors, with the actual ratio being subject to the further approval of our board of directors and our stockholders (the “Split”).

Prior to this Offering, there has been no public market for our Class A Common Stock. We intend to apply to list our Class A Common Stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market (“Nasdaq”), under the symbol “[•].” No assurance can be given that our application will be approved. If our Class A Common Stock is not approved for listing on Nasdaq, we will not consummate this Offering.

We are an “emerging growth company” as that term is defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, and a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and, as such, have elected to take advantage of certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings. See “Summary — Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company” and “Summary — Implications of Being a Smaller Reporting Company.”

Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk.Before making any investment decision, you should carefully review and consider all the information in this prospectus including the risks and uncertainties described under “Risk Factors” beginning on page 13.

	Per Share	Total
Public offering price	$	$
Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)	$	$
Proceeds to us, before expenses	$	$

____________

(1)We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their expenses and to issue to the representative of the underwriters warrants to purchase [•] shares of Class A Common Stock (representing 5% of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock sold in this Offering, excluding any shares of Class A Common Stock sold pursuant to the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option, as defined below). See “Underwriting” beginning on page 107 of this prospectus for more information about these arrangements.

We have granted to the representative of the underwriters an option to purchase up to [•] additional shares of Class A Common Stock (15% of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock sold in this Offering) from the Company (1/3 of such number of shares) and certain selling stockholders of the Company (2/3 of such number of shares) at the public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions payable by the Company and the selling stockholders, as applicable, to cover over-allotments, if any, for 45 days after the date of this prospectus (the “Over-Allotment Option”). We will receive the net proceeds from shares of Class A Common Stock purchased by the underwriters from the Company in exercising their Over-Allotment Option, but will not receive any proceeds from shares of Class A Common Stock purchased by the underwriters from certain selling stockholders in exercising their Over-Allotment Option.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Delivery of the shares of Class A Common Stock is expected to be made on or about, 2022.

Sole Book Running Manager

EF HUTTON

division of Benchmark Investments, LLC

The date of this prospectus is , 2022

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospectus

	Page
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY	1
SUMMARY OF THE OFFERING	8
RISK FACTORS	13
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS	40
MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA	42
USE OF PROCEEDS	43
DIVIDEND POLICY	44
CAPITALIZATION	45
DILUTION	48
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS	50
BUSINESS	64
MANAGEMENT	76
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION	83
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS	91
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS	92
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES	94
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE	100
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK	103
UNDERWRITERS	107
LEGAL MATTERS	115
EXPERTS	115
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION	115
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS	F-1

Neither we, nor any of the underwriters, have authorized anyone to provide you with any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. Neither we, nor any of the underwriters, take any responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our Class A Common Stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our Class A Common Stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects may have changed since that date.

Through and including, 2022, all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this Offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

For investors outside the United States:    Neither we, nor any of the underwriters, have done anything that would permit this Offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside of the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of our Class A Common Stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

i

PATENTS, TRADEMARKS AND COPYRIGHTS

We own or have rights to trademarks or trade names that we use in connection with the operation of our business, including, ThinkHub®, our corporate names, including T1V®, logos and website names. In addition, we own or have the rights to copyrights, trade secrets and other proprietary rights that protect the content of our products and services. This prospectus may also contain trademarks, service marks and trade names of other companies, which are the property of their respective owners. Our use or display of third parties’ trademarks, service marks, trade names or products in this prospectus is not intended to, and should not be read to, imply a relationship with or endorsement or sponsorship of us. Solely for convenience, some of the copyrights, trade names and trademarks referred to in this prospectus are listed without their ©, ® and ™ symbols, but we will assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights to our copyrights, trade names and trademarks. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

ii

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our Class A Common Stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this prospectus to “we,” “us,” “our,” “our Company” and “T1V” refer to T1V, Inc., a Delaware corporation. Unless otherwise indicated, references to our “common stock” include our Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock.

Unless otherwise indicated, the information in this prospectus assumes the occurrence or non-occurrence (as applicable) of each of the following events:

•the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation reclassifying the common stock into Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock;

•the filing of an amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation with respect to the Split and a change in the number of shares of capital stock that we are authorized to issue to 150,000,000shares of Class A Common Stock, 10,000,000shares of Class B Common Stock and 10,000,000shares of blank check preferred stock, prior to the issuance of any of the shares of Class B Common Stock, as discussed below;

•the filing of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, immediately prior to closing of this Offering, reflecting the mandatory conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock into shares of Class B Common Stock and the mandatory conversion of all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock into shares of Class A Common Stock and such other terms as shall be applicable after the completion of this Offering, as discussed below;

•the effectiveness of our amended and restated bylaws, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this Offering;

•with respect to share and per share information, the occurrence of the Split of the Company’s common stock at an assumed ratio of 50-for-1, which is the approximate midpoint of the range between 35-for-1 and 70-for-1, which range was approved by our board of directors, with the actual ratio being subject to the further approval of our board of directors and our stockholders, prior to the completion of this Offering;

•an assumed initial public offering price of $[•] per share of Class A Common Stock in this Offering (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus);

•the reclassification of our common stock into dual class common stock consisting of Class A Common Stock, each share having one vote per share and Class B Common Stock, each share having 10 votes per share;

•the reclassification, prior to the completion of this Offering, of all outstanding shares of our common stock into shares of Class A Common Stock;

•the conversion, immediately prior to the completion of this Offering, of all outstanding shares of the Company’s Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series A-2 Preferred Stock, Series A-3 Preferred Stock, Series A-4 Preferred Stock and Series A-5 Preferred Stock, (collectively, the “Series A Preferred Stock”) into shares of Class B Common Stock;

•the conversion, immediately prior to the completion of this Offering, of all outstanding shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock into [•] shares of Class A Common Stock;

•the conversion, immediately prior to the completion of this Offering, of an aggregate of $[•] in principal amount of certain convertible notes, including any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, into [•] shares of Class A Common Stock;and

1

•the conversion, immediately prior to the completion of this Offering, of an aggregate of $[•] in principal amount of certain convertible notes, including any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, into [•] shares of Class A Common Stock (31% of the aggregate principal amount and accrued interest converted) and [•] shares of Class B Common Stock (69% of the aggregate principal amount and accrued interest converted);

Our Company

T1V is a visual collaboration company specializing in hybrid collaboration software for enterprise, education, commercial and healthcare markets. Visual collaboration means a system including a computer, a touch screen, and software that enables the user to access a virtual canvas that is not limited by the size of the touch screen. It allows for multiple pieces of content to be placed on the canvas and viewed at the same time by multiple users. It enables multiple users to be able to simultaneously add content to and edit the canvas from multiple locations. The canvas can then be saved and resumed at a future time.

We were founded in December 2007 as a North Carolina limited liability company. Our original concept was to create software allowing group collaborations using large format touch screens in public venues where people could share data on personal computing devices and view and interact with data, images and files. In May 2013, we were converted from a North Carolina limited liability company to a Delaware corporation. From 2008 to 2013, we operated a restaurant to test our software by providing use to our restaurant customers, and also to demo our products to potential customers. By 2012, we had developed earlier versions of our ThinkHub® product and had limited sales of our then-existing products at tradeshows, restaurants and retail locations. In 2016 and 2017, we started greatly expanding sales of our collaboration products, focusing on our current three vertical markets of enterprise, education and hospitals so that by the end of 2018, we were primarily selling products similar to our current product line.

Our Mission

Our mission at T1V is to empower teams to collaborate anytime, anywhere. This includes collaboration for people within a large meeting room — or across distributed rooms — when some participants are remote and some are in-room.

Our Opportunity

Wainhouse Research LLC in its research report titled “Market Sizing & Forecast: Interactive Displays, Wireless Presentation Systems, & Ideation Software — 2021 Worldwide” published on February 2, 2021 has estimated the market for visual collaboration software to be > $1 billion in 2022.

The COVID-19 pandemic caused changes in behaviors in how people work, learn and collaborate. We believe that the pandemic was a catalyst that accelerated these changes, but that these changes began prior to the pandemic and, we believe, will continue for the foreseeable future.

In 2022 and beyond, we believe that there is and will continue to be a need for hybrid working solutions. T1V’s ecosystem is designed to accommodate hybrid work environments in supporting meetings for all in-room participants, all remote participants and meetings with both in-room and remote participants. We believe that the largest growth in the visual collaboration market over the next few years will be for products that support such hybrid work environments.

Our Products and Services

T1V has patented proprietary software for visual collaboration. The ability of our products to deliver room-based visual collaboration allows for multiple rooms to be linked together as well as hybrid meetings allowing participants that are both in the room and remote to interact in the same canvas.

ThinkHub®

ThinkHub® is T1V’s room-based collaboration software product, typically used in a dedicated system by our customers including a computer, software and a large touch screen mounted to a wall. The T1V app is the companion application that users download to their device (laptops, desktop computers, and mobile devices), and is used to connect and share content with a ThinkHub Canvas™.

2

For our target customers, conventional video conferencing and in-room face-to-face meetings are inadequate. For these customers, a higher level of collaboration is needed — visual collaboration. Our products allow for this higher level of engagement and collaboration. While other competitive products allow for in-room visual collaboration, our goal at T1V is to make T1V hybrid and remote meetings close to the level of in-person visual collaboration meetings.

Our collaboration platform includes ThinkHub® collaboration software for global teams and the T1V app — all working cohesively to bring teams together for seamless, intuitive working sessions.

T1V Story

T1V Story™ enables organizations to visually tell their story. This is a software solution that takes a brand’s assets (logos, color palette, content like images, videos, and PDFs) and reconfigures them into an interactive, touch-based experience. Popular applications within T1V Story™ include an interactive map, timeline, image, and product lines. Each of these applications provides a means for the brand to visually represent their identity and educate their audience on their organization’s history, geographic reach, or lineup of products.

Our Customers

Enterprise.Enterprise businesses are large regional, national, or global private organizations. Many enterprise businesses have collaboration needs that are special to such businesses within a multivendor environment. We offer service and support packages and sell these products primarily through Pro AV Dealers and distributors and often in partnership with third-party technology vendors. T1V’s enterprise business is comprised primarily of Fortune 500 companies and includes manufacturing firms; construction and engineering businesses; architecture and design firms; energy companies; defense contractors and technology companies.

Small to Medium Sized Businesses.Our small-to-medium sized business (“SMB”) customers represent a market that is small, but is a growing subset of the enterprise market. These represent organizations with less than 1,000 employees and typically have regional offices. We have developed our ThinkHub Cloud™ and ThinkHub Huddle™ for sales to the SMB market.

Higher Education.We target higher education institutions who are looking to outfit their active learning and hybrid classroom environments. Higher education is undergoing enormous changes as it tries to support teaching faculty and staff, and improve the student experience which has been negatively impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic. The ThinkHub® classroom supports in-room and remote instructors to co-teach curriculum, while also supporting both in-room and remote student participation. We are also able to connect campuses in larger university systems, to ultimately increase access to courses and improve efficiencies across teaching staff. In the classroom, our collaboration solutions enable teachers and students to have more collaborative class sessions. It enables active learning and group-based collaboration amongst students, and is a flexible tool for teachers to use no matter their teaching style. Teachers can prepare canvases and content before class and then share and distribute during and after class.

Healthcare.The healthcare market consists primarily of operating rooms and meeting rooms in large hospitals. For this market, we sell products primarily through a partnership we have with a major medical equipment manufacturer (OEM). We sell customized versions of our products to the OEM that are white-labeled for sale to the hospitals.

Our Sales and Distribution

We sell our products through channel partners. The T1V sales team works directly with these regional channel partners to identify prospects in order to set up demonstrations. Our close rate on orders is 88% after prospective customers have completed a virtual demonstration from our T1V Experience Center and the customer gains a complete understanding of the value and functionality our solutions provide.

Our Revenue Model

Our revenue model includes two revenue streams: non-recurring and recurring revenue. Each sale at T1V includes a combination of non-recurring and recurring revenue.

Non-recurring revenue includes hardware and services (including installation, commission, customization and configuration) and the upfront portion of software licenses.

3

Recurring revenue consists of revenue from our sales of licensing and support agreements. Our licensing and support agreements include software licenses, customer support and ongoing customer success services. Within our recurring revenue, we have two license types: room-based and user-based licenses. Room based licenses are tied to the physical T1V devices (ThinkHub Room™, ThinkHub Huddle™ or T1V Story™). They allow unlimited users to connect and collaborate with the room device. User-based licenses apply to our software applications T1V app and ThinkHub Cloud™. Our T1V app is free to all users; ThinkHub Cloud™ offers three subscription tiers: Free, Pro, and Enterprise.

Our Competitors

Our products compete in the communications and collaboration technologies markets with products offered by Cisco Webex, Zoom, LogMeIn, GoToMeeting, as well as bundled productivity solutions providers who offer limited content sharing capabilities such as Microsoft Teams, and Google Workspace. In the rapidly evolving “ideation” market, certain elements of our application compete with Microsoft, Google, Oblong, Multitaction, Bluescape, Mersive, Barco, Nureva and Prysm. Portions of our ThinkHub Cloud™ also compete with products offered by Miro, Mural, Figma and Lucid Software.

Our Intellectual Property

T1V’s core intellectual property is its visual collaboration software platform that allows for multiple users and multiple devices. T1V began developing this software in 2008. T1V was the first company to develop many of the features used in this platform and has obtained several patents and has several patents pending relating to these features.

In addition to the core visual collaboration software platform, T1V also has developed a separate platform that is used for the T1V app. This program allows users to connect to T1V room devices and to ThinkHub Cloud™. It also allows users to view content on a canvas and to share their screen or other documents to a canvas.

T1V is one of only a small number of companies that initially developed visual collaboration in the early 2010’s. Furthermore, T1V was one of the first companies to develop an app to allow remote participants to present and view content — both static and live — on a canvas displayed on an in-room device. We were also one of the first companies to incorporate multi-streaming into a visual collaboration platform.

T1V currently holds 16 patents issued in the US, with 15 additional applications pending. These patents cover various aspects of the features of T1V’s products including ThinkHub Room™, ThinkHub Cloud™, T1V Story™, and the T1V app. These patents also cover specialized versions of ThinkHub® that are used by universities in classrooms.

Some of our patents and patent applications also cover methods that are essential in order for our systems to function with high levels of performance and helpful at reducing network bandwidth requirements.

Summary Risk Factors

Our business is subject to numerous risks, as more fully described in the section titled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, among others:

Risks Related to our Business and our Industry

•Although we were formed in 2007, we have a limited operating history with respect to sales of our current collaboration products, which makes it difficult to evaluate our prospects and future results of operations.

•We have a history of net losses, and we expect to increase our expenses in the future, which could prevent us from achieving or maintaining profitability.

•We may need additional capital, and we cannot be certain that additional financing will be available on favorable terms, or at all.

•Revenue growth and increase in the market share of our products depend on successful adoption of our ThinkHub® product offerings, which requires sufficient sales, marketing, and product development funding.

4

•We depend upon the development of new products and services, and enhancements to existing products and services, and if we fail to predict and respond to emerging technological trends and customer’s changing needs, our operating result may suffer.

•We utilize our network of channel partners to sell our products and services, and our failure to effectively develop, manage and maintain our indirect sales channels would harm our business.

•We operate in a highly competitive market and many of our competitors have greater financial resources and established relationships with major corporate customers.

•There is limited market awareness of our services.

•We may in the future rely on third-party software that may be difficult to replace or may not perform adequately.

•Our network depends upon telecommunications carriers who could limit or deny us access to their network or fail to perform, which would have a material adverse effect on our business.

•Our security measures may, in the future, be compromised. Consequently, our products and services may be perceived as not being secure. This perception may result in customers and host curtailing or ceasing use of our products, our incurring significant liabilities and our business being harmed.

•The loss of our executive officers, especially our Chief Executive Officer, or our inability to attract and retain qualified personnel may adversely affect our business, financial condition and result of operations.

•The coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic is a continuing serious threat to health and economic well-being affecting our employees, investors, customers, and other business partners.

•We may not successfully manage our growth or plan for future growth.

•We depend upon one manufacturer and supplier of computer equipment for our ThinkHub Room™ products.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

•We may not be able to protect the rights to our intellectual property.

•Our failure to obtain or maintain the right to use certain intellectual property may negatively affect our business.

•Our use of third-party open source software could negatively affect our ability to offer and sell subscriptions to our platform and subject us to possible litigation.

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Class A Common Stock and this Offering

•The dual class structure of our common stock as contained in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation has the effect of concentrating voting control with those stockholders who held our stock prior to this Offering, including our executive officers, employees and directors and their affiliates, limiting your ability to influence corporate matters.

•If you purchase our Class A Common Stock in this Offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of your investment.

•Future sales and issuances of our capital stock or rights to purchase capital stock could result in additional dilution of the percentage ownership of our stockholders and could cause our stock price to decline.

•We will have broad discretion in the use of net proceeds from this Offering and may invest or spend the proceeds in ways with which you do not agree and in ways that may not yield a return.

•Substantial future sales of shares of our Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock could cause the market price of our Class A Common Stock to decline.

5

•If we fail to maintain an effective system of disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable regulations could be impaired.

Corporate Information

We were formed as a limited liability company under the laws of the State of North Carolina in December 2007, under the name T1 Visions, LLC. In May 2013, we were converted to a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware, under the name T1Visions, Inc. In May 2015, we changed our name to T1V, Inc. Our principal executive offices are located at 5025 West W.T. Harris Boulevard, Suite A, Charlotte, NC 28269. Our telephone number is (704) 594-1610. Our website address is www.t1v.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this prospectus.

“T1V” and our other registered and common law trademarks, service marks or trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of T1V, Inc. Other tradenames, trademarks and services marks use in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.See “Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights.”

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than $1.07 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (JOBS Act) enacted in April 2012. An emerging growth company may take advantage of reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable to public companies. These provisions include, but are not limited to:

•not being required to comply for a certain period of time with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”);

•reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements; and

•exemptions from the requirements of holding a stockholder advisory vote on executive compensation and any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We may take advantage of these provisions until the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of our Class A Common Stock in this Offering. However, if certain events occur prior to the end of such five-year period, including if (i) we become a “large accelerated filer,” with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates; (ii) our annual gross revenue exceeds $1.07 billion; or (iii) we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, we will cease to be an emerging growth company prior to the end of such five-year period.

We have elected to take advantage of certain of the reduced disclosure obligations in the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and may elect to take advantage of other reduced reporting requirements in future filings. As a result, the information that we provide to our stockholders may be different than you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests.

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This provision allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of some accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption, and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

6

Listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market

In connection with this Offering, we intend to apply to list our Class A Common Stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “[•].” The listing requirements for the Nasdaq Capital Market include, among other things, a stock price threshold. As a result, prior to the effectiveness of our registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, we will need to take the necessary steps to meet Nasdaq’s listing requirements, including, but not limited to effectuating the Split. If Nasdaq does not approve the listing of our Class A Common Stock, we will not proceed with this Offering. There can be no assurance that our Class A Common Stock will be listed on Nasdaq.

Forward Stock Split

We intend to effect the Split prior to the issuance of any shares of Class B Common Stock and prior to the completion of this Offering, at an assumed ratio of 50-for-1, which is the approximate midpoint of the range between 35-for-1 and 70-for-1, which range was approved by our board of directors, with the actual ratio being subject to the further approval of our board of directors and our stockholders, at the time of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and prior to the closing of this Offering. The conversion or exercise prices of our issued and outstanding convertible securities, stock options and warrants will be adjusted accordingly. All share and per share information in this prospectus other than in our financial statements and the notes thereto assumes the consummation of the Split, including all references to the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, and unless otherwise indicated, all such amounts and corresponding conversion price or exercise price data set forth in this prospectus have been adjusted to give effect to such assumed Split.

Implications of Being a Smaller Reporting Company

We are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in the Exchange Act. We may take advantage of certain of the scaled disclosures available to smaller reporting companies until the fiscal year following the determination that our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is more than $250 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter, or our annual revenues are less than $100 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $700 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter.

7

SUMMARY OF THE OFFERING

Securities offered	[•] shares of Class A Common Stock
Price per share of Class A Common Stock (assumed)	$[•] per share, the midpoint of a price range of $[•] and $[•]
Over-allotment option	We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 45 days from the date of this prospectus to purchase an additional [•] shares of Class A Common Stock (up to 15% of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock sold in this Offering) from the Company (1/3 of such number of shares) and certain selling stockholders of the Company (2/3 of such number of shares) at the initial public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions to cover any over-allotments which will be payable by the selling stockholders (the “Over-Allotment Option”). The exercise of the Over-Allotment Option will be allocated one-third to the purchase of shares of Class A Common Stock from the Company and two-thirds to the purchase of shares of Class A Common Stock from such selling stockholders. We will receive the net proceeds from shares of Class A Common Stock purchased by the underwriters from the Company in exercising their Over-Allotment Option, but will not receive any proceeds from shares of Class A Common Stock purchased by the underwriters from such selling stockholders in exercising their Over-Allotment Option.
Class A Common Stock to be outstanding after this Offering(1)	[•] Shares
Class B Common Stock outstanding before and after this Offering	[•] and [•] shares, respectively.
Forward stock split	The Company intends to effect the Split within the range of 35-for-1 and 70-for-1 prior to the issuance of any shares of Class B Common Stock and prior to the completion of this Offering, and after which all then outstanding shares of common stock will be re-classified as shares of Class A Common Stock. Shares of Class B Common Stock also will be issued upon the exercise of all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock after giving effect to the Split.
Use of proceeds	We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from the sale of our Class A Common Stock in this Offering of approximately $[•], assuming an initial public offering price of $[•] per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions, estimated offering expenses payable by us.

8

	We currently intend to use the net proceeds of this Offering as follows: (i) $[•] for sales and marketing of ThinkHub Cloud™ product offerings; (ii) $[•] for research and development; (iii) $[•] for the repayment of outstanding indebtedness to certain existing creditors, including accrued and unpaid interest thereon, and (iv) any remaining amount for working capital and general working capital purposes. We will receive the net proceeds from shares of Class A Common Stock purchased by the underwriters from the Company in exercising their Over-Allotment Option, but will not receive any proceeds from shares of Class A Common Stock purchased by the underwriters from certain selling stockholders in exercising their Over-Allotment Option. See “Use of Proceeds” on page 43.
Representative’s Warrants	We will issue the Representative warrants to purchase [•] shares of our Class A Common Stock (5% of the shares of Class A Common Stock sold in this Offering, excluding the shares underlying the Over-Allotment Option), less discounts and commissions, as a portion of the underwriting compensation payable to the underwriters in connection with this Offering. These warrants will be exercisable for a four and a half year period commencing 180 days from commencement of sales of the shares of Class A Common Stock issued in this Offering at an exercise price equal to 110% of the public offering price per share in this Offering. We have agreed to register the shares of Class A Common Stock underlying such warrants in this Offering. We refer to these warrants as the “Representative’s Warrants.” See “Underwriting — Representative’s Warrants” on page 108 for a description of the Representative’s Warrants.
Proposed Nasdaq Capital Market symbol	We plan to apply to list our Class A Common Stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market upon our satisfaction of the exchange’s initial listing criteria under the symbol “[•].” No assurance can be given that our application will be approved. We will not proceed with this Offering if our Class A Common Stock is not approved for listing on Nasdaq.
Dividends	We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any non-compulsory cash dividends on our preferred stock or common stock in the foreseeable future, if at all. Any future determination to declare dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. See “Dividend Policy.”

9

Lock-up	We have agreed with the underwriters not to offer for sale, issue, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of any shares of our Class A Common Stock or securities convertible into shares of our Class A Common Stock (a “Lock-Up”) or to file a registration statement relating to the registration of any shares of Class A Common Stock for a period of six months following the completion of this Offering, without consent of the representative of the underwriters. In addition, our officers, directors and stockholders beneficially owning 5% or more of our Class A Common stock have also agreed to a Lock-Up with respect to their shares of Class A Common Stock. See “Underwriting” on page 107.
Transfer agent	[•]
Risk factors	See “Risk Factors” on page 13 for a discussion of certain factors to consider carefully before deciding to purchase any shares of our Class A Common Stock.

____________

(1)The number of shares of our Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock that will be outstanding after this Offering is based on [•] shares of our common stock outstanding on [•], which will be reclassified as Class A Common Stock, and assumes: (i) the conversion, immediately prior to the completion of this Offering, of all outstanding shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock into [•] shares of Class B Common Stock; (ii) the conversion, immediately prior to the completion of this Offering, of all outstanding shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock into [•] shares of Class A Common Stock; (iii) the conversion, immediately prior to the completion of this Offering, of an aggregate of $[•] in principal amount of certain convertible notes, including any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, into [•] shares of Class A Common Stock; (iv) the conversion, immediately prior to the completion of this Offering, of an aggregate of $[•] in principal amount of certain convertible notes, including any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, into [•] shares of Class A Common Stock (31% of the aggregate principal amount and accrued interest converted) and [•] shares of Class B Common Stock (69% of the aggregate principal amount and accrued interest converted); and (v) the occurrence of the Split at an assumed ratio of 50-for-1, which is the approximate midpoint of the range between 35-for-1 and 70-for-1, which range was approved by our board of directors, with the actual ratio being subject to the further approval of our board of directors and our stockholders; and excludes:

•[•] shares of Class A Common Stock into which shares of Class B Common Stock are convertible, at any time, at a conversion rate of one share of Class A Common Stock for each share of Class B Common Stock converted;

•[•] shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase shares of our Class A Common Stock, with a weighted average exercise price of $[•] per share;

•[•] shares of our Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class A Common Stock, with a weighted average exercise price of $[•] per share;

•[•] shares of our Class A Common Stock reserved for future issuance under our 2022 Equity Incentive Plan (“2022 Plan”), which will become effective in connection with this Offering; and

•[•] shares of our Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Representative’s Warrants to be issued upon consummation of this Offering which are exercisable for up to 5% of the aggregate number of shares of Class A Common Stock sold in this Offering, excluding any shares of Class A Common Stock sold pursuant to the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option.

10

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes that:

•the public offering price per share of Class A Common Stock is $[•], which is the midpoint of the range of the offering price per share;

•no shares of common stock have been issued pursuant to any outstanding shares of preferred stock, warrants or options;

•no shares of common stock have been issued pursuant to the Over-Allotment Option;

•no shares of common stock have been issued pursuant to the Representative’s Warrants; and

•no awards have been granted under the 2022 Plan.

11

SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables set forth a summary of our historical financial data as of, and for the periods ended on, the dates indicated. The summary statements of operations data for the six months ended June30, 2022 and 2021 and the summary balance sheet data as of June30, 2022 are derived from our unaudited interim financial statements and related notes thereto that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that are necessary for the fair presentation of our interim financial statements. The summary statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and the summary balance sheet data as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 have been derived from our audited financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The following summary financial information should also be read in connection with, and is qualified by reference to, the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in any future period.

Statements of Operations Data	For the six months ended June 30, 2021			For the six months ended June 30, 2022			For the yearended December 31, 2021			For the year ended December 31, 2020
Revenue	$	4,136,930		$	6,585,507		$	9,159,815		$	8,335,918
Loss from operations	$	(1,312,653	)	$	(1,720,962	)	$	(2,971,637	)	$	(1,558,246	)
Other (income) expense	$	(831,077	)	$	(655,278	)	$	735,196		$	991,867
Net (loss) income	$	(481,576	)	$	(1,055,684	)	$	(3,706,833	)	$	(2,550,113	)

Balance Sheet Data	As of June 30, 2022			As of December 31, 2021			As of December 31, 2020
Cash	$	420,818		$	713,462		$	537,200
Total assets	$	6,213,538		$	4,684,826		$	3,882,545
Total liabilities	$	24,995,528		$	22,450,066		$	17,992,047
Total stockholders’ (deficit)	$	(28,816,427	)	$	(27,514,260	)	$	(23,221,275	)

12

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our Class A Common Stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes, before making a decision to invest in our Class A Common Stock. Our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects could also be harmed by risks and uncertainties that are not presently known to us or that we currently believe are not material. If any of the risks actually occur, our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. Unless otherwise indicated, references to our business being harmed in these risk factors will include harm to our business, platform, reputation, brand, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects. In such event, the market price of our Class A Common Stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry

Although we were formed in 2007, we have a limited operating history with respect to sales of our current collaboration products, which makes it difficult to evaluate our prospects and future results of operations.

We were formed as a limited liability company in December 2007 and converted into a corporation in May 2013. From our formation until 2013, we had very limited sales of our current collaboration products. From 2008 to 2013, we operated a restaurant to test our software by providing use to our restaurant customers, and also to demo our products to potential customers. From 2010 to 2015, we were developing products, filing patents, and testing the products with end-users in a variety of markets, in order to determine the products and markets in which to focus. In 2016 and 2017, we started greatly expanding sales of our collaboration products, focusing on our current three vertical markets of enterprise, education and hospitals so that by the end of 2018, we were primarily selling products similar to our current product line. As a result of our limited operating history relating to our current business, our ability to forecast our future results of operations is limited and subject to a number of uncertainties, including our ability to plan for and model future growth. Our historical revenue growth should not be considered indicative of our future performance. Further, in future periods, our revenue growth could slow or our revenue could decline for a number of reasons, including any reduction in demand for our platform, increased competition, contraction of our overall market, our inability to accurately forecast demand for our platform and plan for capacity constraints or our failure, for any reason, to capitalize on growth opportunities. We have encountered and will encounter risks and uncertainties frequently experienced by growing companies in rapidly changing industries, such as the risks and uncertainties described herein. If our assumptions regarding these risks and uncertainties, which we use to plan our business, are incorrect or change, or if we do not address these risks successfully, our business would be harmed.

We have a history of net losses, and we expect to increase our expenses in the future, which could prevent us from achieving or maintaining profitability.

We have incurred net losses in the past, including a net loss of approximately $1.06  million for the six months ended June30, 2022 and $3.71 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021. We intend to continue to expend significant funds to expand our direct sales force and marketing efforts to attract new customers and hosts, to develop and enhance our products and for general corporate purposes, including operations, hiring additional personnel, upgrading our infrastructure and expanding into new geographical markets. To the extent we are successful in increasing our user base, we may also incur increased losses because, other than sales commissions, the costs associated with acquiring customers and hosts are generally incurred up front, while the subscription revenue is generally recognized ratably over the subscription term, which can be monthly, annually or on a multi-year basis. Our efforts to grow our business may be costlier than we expect, and we may not be able to increase our revenue enough to offset our higher operating expenses. We may incur significant losses in the future for a number of reasons, including as a result of the other risks described herein, and unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other unknown events. If we are unable to achieve and sustain profitability, the value of our business and Class A Common Stock may significantly decrease. Furthermore, it is difficult to predict the size and growth rate of our market, customer demand for our platform, user adoption and renewal of our platform, the entry of competitive products and services, or the success of existing competitive products and services. As a result, we may not achieve or maintain profitability in future periods. If we fail to grow our revenue sufficiently to keep pace with our investments and other expenses, our business would be harmed.

13

We may need additional capital, and we cannot be certain that additional financing will be available on favorable terms, or at all.

Historically, we have funded our operations and capital expenditures primarily through equity issuances and cash generated from our operations. Although we currently anticipate that after raising capital in this Offering our existing cash and cash equivalents and cash flow from operations will be sufficient to meet our cash needs for a period of at least 12 months, we may require additional financing. We evaluate financing opportunities from time to time, and our ability to obtain financing will depend, among other things, on our development efforts, business plans, operating performance and condition of the capital markets at the time we seek financing. To access capital to fund operations or provide growth capital, we may need to raise capital in one or more debt and/or equity offerings. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in raising necessary capital or that any such offering will be on terms acceptable to the Company, if at all. We may be required to issue securities that may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to the rights of our Class A Common Stock, and our stockholders may experience dilution. If we are unable to raise additional capital that may be needed on terms acceptable to us, it could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

Revenue growth and increase in the market share of our products depend on successful consumer adoption of our ThinkHub® product offerings, which requires sufficient sales, marketing, and product development funding.

Our goal is to grow revenue from an increase in adoption of our ThinkHub® product offerings, including ThinkHub Room™ and ThinkHub Cloud™. If we cannot successfully gain consumer adoption of our ThinkHub® product offerings, we may not be able to grow revenue or increase our products’ market share without initiating additional sales or increasing our sales and marketing campaigns and product development. We cannot assure you that we will have sufficient funds available to invest in sales and marketing and continued product development in order to achieve our revenue growth targets.

We depend upon the development of new products and services, and enhancements to existing products and services, and if we fail to predict and respond to emerging technological trends and customer’s changing needs, our operating result may suffer.

The markets for our products and services are characterized by rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards, and new product and service introductions. Our operating results depend on our ability to develop and introduce new products and services into existing and emerging markets and to reduce the production costs of existing products. If customers do not purchase and/or renew our offerings our business could be harmed. The process of developing new technology related to market transitions — such as collaboration, digital transformation and the cloud — is complex and uncertain, and if we fail to accurately predict customers’ changing needs and emerging technological trends, our business could be harmed. We must commit significant resources, including the investments we have been making in our strategic priorities to developing new products and services before knowing whether our investments will result in products and services the market will accept. In particular, if our modeled evolution from in-room products to hybrid as well as the addition of SaaS consumption of our ThinkHub Cloud™ product does not emerge as we believe it will, or if the industry does not evolve as we believe it will, or if our strategy for addressing this evolution is not successful, many of our strategic initiatives and investments may be of no or limited value. Similarly, our business could be harmed if we fail to develop, or fail to develop in a timely fashion, offerings to address other market transitions, or if the offerings addressing these other transitions that ultimately succeed are based on technology, or an approach to technology, different from ours. In addition, our business could be adversely affected in periods surrounding our new product introductions if customers delay purchasing decisions to qualify or otherwise evaluate new product offerings.

We have also been transforming our business to move from selling primarily room-based products and services to selling products and services that include both room-based products and cloud offerings integrated to work together to meet customer needs, and we are seeking to meet the evolving needs of customers which include offering our products and solutions in the manner in which customers wish to consume them. As a part of this transformation, we continue to make changes to how we are organized and how we build and deliver our technology, including changes in our business models with customers. If our strategy for addressing our customer needs, or the architectures and solutions we develop do not meet those needs, or the changes we are making in how we are organized and how we build and deliver our technology is incorrect or ineffective, we may not be able to achieve our customer adoption and revenue goals, in connection with which our operating results and financial condition may be negatively affected.

14

Furthermore, we may not execute successfully on our vision or strategy because of challenges with regard to product planning and timing, technical hurdles that we fail to overcome in a timely fashion, or a lack of appropriate resources. This could result in competitors, some of which may also be our partners, providing those solutions before we do and loss of market share, revenue, and earnings. In addition, the growth in demand for technology delivered as a service enables new competitors to enter the market. The success of new products and services depends on several factors, including proper new product and service definition, component costs, timely completion and introduction of these products and services, differentiation of new products and services from those of our competitors, and market acceptance of these products and services. There can be no assurance that we will successfully identify new product and services opportunities, develop and bring new products and services to market in a timely manner, or achieve market acceptance of our products and services or that products, services and technologies developed by others will not render our products, services or technologies obsolete or noncompetitive.

We generate revenue from sales of products for and subscriptions to our platform, and any decline in demand for our platform or for collaboration technologies in general would harm our business.

We generate, and expect to continue to generate, revenue from the sale of products for and of subscriptions to our platform. As a result, widespread acceptance and use of collaboration technologies in general, and our platform and visual collaboration in particular, is critical to our future growth and success. If the collaboration technology market fails to grow or grows more slowly than we currently anticipate, demand for our platform could be negatively affected.

Changes in user preferences for collaboration technologies may have a disproportionately greater impact on us than if we offered multiple platforms or disparate products. Demand for collaboration technologies in general, and our platform in particular, is affected by a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control. Some of these potential factors include:

•awareness of the visual collaboration technology category generally;

•availability of products and services that compete with ours;

•new modes of collaboration that may be developed in the future;

•ease of adoption and use;

•features and platform experience;

•reliability of our platform, including frequency of outages;

•performance;

•brand;

•security and privacy;

•user support; and

•pricing.

The collaboration technology market is subject to rapidly changing user demand and trends in preferences. If we fail to successfully predict and address these changes and trends, meet user demands or achieve more widespread market acceptance of our platform, our business would be harmed.

We recognize revenue from subscriptions to our platform over the terms of these subscriptions. Consequently, increases or decreases in new sales may not be immediately reflected in our results of operations and may be difficult to discern.

We recognize revenue from subscriptions to our platform over the terms of these subscriptions. As a result, a portion of the revenue we report in each quarter is derived from the recognition of deferred revenue relating to subscriptions entered into during previous quarters. Consequently, a decline in new or renewed subscriptions in any single quarter may have a small impact on the revenue that we recognize for that quarter. However, such a decline will negatively affect our revenue in future quarters. Accordingly, the effect of significant downturns in sales and potential changes in our pricing policies or rate of customer expansion or retention may not be fully reflected in our results of operations

15

until future periods. In addition, a significant portion of our costs are expensed as incurred, while revenue is recognized over the term of the subscription. As a result, growth in the number of new customers and hosts could continue to result in our recognition of higher costs and lower revenue in the earlier periods of our subscriptions. Finally, our subscription-based revenue model also makes it difficult for us to rapidly increase our revenue through additional sales in any period, as revenue from new customers or from existing customers that increase their use of our platform or upgrade must be recognized over the applicable subscription term.

The experience of our users depends upon the interoperability of our platform across devices, operating systems and third-party applications that we do not control, and if we are not able to maintain and expand our relationships with third parties to integrate our platform with their solutions, our business may be harmed.

One of the most important features of our platform is its broad interoperability with a range of diverse devices, operating systems and third-party applications. Our platform is accessible from devices running Windows, Mac OS, iOS, Android and Linux. We also have integrations with Zoom, and Microsoft for video conferencing. We are dependent on the accessibility of our platform across these and other third-party operating systems and applications that we do not control. Several of our competitors own, develop, operate, or distribute operating systems, app stores, co-located data center services and other software, and also have material business relationships with companies that own, develop, operate or distribute operating systems, applications markets, co-located data center services and other software that our platform requires in order to operate. Moreover, some of these competitors have inherent advantages developing products and services that more tightly integrate with their software and hardware platforms or those of their business partners.

Third-party services and products are constantly evolving, and we may not be able to modify our platform to assure its compatibility with that of other third parties following development changes. In addition, some of our competitors may be able to disrupt the operations or compatibility of our platform with their products or services, or exert strong business influence on our ability to, and terms on which we, operate and distribute our platform. For example, we currently offer products that may compete with several large technology companies that we rely on to ensure the interoperability of our platform with their products or services. As our respective products evolve, we expect this level of competition to increase. Should any of our competitors modify their products or standards in a manner that degrades the functionality of our platform or gives preferential treatment to competitive products or services, whether to enhance their competitive position or for any other reason, the interoperability of our platform with these products could decrease and our business could be harmed.

Our current products, as well as products, features and functionality that we may introduce in the future, may not be widely accepted by consumers or may receive negative attention or may require us to compensate or reimburse third parties, any of which may lower our margins and harm our business.

Our ability to engage, retain and increase our base of customers and to increase our revenue will depend on our ability to successfully create new products, features and functionality, both independently and together with third parties. We may introduce significant changes to our existing products or develop and introduce new and unproven products, including technologies with which we have little or no prior development or operating experience. These new products and updates may fail to engage, retain and increase our base of customers or may create lag in adoption of such new products. New products may initially suffer from performance and quality issues that may negatively impact our ability to market and sell such products to new and existing customers. The short- and long-term impact of any major change to our products, or the introduction of new products, is particularly difficult to predict. If new or enhanced products fail to engage, retain and increase our base of customers, we may fail to generate sufficient revenue, operating margin or other value to justify our investments in such products, any of which may harm our business in the short term, long term, or both.

In addition, our current products, as well as products, features and functionality that we may introduce in the future, may require us to compensate or reimburse third parties.

Our failure to properly manage the distribution of our products and services could result in a loss of revenues.

We currently sell our products and services both directly to customers and through channel partners (as described further in the risk factor immediately following). Successfully managing the interaction of our direct and indirect sales channels to reach various potential customers for our services is a complex process. Each sales channel has distinct risks and costs, and therefore, our failure to implement the most advantageous balance in the sales model for our services could adversely affect our revenue and profitability.

16

We utilize our network of channel partners to sell our products and services, and our failure to effectively develop, manage and maintain our indirect sales channels would harm our business.

Our future success depends on our continued ability to establish and maintain a network of channel relationships, and we expect that we will need to maintain and expand our network as we grow. A large portion of our revenue is derived from our network of dealers and distributors, which we refer to collectively as channel partners, many of which sell or may in the future decide to sell their own products and services or services from other providers. Loss of or reduction in sales through these third parties could reduce our revenue. Our competitors may in some cases be effective in causing our channel partners to favor their products and services or prevent or reduce sales of our products and services. Recruiting and retaining qualified channel partners in our network and training them in our technology and product offerings requires significant time and resources. We must continue to scale and improve our processes and procedures to support these channels, including investment in systems and training. Many channel partners may not be willing to invest the time and resources required to train their staff to effectively sell our platform. If we fail to maintain relationships with our channel partners, fail to develop relationships with new channel partners in new markets or expand the number of channel partners in existing markets or fail to manage, train, or provide appropriate incentives to our existing channel partners, our ability to increase the number of new customers and increase sales to existing customers could be adversely impacted, which would harm our business.

We rely on our channel partners for a large portion of our revenues, two of which account for a significant percentage of these revenues, and the loss of these channel partners could result in a significant loss of revenues.

We have relationships with more than 80 channel partners for the sale and distribution of our products, which, in the aggregate, accounted for more than 94% of our revenues and 90% of our revenues, during the six months ended June30, 2022 and the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, respectively. Our two largest channel partners accounted for approximately 37% of our revenues, during the six month period ended June30, 2022, representing 28% and 9%, respectively, and 31% of our revenues, during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, representing 22% and 8.7%, respectively. Most of our channel partners could be replaced without having a material adverse impact on our revenues, but if we were to lose the services of either of our two largest channel partners, it may be difficult to replace either of them and such loss could have a material adverse impact on our revenues. The composition of our channel partners will vary from period to period but we expect that a significant portion of our revenue will continue, for the foreseeable future, to come from a relatively small number of channel partners. Consequently, our financial results may fluctuate significantly from period-to-period based on the actions of one or more significant channel partners. A channel partner may take actions that affect the Company for reasons that we cannot anticipate or control, such as reasons related to the channel partner’s financial condition, changes in the channel partner’s business strategy or operations, changes in technology and the introduction of alternative competing products, or as the result of the perceived quality or cost-effectiveness of our products. Our agreements with our two largest channel partners may be canceled if we materially breach the agreement or for other reasons outside of our control such as insolvency or financial hardship that may result in a channel partner filing for bankruptcy court protection against unsecured creditors. In addition, these channel partners may seek to renegotiate the terms of current agreements or renewals. The loss of or a reduction in sales or anticipated sales to our most significant or several of our channel partners could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our ability to sell products for and subscriptions to our platform could be harmed by real or perceived material defects or errors in our platform.

The software technology underlying our platform is inherently complex and may contain material defects or errors, particularly when new products are first introduced or when new features or capabilities are released. We have from time to time found defects or errors in our platform, and new defects or errors in our existing platform or new products may be detected in the future by us or our users. There can be no assurance that our existing platform and new products will not contain defects. Any real or perceived errors, failures, vulnerabilities, or bugs in our platform could result in negative publicity or lead to data security, access, retention or other performance issues, all of which could harm our business. The costs incurred in correcting such defects or errors may be substantial and could harm our business. Moreover, the harm to our reputation and legal liability related to such defects or errors may be substantial and would harm our business.

17

We also utilize hardware purchased or leased and software and services licensed from third parties to offer our platform. Any defects in, or unavailability of, our or third-party hardware, software or services that cause interruptions to the availability of our services, loss of data or performance issues could, among other things:

•cause a reduction in revenue or delay in market acceptance of our platform;

•require us to issue refunds to our customers or expose us to claims for damages;

•cause us to lose existing hosts and make it more difficult to attract new customers and hosts;

•divert our development resources or require us to make extensive changes to our platform, which would increase our expenses;

•increase our technical support costs; and

•harm our reputation and brand.

We operate in a highly competitive market and many of our competitors have greater financial resources and established relationships with major corporate customers.

The market for communications and collaboration technologies is highly competitive, rapidly changing and includes large, well-financed participants such as Zoom Video Communications, Inc., Cisco Systems, Inc., and Microsoft Corporation. These companies have substantially greater brand recognition, financial and other resources than us, furnish some of the same services provided by us, and have established relationships with major corporate customers that have policies of purchasing directly from them. We also currently compete with other visual collaboration companies that have room-based products, including Prysm, Bluscape, Oblong and Mulit-taction. Our competitors offer services similar both on a bundled and un-bundled basis, creating a highly competitive environment with pressure on pricing of such services. We believe that as the demand for collaboration technologies continues to increase, additional competitors, many of which may have greater resources than us, will continue to enter this market. Additionally, with the introduction of new technologies and new market entrants, we expect competition to intensify in the future.

Our products and services must continue to compete effectively in the market.

Demand for our services is also price sensitive. Many factors, including marketing, user acquisition and technology costs, and our current and future competitors’ pricing and marketing strategies can significantly affect our pricing strategies. Certain of our competitors offer, or may, in the future, offer, lower-priced or free products or services that compete with our services or may bundle and offer a broader range of products and services. Similarly, certain competitors may use marketing strategies that enable them to acquire customers at a lower cost than us. Further, our competitors could develop products similar to our products that rely on open source software. Even if such products do not include all the features and functionality that our products provide, we could face pricing pressure to the extent that users find these products to be sufficient for their needs. There can be no assurance that we will not be required to reduce our prices, provide discounts, or increase our marketing and other expenses to attract and retain customers in response to competitive pressures, any of which could have an adverse impact on our business.

There is limited market awareness of our services.

Our future success will be dependent in significant part on our ability to generate demand for our collaboration technologies and services. To this end, our direct marketing and indirect sales operations must increase market awareness of our service offerings to generate increased revenue. We have limited sales and marketing resources, with 18 employees and two international contractors in sales and marketing as of October1, 2022, and we have had limited resources and/or cash flow in the last several years for spending on advertising, marketing and additional personnel. Our products and services require a sophisticated sales effort targeted at the senior management of our prospective customers. If we were to hire new employees in sales and marketing, those employees will require training and take time to achieve full productivity. We cannot be certain that our new hires will become as productive as necessary or that we will be able to hire enough qualified individuals or retain existing employees in the future. We cannot be certain that we will be successful in our efforts to market and sell our products and services, and, if we are not successful in building market awareness and generating increased sales, future results of operations will be adversely affected.

18

Our success depends on our ability to recruit and retain adequate engineering talent.

The market for our products and services are characterized by rapidly changing technology. The pressure to innovate and stay ahead of our competitors requires an investment in talent. Specifically, competing successfully in this market depends on our ability to recruit and retain adequate engineering talent. Because of the competitive nature of this industry, this can prove a challenge. Failure to recruit and retain adequate talent could negatively impact our ability to keep up with the rapidly changing technology.

Any failure to offer high-quality support for our customers and hosts may harm our relationships with our customers and hosts and, consequently, our business.

We have designed our platform to be easy to adopt and use with minimal support necessary. However, if we experience increased user demand for support, we may face increased costs that may harm our results of operations. In addition, as we continue to grow our operations and support our global user base, we need to be able to continue to provide efficient support that meets our customers’ needs globally at scale. As the number of our customers grow this will put additional pressure on our support organization. If we are unable to provide efficient user support globally at scale or if we need to hire additional support personnel, our business may be harmed. Our new customer acquisitions are highly dependent on our business reputation and on positive recommendations from our existing customers. Any failure to maintain high-quality support, or a market perception that we do not maintain high-quality support for our customers, would harm our business.

We may be unable to adequately respond to rapid changes in technology.

The market for our collaboration technologies and services is characterized by rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards and frequent product introductions. The introduction of products and services embodying new technology and the emergence of new industry standards may render our existing product and service offerings obsolete and unmarketable if we are unable to adapt to change. A significant factor in our ability to grow and to remain competitive is our ability to successfully introduce new products and services that embody new technology, anticipate and incorporate evolving industry standards and achieve levels of functionality and price acceptable to the market. If our offerings are unable to meet expectations or unable to keep pace with technological changes in the collaboration industry, our offerings could eventually become obsolete. We may be unable to allocate the funds necessary to upgrade our offerings as improvements in collaboration technologies are introduced. In the event that other companies develop more advanced service offerings, our competitive position relative to such companies would be harmed.

Any system failures or interruptions may cause loss of customers.

Our success depends, in part, on the seamless, uninterrupted operation of our managed service offerings. As complexity and volume continue to increase, we will face increasing demands and challenges in managing them. Any prolonged failure of these services or other systems or hardware that cause significant interruptions to our operations could seriously damage our reputation and result in customer attrition and financial loss.

We may in the future rely on third-party software that may be difficult to replace or may not perform adequately.

We may in the future integrate third-party licensed software components into our technology infrastructure in order to provide our services. This software may not continue to be available on commercially reasonable terms or pricing or may fail to continue to be updated to remain competitive. The loss of the right to use this third-party software may increase our expenses or impact the provisioning of our services. The failure of this third-party software could materially impact the performance of our services and may cause material harm to our business or results of operations.

We depend upon our network providers’ and facilities’ infrastructure.

Our success depends upon our ability to implement, expand and adapt our network infrastructure and support services to accommodate an increasing amount of video traffic and evolving customer requirements at an acceptable cost. This has required and will continue to require that we enter into agreements with providers of infrastructure capacity, equipment, facilities and support services on an ongoing basis. We cannot ensure that any of these agreements can be obtained on satisfactory terms and conditions. We also anticipate that future expansions and adaptations of our network infrastructure facilities may be necessary in order to respond to growth in the number of customers served.

19

Our network could fail, which could negatively impact our revenues.

Our success depends upon our ability to deliver reliable, high-speed access to our channels’ and customers’ data centers and upon the ability and willingness of our telecommunications providers to deliver reliable, high-speed telecommunications service through their networks. Our network and facilities, and other networks and facilities providing services to us, are vulnerable to damage, unauthorized access or cessation of operations from human error and tampering, breaches of security, fires, earthquakes, severe storms, power losses, telecommunications failures, software defects, intentional acts of vandalism including computer viruses, and similar events. The occurrence of a natural disaster or other unanticipated problems at the network operations center, key sites at which we locate routers, switches and other computer equipment that make up the backbone of our service offering and hosted infrastructure, or at one or more of our partners’ data centers, could substantially and adversely impact our business. We cannot ensure that we will not experience failures or shutdowns relating to individual facilities or even catastrophic failure of the entire network or hosted infrastructure. Any damage to, or failure of, our systems or service providers could result in reductions in, or terminations of, services supplied to our customers, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Our network depends upon telecommunications carriers who could limit or deny us access to their network or fail to perform, which would have a material adverse effect on our business.

We rely upon the ability and willingness of certain telecommunications carriers and other corporations to provide us with reliable high-speed telecommunications service through their networks. If these telecommunications carriers and other corporations decide not to continue to provide service to us through their networks on substantially the same terms and conditions (including, without limitation, price, early termination liability, and installation interval), if at all, it would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, many of our service level objectives are dependent upon satisfactory performance by our telecommunications carriers. If they fail to so perform, it may have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our security measures may in the future be compromised. Consequently, our products and services may be perceived as not being secure. This perception may result in customers and hosts curtailing or ceasing their use of our products, our incurring significant liabilities and our business being harmed.

Our operations involve the storage and transmission of customer data or information, and security incidents may occur in the future, resulting in unauthorized access to, loss of or unauthorized disclosure of this information, regulatory enforcement actions, litigation, indemnity obligations and other possible liabilities, as well as negative publicity, which could damage our reputation, impair our sales and harm our business. Cyberattacks and other malicious internet-based activity continue to increase, and cloud-based platform providers of products and services have been and are expected to continue to be targeted. In addition to traditional computer “hackers,” malicious code (such as viruses and worms), employee theft or misuse and denial-of-service attacks, sophisticated nation-state and nation-state supported actors now engage in attacks (including advanced persistent threat intrusions). Despite significant efforts to create security barriers to such threats, it is virtually impossible for us to entirely mitigate these risks. If our security measures are compromised as a result of third-party action, employee, customer, host or user error, malfeasance, stolen or fraudulently obtained log-in credentials or otherwise, our reputation would be damaged, our data, information or intellectual property, or those of our customers, may be destroyed, stolen or otherwise compromised, our business may be harmed and we could incur significant liability. We may be unable in the future to anticipate or prevent techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to compromise our systems because they change frequently and are generally not detected until after an incident has occurred. Additionally, we cannot be certain that we will be able to address any vulnerabilities in our software that we may become aware of in the future. We expect similar issues to arise in the future as we continue to expand the features and functionality of existing products and introduce new products, and we expect to expend significant resources in an effort to protect against security incidents. Concerns regarding privacy, data protection and information security may cause some of our customers and hosts to stop using our solutions and fail to renew their subscriptions. This discontinuance in use or failure to renew could substantially harm our business. Further, as we rely on third-party and public-cloud infrastructure, we depend in part on third-party security measures to protect against unauthorized access, cyberattacks and the mishandling of data and information. In addition, failures to meet customers’ and hosts’ expectations with respect to security and confidentiality of their data and information could damage our reputation and affect our ability to retain customers and hosts, attract new customers and hosts and grow our business. In addition, a cybersecurity event could result in significant increases in costs, including costs for remediating the effects of such an event, lost revenue due to network downtime, and a decrease in customer, host and

20

user trust, increases in insurance premiums due to cybersecurity incidents, increased costs to address cybersecurity issues and attempts to prevent future incidents, and harm to our business and our reputation because of any such incident.

Many governments have enacted laws requiring companies to provide notice of data security incidents involving certain types of personal data. In addition, some of our customers require us to notify them of data security breaches. Security compromises experienced by our competitors, by our customers or by us may lead to public disclosures, which may lead to widespread negative publicity. Any security compromise in our industry, whether actual or perceived, could harm our reputation, erode confidence in the effectiveness of our security measures, negatively affect our ability to attract new customers and hosts, cause existing customers to elect not to renew their subscriptions or subject us to third-party lawsuits, regulatory fines or other action or liability, which could harm our business.

There can be no assurance that any limitations of liability provisions in our agreements would be enforceable or adequate or would otherwise protect us from any such liabilities or damages with respect to any particular claim. We also cannot be sure that our existing general liability insurance coverage and coverage for errors or omissions will continue to be available on acceptable terms or will be available in sufficient amounts to cover one or more large claims or that the insurer will not deny coverage as to any future claim. The successful assertion of one or more large claims against us that exceed available insurance coverage, or the occurrence of changes in our insurance policies, including premium increases or the imposition of large deductible or co-insurance requirements, would harm our business.

The failure to attract and retain additional qualified personnel could harm our business and culture and prevent us from executing our business strategy.

To execute our business strategy, we must attract and retain highly qualified personnel. Competition for executives, software developers, sales personnel and other key employees in our industry is intense. In particular, we compete with many other companies for software developers with high levels of experience in designing, developing and managing software for communication and collaboration technologies, as well as for skilled sales and operations professionals. At times, we have experienced, and we may continue to experience, difficulty in hiring and retaining employees with appropriate qualifications, and we may not be able to fill positions. If we fail to attract new personnel or fail to retain and motivate our current personnel, our business could be harmed.

Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we have, and some of these companies may offer greater compensation packages. We may be required to offer substantial equity awards to compete with compensation packages offered by other companies. If the perceived value of our equity awards declines, or if the mix of equity and cash compensation that we offer is unattractive, it may adversely affect our ability to recruit and retain highly skilled employees. Job candidates may also be threatened with legal action under agreements with their existing employers if we attempt to hire them, which could impact hiring and result in a diversion of our time and resources. Additionally, laws and regulations, such as restrictive immigration laws, may limit our ability to recruit internationally. We must also continue to retain and motivate existing employees through our compensation practices, company culture and career development opportunities. If we fail to attract new personnel or to retain our current personnel, our business would be harmed.

The loss of our executive officers, especially our Chief Executive Officer, or our inability to attract and retain qualified personnel may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business and operations depend to a significant degree on the skills, efforts and continued services of our executive officers (including Michael Feldman, our President and Chief Executive Officer), who have critical industry experience and relationships. Although we currently intend to enter into employment agreements with Mr. Feldman and two of our other executive officers prior to the consummation of this Offering, and we currently intend for such agreements to provide that we may terminate their employment with us at any time, with or without cause, as well as that they may terminate their employment with us at any time, with cause or for good reason. Accordingly, these executive officers may not remain associated with us. The efforts of these persons will be critical to us as we continue to develop our products and business. We do not carry key person life insurance on any of our management other than our Chief Executive Officer in a face amount of $3,000,000, which would leave our Company uncompensated for the loss of any of our executive officers other than our Chief Executive Officer.

21

The coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic is a continuing serious threat to health and economic well-being affecting our employees, investors, customers, and other business partners.

On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization announced that infections of COVID-19 had become pandemic, and on March 13, 2020, the U.S. President announced a National Emergency relating to the disease. Throughout 2020, widespread infection in the United States and abroad prompted national, state, and local authorities to require or recommend social distancing and impose quarantine and isolation measures on large portions of the population, including mandatory business closures. These measures, while intended to protect human life, had serious adverse impacts on domestic and foreign economies. Although many of these measures have not been in place in the United States and most other countries for some time now, a significant increase in the spread of new variants or subvariants could result in the reinstatement of some or many of these measures. The sweeping nature of the COVID-19 pandemic, to date, makes it difficult to predict how the Company’s business and operations could be affected in the future, if a new variant should emerge. Moreover, the COVID-19 outbreak has had indeterminable adverse effects on general commercial activity and the world economy, and our business and results of operations could be adversely affected to the extent that COVID-19 or any other virus epidemic harms the global economy generally and/or the markets in which we operate specifically.

Further, our current and potential customers may be required to allocate resources and adjust budgets to accommodate potential contingencies related to the effects of the coronavirus and measures required to be put in place to prevent and contain contamination of the virus. Uncertainties resulting from COVID-19 may result in customers delaying budget expenditures or re-allocating resources, which would result in a decrease in orders from these customers. Any such decrease in orders from these customers could cause a material adverse effect on our operations and financial results and our ability to generate positive cash flows.

In 2020 the Company’s revenues decreased by 25% compared to the prior year. This was the first year our year-over-year revenues decreased since inception, and was due nearly entirely to the COVID-19 pandemic. Most of our enterprise customers required all or nearly all of their employees to work remotely for most of 2020, most of our education customers switched to remote learning and in many states elective surgeries were prohibited for much of the year. All of these factors impacted our revenue in 2020. In 2021, as workers and students began to return, with a demand for a hybrid work environment, our revenues increased throughout the year, until the fourth quarter of 2021 when our revenues returned to our pre-pandemic levels. Moving forward, while our products benefit from the current hybrid work environment, a scenario where universities were to switch to all-remote classes, companies returned to all-remote work and elective surgeries were widely cancelled in hospitals could adversely affect our revenues.

In addition to the above, over the last twelve months, supply chain shortages have impacted our ability to ship our products within our normal delivery time on several occasions, resulting in lower revenues for specific periods than we projected. If supply chain disruptions become more severe in the future this could adversely affect our revenues for specific periods.

Any of the foregoing factors, or other cascading effects of the COVID-19 pandemic that are not currently foreseeable, could materially increase our costs, negatively impact our sales and damage the Company’s results of operations and its liquidity position, possibly to a significant degree. The duration of any such impacts cannot be predicted.

Also, to the extent the COVID-19 pandemic or a similar public health threat has an impact on our business, it is likely to also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section.

We may be adversely affected by the effects of inflation.

Consumer inflation, as measured by the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers has increased 9.1% percent for the 12 months ending June30, 2022, the largest 12-month increase since the period ending December 1981. Although inflation has resulted in an increase in costs we pay relating to our products, to date, we have been able to increase the prices we charge our customers and, therefore, such price increases we have incurred have not adversely affected our business, results of operations, financial position and liquidity, although we may not be able to continue raising the prices we charge customers if inflation continues to increase in the future. The existence of inflation in the economy also has the potential to result in higher interest rates and capital costs, supply shortages, increased costs of labor and other similar effects. In particular, the greatest effect of inflation has been the need for us to substantially increase salaries and other compensation we pay to our employees in order to keep wages competitive and continuing increases in wages may make it more difficult for us maintain general operating expenses at desired levels. Although

22

we may take measures to mitigate the impact of this inflation through pricing actions and efficiency gains, if these measures are not effective our business, results of operations, financial position and liquidity could be materially adversely affected. Even if such measures are effective, there could be a difference between the timing of when these beneficial actions impact our results of operations and when the cost inflation is incurred. Additionally, the pricing actions we may take could negatively impact our customer engagement, and decrease our market share, and certain of our competitors — particularly our larger, more established competitors — may manage inflationary pressures better than we are able to.

Geopolitical conditions, including acts of war or terrorism could adversely affect our business.

Our operations could be disrupted by geopolitical conditions, trade disputes, international boycotts and sanctions, political and social instability, acts of war, terrorist activity or other similar events. From time to time, we could have a large revenue stream associated with a particular customer or a large number of customers located in a particular geographic region. Decreased demand from a discrete event impacting a specific customer, industry, or region in which we have a concentrated exposure could negatively impact our results of operations.

Recently, Russia initiated significant military action against Ukraine. In response, the U.S. and certain other countries imposed significant sanctions and export controls against Russia, Belarus and certain individuals and entities connected to Russian or Belarusian political, business, and financial organizations, and the U.S. and certain other countries could impose further sanctions, trade restrictions, and other retaliatory actions should the conflict continue or worsen. It is not possible to predict the broader consequences of the conflict, including related geopolitical tensions, and the measures and retaliatory actions taken by the U.S. and other countries in respect thereof as well as any counter measures or retaliatory actions by Russia or Belarus in response, including, for example, potential cyberattacks or the disruption of energy exports, is likely to cause regional instability, geopolitical shifts, and could materially adversely affect global trade, currency exchange rates, regional economies and the global economy. The situation remains uncertain, and while it is difficult to predict the impact of any of the foregoing, the conflict and actions taken in response to the conflict could increase our costs, reduce our sales and earnings, impair our ability to raise additional capital when needed on acceptable terms, if at all, or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

With regard to our sole manufacturer and supplier of computer equipment for our ThinkHub Room™ products, any potential disruption in and other risks relating to its supply chain could limit the availability or increase the costs of its computer equipment and consequently our ThinkHub Room™ products, potentially causing consumers to seek readily available or inexpensive alternative products from competing businesses, which may ultimately affect the total number of users using our platform and harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our sole manufacturer and supplier of computer equipment for our ThinkHub Room™ products obtains products and raw materials from manufacturers and distributors located around the world, and may have entered into long-term contracts or exclusive agreements that would ensure its ability to acquire the types and quantities of products or raw materials it desires at acceptable prices and in a timely manner. Any potential disruption in and other risks relating to our sole manufacturer and supplier’s supply chain as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic or Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, could limit the availability or increase the costs of its computer equipment and consequently our ThinkHub Room™ products, potentially causing consumers to seek readily available or inexpensive alternative products from competing businesses, which may ultimately affect the total number of users using our platform and harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may not successfully manage our growth or plan for future growth.

Recently, we have experienced rapid growth. For example, our headcount has grown to 72 full-time employees as of October1, 2022 from 50 full time employees at January1, 2021. The growth and expansion of our business places a continuous, significant strain on our management, operational and financial resources. Further growth of our operations to support our user base, our expanding third-party relationships, our information technology systems and our internal controls and procedures may not be adequate to support our operations. In addition, as we continue to grow, we face challenges of integrating, developing and motivating a rapidly growing employee base. Certain members of our management have not previously worked together for an extended period of time, and some do not have experience managing a public company, which may affect how they manage our growth. Managing our growth will also require significant expenditures and allocation of valuable management resources.

23

In addition, our rapid growth may make it difficult to evaluate our future prospects. Our ability to forecast our future results of operations is subject to a number of uncertainties, including our ability to effectively plan for and model future growth. We have encountered in the past, and may encounter in the future, risks and uncertainties frequently experienced by growing companies in rapidly changing industries. If we fail to achieve the necessary level of efficiency in our organization as it grows, or if we are not able to accurately forecast future growth, our business would be harmed.

We may acquire other businesses or receive offers to be acquired, which could require significant management attention, disrupt our business or dilute stockholder value.

We may in the future make acquisitions of other companies, products and technologies. We have limited experience in acquisitions. We may not be able to find suitable acquisition candidates and we may not be able to complete acquisitions on favorable terms, if at all. If we do complete acquisitions, we may not ultimately strengthen our competitive position or achieve our goals, and any acquisitions we complete could be viewed negatively by users, developers or investors. In addition, we may not be able to integrate acquired businesses successfully or effectively manage the combined company following an acquisition. If we fail to successfully integrate our acquisitions, or the people or technologies associated with those acquisitions, into our Company, the results of operations of the combined company could be adversely affected. Any integration process will require significant time and resources, require significant attention from management and disrupt the ordinary functioning of our business, and we may not be able to manage the process successfully, which could harm our business. In addition, we may not successfully evaluate or utilize the acquired technology and accurately forecast the financial impact of an acquisition transaction, including accounting charges.

We may have to pay cash, incur debt or issue equity securities to pay for any such acquisition, each of which could affect our financial condition or the value of our capital stock. The sale of equity to finance any such acquisitions could result in dilution to our stockholders. If we incur more debt, it would result in increased fixed obligations and could also subject us to covenants or other restrictions that would impede our ability to flexibly operate our business.

If our actual liability for sales and use taxes and federal regulatory fees is different from our accrued liability, it could have a material impact on our financial condition.

Each state has different rules and regulations governing sales and use taxes, and these rules and regulations are subject to varying interpretations that may change over time. We review these rules and regulations periodically and, when we believe our services are subject to sales and use taxes in a particular state, we voluntarily engage state tax authorities in order to determine how to comply with their rules and regulations. Vendors of services, like us, are typically held responsible by taxing authorities for the collection and payment of any applicable sales taxes and federal fees. If one or more taxing authorities determines that taxes should have, but have not, been paid with respect to our services, we may be liable for past taxes in addition to taxes going forward. Liability for past taxes may also include very substantial interest and penalty charges. Our customer contracts provide that our customers must pay all applicable sales taxes and fees. Nevertheless, customers may be reluctant to pay back taxes and may refuse responsibility for interest or penalties associated with those taxes. If we are required to collect and pay back taxes and the associated interest and penalties, and if our customers fail or refuse to reimburse us for all or a portion of these amounts, we will have incurred unplanned expenses that may be substantial. Moreover, imposition of such taxes on our services going forward will effectively increase the cost of such services to our customers and may adversely affect our ability to retain existing customers or to gain new customers in the areas in which such taxes are imposed. We may also become subject to tax audits or similar procedures in states where we already pay sales and use taxes. The assessment of taxes, interest, and penalties as a result of audits, litigation, or otherwise could be materially adverse to our current and future results of operations and financial condition.

The estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the market in which we compete achieves the forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all.

Market opportunity estimates and growth forecasts included in this prospectus, including those we have generated ourselves, are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate. Not every organization covered by our market opportunity estimates will necessarily buy video communications platforms at all, and some or many of those organizations may choose to continue using legacy communication methods or point solutions offered by our competitors. It is impossible to build every product feature that every customer or host wants, and our competitors may develop and offer features that our platform does not

24

provide. The variables that go into the calculation of our market opportunity are subject to change over time, and there is no guarantee that any particular number or percentage of the organizations covered by our market opportunity estimates will purchase our solutions at all or generate any particular level of revenue for us. Even if the market in which we compete meets the size estimates and growth forecasts in this prospectus, our business could fail to grow for a variety of reasons outside of our control, including competition in our industry. If any of these risks materialize, it could harm our business and prospects. For more information regarding the estimates of market opportunity and the forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus, see the section titled “Market and Industry Data.”

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

As of December 31, 2021, we have $10.5 million of federal and state net operating loss carryforwards available to reduce future taxable income, which will begin to expire in 2034 for federal and 2028 for state tax purposes. It is more likely than not that we will not generate taxable income in time to use these net operating loss carryforwards before their expiration or at all. As a result, a full valuation allowance was recorded as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2021. Under federal income tax law, federal net operating losses incurred in 2018 and in future years may be carried forward indefinitely, but the deductibility of such federal net operating losses is limited. In addition, the federal and state net operating loss carryforwards may be subject to significant limitations under Section 382 and Section 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and similar provisions under state law. The Tax Reform Act of 1986 contains provisions that limit the federal net operating loss carryforwards that may be used in any given year in the event of special occurrences, including significant ownership changes. If these specified events occur or have occurred, we may lose some or all of the tax benefits of these carryforwards. We may also experience ownership changes in the future as a result of subsequent shifts in our stock ownership, some of which may be outside of our control. If an ownership change occurs and our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards is materially limited, it would harm our business by effectively increasing our future tax obligations.

Our reported results of operations may be adversely affected by changes in accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

Generally accepted accounting principles in the United States are subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and various bodies formed to promulgate and interpret appropriate accounting principles. A change in these principles or interpretations could have a significant effect on our reported results of operations and may even affect the reporting of transactions completed before the announcement or effectiveness of a change. For example, we adopted Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (ASC 606), effective as of January 1, 2018 utilizing the full retrospective method of adoption. The adoption of ASC 606 impacted the timing and manner in which we report our revenue and expenses, especially with respect to our sales commissions. See Note 14 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information. It is also difficult to predict the impact of future changes to accounting principles or our accounting policies, which may modify how we account for certain items currently.

We depend upon one manufacturer and supplier of computer equipment for our ThinkHub Room™ products.

To date, our ThinkHub Room™ products have been sold for use exclusively with Apple Mac Minis and Mac Pros. Apple Mac Minis and Mac Pros are manufactured and sold exclusively by Apple, Inc. (“Apple”). If Apple were to discontinue manufacture and sales of Mac Minis or Mac Pros, or we would otherwise be unable to obtain a sufficient supply of Mac Minis and Mac Pros for use with our ThinkHub Room™ products this could have a material adverse impact on our operations. Our core ThinkHub Room™ software was originally developed in a code base that is specific to Apple computers. However, the T1V app and ThinkHub Cloud™ both run in a software based cross-platform code base. We are in the process of migrating our core ThinkHub Room™ software to the cross platform code base and expect this to be complete for the majority of our products by the first quarter of 2023. There is no assurance that we will be able to successfully migrate our core ThinkHub Room™ software to the cross platform code base prior to any substantial loss of supply of these Apple products.

25

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

We may not be able to protect the rights to our intellectual property.

Failure to protect our existing intellectual property rights may result in the loss of our exclusivity or the right to use our technologies. If we do not adequately ensure our freedom to use certain technology, we may have to pay others for rights to use their intellectual property, pay damages for infringement or misappropriation and/or be enjoined from using such intellectual property. We rely on patent, trade secret, trademark and copyright law to protect our intellectual property. Some of our intellectual property is not covered by any patent. As we further develop our services and related intellectual property, we expect to seek additional patent protection. Our patent position is subject to complex factual and legal issues that may give rise to uncertainty as to the validity, scope and enforceability of a particular patent. Accordingly, we cannot assure that any of the patents owned by us or other patents that other parties license to us in the future will not be invalidated, circumvented, challenged, rendered unenforceable or licensed to others; any of our pending or future patent applications will be issued with the breadth of claim coverage sought by it, if issued at all; or any patents owned by or licensed to us, although valid, will not be dominated by a patent or patents to others having broader claims. Additionally, effective patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret protection may be unavailable, limited or not applied for in certain foreign countries.

We also seek to protect our intellectual property, including proprietary information that may not be patented or patentable, in part by confidentiality agreements. We enter into such confidentiality agreements with all of our employees and independent contractors. We cannot ensure that these agreements will not be breached, that we will have adequate remedies for any breach, or that such persons will not assert rights to intellectual property arising out of these relationships.

Our failure to obtain or maintain the right to use certain intellectual property may negatively affect our business.

Our future success and competitive position depend in part upon our ability to obtain and maintain certain intellectual property to be used in connection with our services. While we are not currently engaged in any intellectual property litigation, we could become subject to lawsuits in which it is alleged that we have infringed the intellectual property rights of others or we could commence lawsuits against others who we believe are infringing upon our rights. Our involvement in intellectual property litigation could result in significant expense, adversely affecting the development of sales of the challenged product and diverting the efforts of our technical and management personnel, whether or not such litigation is resolved in our favor.

In the event of an adverse outcome as a defendant in any such litigation, we may, among other things, be required to pay substantial damages; cease the development, use or sale of services or products that infringe upon other patented intellectual property; expend significant resources to develop or acquire non-infringing intellectual property; discontinue the use or application of infringing technology; or obtain licenses to the infringing intellectual property. We cannot ensure that we would be successful in such development or acquisition or that such licenses would be available upon reasonable terms. Any such development, acquisition or license could require the expenditure of substantial time and other resources and could have a negative effect on our business and financial results.

An adverse outcome as plaintiff in any such litigation, in addition to the costs involved, may, among other things, result in the loss of the intellectual property (such as a patent) that was the subject of the lawsuit by a determination of invalidity or unenforceability, significantly increase competition as a result of such determination, and require the payment of penalties resulting from counterclaims by the defendant.

We may in the future be a party to intellectual property rights claims and other litigation matters, which, if resolved adversely, could harm our business.

We protect our intellectual property through patents, copyrights, trademarks, domain names and trade secrets and, from time to time, are subject to litigation based on allegations of infringement, misappropriation or other violations of intellectual property or other rights. As we face increasing competition and gain an increasingly high profile, the possibility of intellectual property rights claims, commercial claims and other assertions against us grows. We may from time to time in the future become, a party to litigation and disputes related to our intellectual property, our business practices and our proprietary technology, products and services. The costs of supporting litigation and dispute resolution proceedings may be considerable, and there can be no assurances that a favorable outcome would be

26

obtained. We may need to settle litigation and disputes on terms that are unfavorable to us, or we may be subject to an unfavorable judgment that may not be reversible upon appeal. The terms of any settlement or judgment could require us to cease some or all of our operations or pay substantial amounts to the other party. Even if we were to prevail in such a litigation or dispute, it could be costly and time consuming and divert the attention of our management and key personnel from our business operations. During the course of any potential litigation or dispute, we could make announcements regarding the results of hearings and motions and other interim developments. If securities analysts and investors regard these announcements as negative, the market price of our Class A Common Stock may decline. With respect to any intellectual property rights claim, we may have to seek a license to continue practices found to be in violation of third-party rights, which may not be available on reasonable terms and may significantly increase our operating expenses. A license to continue such practices may not be available to us at all, and we may be required to develop alternative non-infringing technology or practices or discontinue the practices. The development of alternative, non-infringing technology or practices could require significant effort and expense. Our business could be harmed as a result.

Our use of third-party open source software could negatively affect our ability to offer and sell subscriptions to our platform and subject us to possible litigation.

A portion of the technologies we use incorporates third-party open source software, and we may incorporate third-party open source software in the future. Open source software is generally licensed by its authors or other third parties under open source licenses. From time to time, companies that use third-party open source software have faced claims challenging the use of such open source software and requesting compliance with the open source software license terms. Accordingly, we may be subject to suits by parties claiming ownership of what we believe to be open source software or claiming non-compliance with the applicable open source licensing terms. Some open source software licenses require end-users who use, distribute or make available across a network software and services that include open source software to offer aspects of the technology that incorporates the open source software for no cost. We may also be required to make publicly available source code (which in some circumstances could include valuable proprietary code) for modifications or derivative works we create based upon, incorporating or using the open source software and/or to license such modifications or derivative works under the terms of the particular open source license. Additionally, if a third-party software provider has incorporated open source software into software that we license from such provider, we could be required to disclose any of our source code that incorporates or is a modification of our licensed software. While we employ practices designed to monitor our compliance with the licenses of third-party open source software and protect our valuable proprietary source code, we may inadvertently use third-party open source software in a manner that exposes us to claims of non-compliance with the terms of their licenses, including claims of intellectual property rights infringement or for breach of contract. Furthermore, there exists today an increasing number of types of open source software licenses, almost none of which have been tested in courts of law to provide guidance of their proper legal interpretations. If we were to receive a claim of non-compliance with the terms of any of these open source licenses, we may be required to publicly release certain portions of our proprietary source code. We could also be required to expend substantial time and resources to re-engineer some of our software. Any of the foregoing could disrupt and harm our business.

Risks Related to Regulations

Our actual or perceived failure to comply with privacy, data protection and information security laws, regulations, and obligations could harm our business.

We receive, store, process and use personal information and other user content. There are numerous federal, state, local and international laws and regulations regarding privacy, data protection, information security and the storing, sharing, use, processing, transfer, disclosure and protection of personal information and other content, the scope of which is changing, subject to differing interpretations and may be inconsistent among countries, or conflict with other rules. We are also subject to the terms of our privacy policies and obligations to third parties related to privacy, data protection and information security. We strive to comply with applicable laws, regulations, policies and other legal obligations relating to privacy, data protection and information security to the extent possible. However, the regulatory framework for privacy and data protection worldwide is, and is likely to remain, uncertain for the foreseeable future, and it is possible that these or other actual or alleged obligations may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another and may conflict with other rules or our practices.

27

We also expect that there will continue to be new laws, regulations and industry standards concerning privacy, data protection and information security proposed and enacted in various jurisdictions. For example, in May 2018, the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) went into effect in the European Union (EU). The GDPR imposed more stringent data protection requirements and provides greater penalties for noncompliance than previous data protection laws, including potential penalties of up to €20 million or 4% of annual global revenues. Further, following a referendum in June 2016 in which voters in the United Kingdom approved an exit from the EU, the United Kingdom government has initiated a process to leave the EU, known as Brexit. Brexit has created uncertainty with regard to the regulation of data protection in the United Kingdom. In particular, although the United Kingdom enacted a Data Protection Act in May 2018 that is designed to be consistent with the GDPR, uncertainty remains regarding how data transfers to and from the United Kingdom will be regulated. California enacted the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018 (CCPA), which became effective January 1, 2020, that affords consumers expanded privacy protections. The CCPA was recently amended, and it is possible that it will be amended in the future. The CCPA gives California residents expanded rights to access and require deletion of their personal information, opt out of certain personal information sharing and receive detailed information about how their personal information is used. The CCPA also provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for data breaches that may increase data breach litigation.

With laws and regulations such as the GDPR in the EU and the CCPA in the United States imposing new and relatively burdensome obligations, and with substantial uncertainty over the interpretation and application of these and other laws and regulations, we may face challenges in addressing their requirements and making necessary changes to our policies and practices, and may incur significant costs and expenses in an effort to do so. Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with our privacy policies, our privacy-, data protection- or information security-related obligations to users or other third parties or any of our other legal obligations relating to privacy, data protection or information security may result in governmental investigations or enforcement actions, litigation, claims or public statements against us by consumer advocacy groups or others, and could result in significant liability or cause our users to lose trust in us, which could have an adverse effect on our reputation and business. Furthermore, the costs of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, the laws, regulations and policies that are applicable to the businesses of our users may limit the adoption and use of, and reduce the overall demand for, our platform.

Additionally, if third parties we work with, such as vendors or developers, violate applicable laws or regulations or our policies, such violations may also put our users’ content at risk and could in turn have an adverse effect on our business. Any significant change to applicable laws, regulations or industry practices regarding the collection, use, retention, security or disclosure of our users’ content, or regarding the manner in which the express or implied consent of users for the collection, use, retention or disclosure of such content is obtained, could increase our costs and require us to modify our services and features, possibly in a material manner, which we may be unable to complete and may limit our ability to store and process user data or develop new services and features.

We are subject to governmental export and import controls that could impair our ability to compete in international markets due to licensing requirements and subject us to liability if we are not in compliance with applicable laws.

Our platform and associated products are subject to various restrictions under U.S. export control and sanctions laws and regulations, including the U.S. Department of Commerce’s Export Administration Regulations (EAR) and various economic and trade sanctions regulations administered by the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control. The U.S. export control laws and U.S. economic sanctions laws include restrictions or prohibitions on the sale or supply of certain products and services to U.S. embargoed or sanctioned countries, governments, persons and entities, and also require authorization for the export of certain encryption items. In addition, various countries regulate the import of certain encryption technology, including through import permitting and licensing requirements and have enacted or could enact laws that could limit our ability to distribute our platform or could limit our hosts’ ability to implement our platform in those countries.

To the best of our knowledge, we have not made our software products available to customers, including users in embargoed or sanctioned countries, in apparent violation of the EAR; provided, however, that we do have one customer located in Russia. If we are found to be in violation of U.S. economic sanctions or export control laws, it could result in substantial fines and penalties for us and for the individuals working for us. We may also be adversely affected through other penalties, reputational harm, loss of access to certain markets or otherwise.

28

Changes in our platform, or changes in export, sanctions and import laws, may delay the introduction and sale of subscriptions to our platform in international markets, prevent our customers with international operations from using our platform or, in some cases, prevent the access or use of our platform to and from certain countries, governments, persons or entities altogether. Further, any change in export or import regulations, economic sanctions or related laws, shift in the enforcement or scope of existing regulations or change in the countries, governments, persons or technologies targeted by such regulations could result in decreased use of our platform or in our decreased ability to export or sell our platform to existing or potential customers with international operations. Any decreased use of our platform or limitation on our ability to export or sell our platform would likely harm our business.

We may be subject to, or assist law enforcement with enforcement of, a variety of U.S. and international laws that could result in claims, increase the cost of operations or otherwise harm our business due to changes in the laws, changes in the interpretations of the laws, greater enforcement of the laws or investigations into compliance with the laws.

We may be subject to, or assist law enforcement with enforcement of, various laws, including those covering copyright, indecent content, child protection, consumer protection, telecommunications services, taxation and similar matters. There may be instances where improper or illegal content has been shared on our platform without our knowledge. As a service provider, we do not monitor our platform to evaluate the legality of content shared on it. While to date we have not been subject to material legal or administrative actions as a result of this content, the laws in this area are currently in a state of flux and vary widely between jurisdictions. Accordingly, it may be possible that in the future we and our competitors may be subject to legal actions, along with the users who shared such content. In addition, regardless of any legal liability we may face, our reputation could be harmed should there be an incident generating extensive negative publicity about the content shared on our platform. Such publicity would harm our business.

We are also subject to consumer protection laws that may impact our sales and marketing efforts, including laws related to subscriptions, billing and auto-renewal. These laws, as well as any changes in these laws, could adversely affect our ability in the future to retain and upgrade customers and attract new customers for our planned future ThinkHub Cloud™ products. Additionally, we may from time to time in the future become the subject of inquiries and other actions by regulatory authorities as a result of our business practices, including our subscription, billing and renewal policies. Consumer protection laws may be interpreted or applied by regulatory authorities in a manner that could require us to make changes to our operations or incur fines, penalties or settlement expenses, which may result in harm to our business.

Our platform depends on the ability of our customers and users to access the internet. If we fail to anticipate developments in the law, or fail for any reason to comply with relevant law, our platform could be blocked or restricted, and we could be exposed to significant liability that could harm our business. We are also subject to various U.S. and international anti-corruption laws, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act, as well as other similar anti-bribery and anti-kickback laws and regulations. These laws and regulations generally prohibit companies and their employees and intermediaries from authorizing, offering or providing improper payments or benefits to officials and other recipients for improper purposes. Although we take precautions to prevent violations of these laws, our exposure for violating these laws increases as we continue to expand our international presence, and any failure to comply with such laws could harm our business.

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Class A Common Stock and this Offering

An active trading market for our Class A Common Stock may never develop or be sustained.

We intend to apply to list our Class A Common Stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “[•].” However, we cannot assure you that an active trading market for our Class A Common Stock will develop on that exchange or elsewhere or, if developed, that any market will be sustained. Accordingly, we cannot assure you of the likelihood that an active trading market for our Class A Common Stock will develop or be maintained, your ability to sell your shares of our Class A Common Stock when desired or the prices that you may obtain for your shares.

29

The trading price of our Class A Common Stock may be volatile, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Prior to this Offering, there has been no public market for shares of our Class A Common Stock. The initial public offering price of our Class A Common Stock was determined through negotiation between us and the underwriters. This price does not necessarily reflect the price at which investors in the market will be willing to buy and sell shares of our Class A Common Stock following this Offering. In addition, the trading price of our Class A Common Stock following this Offering is likely to be volatile and could be subject to fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. These fluctuations could cause you to lose all or part of your investment in our Class A Common Stock as you might be unable to sell your shares at or above the price you paid in this Offering. Factors that could cause fluctuations in the trading price of our Class A Common Stock include the following:

•price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;

•volatility in the trading prices and trading volumes of technology stocks;

•changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of other technology companies generally, or those in our industry in particular;

•sales of shares of our Class A Common Stock by us or our stockholders;

•failure of securities analysts to maintain coverage of us, changes in financial estimates by securities analysts who follow our Company, or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;

•the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in those projections, or our failure to meet those projections;

•announcements by us or our competitors of new products, features, or services;

•the public’s reaction to our press releases, other public announcements and filings with the SEC;

•rumors and market speculation involving us or other companies in our industry;

•actual or anticipated changes in our results of operations or fluctuations in our results of operations;

•actual or anticipated developments in our business, our competitors’ businesses or the competitive landscape generally;

•litigation involving us, our industry, or both, or investigations by regulators into our operations or those of our competitors;

•developments or disputes concerning our intellectual property or other proprietary rights;

•announced or completed acquisitions of businesses, products, services or technologies by us or our competitors;

•new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations applicable to our business;

•changes in accounting standards, policies, guidelines, interpretations or principles;

•any significant change in our management; and

•general economic conditions and slow or negative growth of our markets.

In addition, in the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and in the market price of a particular company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. This litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources.

30

The dual class structure of our common stock as contained in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation has the effect of concentrating voting control with those stockholders who held our stock prior to this Offering, including our executive officers, employees and directors and their affiliates, limiting your ability to influence corporate matters.

Our Class B Common Stock has 10 votes per share, and our Class A Common Stock, which is the stock we are offering in this Offering, has one vote per share. Stockholders who hold shares of Class B Common Stock, including our executive officers, employees and directors and their affiliates, will together hold approximately [•]% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock following the completion of this Offering. Our directors, executive officers and 5% stockholders and their respective affiliates will together hold approximately [•]% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock following the completion of this Offering. Our founder, President and Chief Executive Officer, Michael Feldman, will hold approximately [•]% of our outstanding capital stock but will control approximately [•]% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock following the completion of this Offering. Therefore, these holders will have significant influence over our management and affairs and over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of T1V or our assets, for the foreseeable future. Each share of Class B Common Stock will be automatically converted into one share of Class A Common Stock upon the earlier of (i) the date that is six months after the date that the co-founders of T1V, Michael Feldman, our President, Chief Executive Officer and Director, and James Morris, our Chief Technology Officer and Director (collectively, the “Co-Founders”), both no longer serve as an officer, director or are employed by T1V; (ii) the date that is six months after the death of the last to die of the Co-Founders; and (iii) the date specified by the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, voting as a separate class.

In addition, the holders of Class B Common Stock collectively will continue to be able to control all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval even if their stock holdings represent less than a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock. This concentrated control will limit your ability to influence corporate matters for the foreseeable future, and, as a result, the market price of our Class A Common Stock could be adversely affected. Future transfers by holders of Class B Common Stock will generally result in those shares converting to Class A Common Stock, which will have the effect, over time, of increasing the relative voting power of those holders of Class B Common Stock who retain their shares in the long term. If, for example, Mr. Feldman retains a significant portion of his holdings of Class B Common Stock for an extended period of time, he could, in the future, control a majority of the combined voting power of our Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock. As a board member, Mr. Feldman owes a fiduciary duty to our stockholders and must act in good faith in a manner he reasonably believes to be in the best interests of our stockholders. As a stockholder, even a controlling stockholder, Mr. Feldman is entitled to vote his shares in his own interests, which may not always be in the interests of our stockholders generally.

The dual class structure of our common stock as contained in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation may limit our Class A Common Stock from being included in certain market indices and may also raise questions with Nasdaq, in connection with our application for the trading of our Class A Common Stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market.

In July 2017, FTSE Russell and Standard & Poor’s announced that they would cease to allow most newly public companies utilizing dual or multi-class capital structures to be included in their indices. Affected indices include the Russell 2000 and the S&P 500, S&P MidCap 400 and S&P SmallCap 600, which together make up the S&P Composite 1500. Under the announced policies, our dual class capital structure would make us ineligible for inclusion in any of these indices, and as a result, mutual funds, exchange-traded funds and other investment vehicles that attempt to passively track these indices will not be investing in our stock. Nasdaq has also informed companies considering listing on any of the Nasdaq markets that they will closely review the terms of applicants having or contemplating dual or multi-class capital structures and we will need to assure that the terms of our Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are acceptable to Nasdaq. It is possible that having a dual class structure may depress valuations of our Class A Common Stock or depress our trading volume compared to those of other similar companies that do not have dual class structures.

31

If you purchase our Class A Common Stock in this Offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of your investment.

The initial public offering price of our Class A Common Stock is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock outstanding immediately following the completion of this Offering. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our Class A Common Stock in this Offering at the initial public offering price of $[•] per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, you will experience immediate dilution of $[•] per share, the difference between the price per share you pay for our Class A Common Stock and its pro forma net tangible book value per share as of [•], 2022, after giving effect to the issuance of shares of our Class A Common Stock in this Offering. This dilution is due in large part to the fact that our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares of common stock. In addition, we have issued options to purchase up to [•] shares of Class A Common Stock with an average weighted exercise price of $[•] per share and warrants to purchase up to [•] shares of Class A Common Stock with a weighted exercise price of $[•] per share to acquire our Class A Common Stock, all of which are at prices significantly below the initial public offering price. To the extent outstanding options and/or warrants are ultimately exercised, there will be further dilution to investors purchasing our Class A Common Stock in this Offering. In addition, if we issue additional equity securities, you will experience additional dilution.

If we cannot satisfy, or continue to satisfy, the initial listing requirements and other rules of Nasdaq, our securities may not be listed or may be delisted, which could negatively impact the price of our securities and your ability to sell them.

Even if our securities are listed on Nasdaq, we cannot assure you that our securities will continue to be listed on Nasdaq.

In addition, following this Offering, in order to maintain our listing on Nasdaq, we will be required to comply with certain rules of Nasdaq, including those regarding minimum stockholders’ equity, minimum share price, minimum market value of publicly held shares, and various additional requirements. Even if we initially meet the listing requirements and other applicable rules of Nasdaq, we may not be able to continue to satisfy these requirements and applicable rules. If we are unable to satisfy Nasdaq criteria for maintaining our listing, our securities could be subject to delisting.

If Nasdaq does not list our securities, or subsequently delists our securities from trading, we could face significant consequences, including:

•a limited availability for market quotations for our securities;

•reduced liquidity with respect to our securities;

•a determination that our common stock is a “penny stock,” which will require brokers trading in our common stock to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly result in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our common stock;

•limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and

•a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

Future sales and issuances of our capital stock or rights to purchase capital stock could result in additional dilution of the percentage ownership of our stockholders and could cause our stock price to decline.

We may issue additional securities following the completion of this Offering. Future sales and issuances of our capital stock or rights to purchase our capital stock could result in substantial dilution to our existing stockholders. We may sell Class A Common Stock, convertible securities and other equity securities in one or more transactions at prices and in a manner as we may determine from time to time. If we sell any such securities in subsequent transactions, investors may be materially diluted. New investors in such subsequent transactions could gain rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of holders of our Class A Common Stock.

32

We will have broad discretion in the use of net proceeds from this Offering and may invest or spend the proceeds in ways with which you do not agree and in ways that may not yield a return.

Except as otherwise specifically provided in this prospectus, we cannot specify with any certainty the particular uses of the net proceeds that we will receive from this Offering. Our management will have broad discretion over the use of net proceeds from this Offering, including for any of the purposes described in “Use of Proceeds,” and you will not have the opportunity as part of your investment decision to assess whether the net proceeds are being used appropriately. Investors may not agree with our decisions, and our use of the proceeds may not yield any return on your investment. Because of the number and variability of factors that will determine our use of the net proceeds from this Offering, their ultimate use may vary substantially from their currently intended use. Our failure to apply the net proceeds of this Offering effectively could impair our ability to pursue our growth strategy or could require us to raise additional capital.

Substantial future sales of shares of our Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock could cause the market price of our Class A Common Stock to decline.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock (after converting to Class A Common Stock) in the public market following the completion of this Offering, or the perception that these sales might occur, could depress the market price of our Class A Common Stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. We are unable to predict the effect that such sales may have on the prevailing market price of our Class A Common Stock.

Upon the completion of this Offering, we will have outstanding a total of [•] shares of Class A Common Stock and [•] shares of Class B Common Stock, assuming (i) the conversion, immediately prior to the completion of this Offering, of all outstanding shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock into [•] shares of Class B Common Stock; (ii) the conversion, immediately prior to the completion of this Offering, of all outstanding shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock into [•] shares of Class A Common Stock; (iii) the conversion, immediately prior to the completion of this Offering, of an aggregate of $[•] in principal amount of convertible notes, including any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, into [•] shares of Class A Common Stock; and (iv) the conversion, immediately prior to the completion of this Offering, of an aggregate of $[•] in principal amount of convertible notes, including any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, into [•] shares of Class A Common Stock and [•] shares of Class B Common and excluding (i) [•] shares of Class A Common Stock into which shares of Class B Common Stock are convertible, at any time, at a conversion rate of one share of Class A Common Stock for each share of Class B Common Stock converted; (ii) [•] shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase shares of our Class A Common Stock, with a weighted average exercise price of $[•] per share; (iii) [•] shares of our Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class A Common Stock, with a weighted average exercise price of $[•] per share; (iv) [•] shares of our Class A Common Stock reserved for future issuance under the 2022 Plan; and (v) [•] shares of our Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Representative’s Warrants to be issued upon consummation of this Offering which are exercisable for up to 5% of the aggregate number of shares of Class A Common Stock sold in this Offering, excluding any shares of Class A Common Stock sold pursuant to the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option. Of these shares, only the shares of Class A Common Stock sold in this Offering will be freely tradable, without restriction, in the public market immediately after this offering. All of our executive officers and directors and the holders of substantially all the shares of our capital stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for our capital stock have entered into market standoff agreements with us or have entered or will enter into lock-up agreements with the underwriters that restrict their ability to transfer shares of our capital stock during the period ending on, and including, the 180th day after the completion of this offering, subject to specified exceptions. We refer to such period as the lock-up period. We and the underwriters may permit certain stockholders who are subject to these market standoff agreements or lock-up agreements to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up period. After the end of the lock-up period, all shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding as of [•], 2022, will become eligible for sale, of which shares held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and various vesting agreements.

In addition, as of [•], 2022, there were [•] shares of common stock subject to outstanding options, with a weighted average exercise price of $[•], giving effect to the Split at an assumed ratio of 50-for-1, which is the approximate midpoint of the range between 35-for-1 and 70-for-1, which range was approved by our board of directors, with the actual ratio being subject to the further approval of our board of directors and our stockholders, and which shares of

33

common stock will be re-classified into shares of Class A Common Stock prior to the completion of this Offering. We intend to register all of the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options and upon exercise or settlement of any options or other equity incentives we may grant in the future for public resale under the Securities Act, pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-8 or as otherwise determined by our board of directors. Accordingly, these shares will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent such options are exercised, subject to the lock-up agreements described above and compliance with applicable securities laws.

Further, as of [•], 2022, there were shares of Class A Common Stock exercisable pursuant to outstanding warrants, with a weighted exercise price of $[•], giving effect to the Split at an assumed ratio of 50-for-1, which is the approximate midpoint of the range between 35-for-1 and 70-for-1, which range was approved by our board of directors, with the actual ratio being subject to the further approval of our board of directors and our stockholders. We intend to register all of the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of these outstanding warrants for public resale under the Securities Act, pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1 or as otherwise determined by our board of directors. Accordingly, these shares will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent such warrants are exercised, subject to the lock-up agreements described above and compliance with applicable securities laws.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable regulations could be impaired.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the Sarbanes-Oxley Act) and the rules and regulations of the applicable listing standards of the Nasdaq Capital Market. We expect that the requirements of these rules and regulations will continue to increase our legal, accounting and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming and costly and place significant strain on our personnel, systems and resources.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting. We are continuing to develop and refine our disclosure controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we will file with the SEC is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms and that information required to be disclosed in reports under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our principal executive and financial officers. We are also continuing to improve our internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, we have expended, and anticipate that we will continue to expend, significant resources, including accounting-related costs and significant management oversight.

Our current controls and any new controls that we develop may become inadequate because of changes in conditions in our business. In addition, changes in accounting principles or interpretations could also challenge our internal controls and require that we establish new business processes, systems and controls to accommodate such changes. For example, we will need to implement new revenue recognition modules into our existing enterprise resource planning system to facilitate the preparation of our financial statements under ASC 606. We will also be required to adopt ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), which requires, among other things, lessees to recognize most leases on-balance sheet via a right of use asset and lease liability, beginning February1, 2019. We have limited experience with implementing the systems and controls that will be necessary to operate as a public company, as well as adopting changes in accounting principles or interpretations mandated by the relevant regulatory bodies. Additionally, if these new systems, controls or standards and the associated process changes do not give rise to the benefits that we expect or do not operate as intended, it could adversely affect our financial reporting systems and processes, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial reports or the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Moreover, our business may be harmed if we experience problems with any new systems and controls that result in delays in their implementation or increased costs to correct any post-implementation issues that may arise.

Further, weaknesses in our disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting may be discovered in the future. Any failure to develop or maintain effective controls or any difficulties encountered in their implementation or improvement could harm our business or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations and may result in a restatement of our financial statements for prior periods. Any failure to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting also could adversely affect the results of periodic management evaluations and annual independent registered public accounting firm attestation reports regarding the effectiveness of our internal

34

control over financial reporting that we will eventually be required to include in our periodic reports that will be filed with the SEC. Ineffective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial and other information, which would likely have a negative effect on the trading price of our Class A Common Stock. In addition, if we are unable to continue to meet these requirements, we may not be able to remain listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market. We are not currently required to comply with the SEC rules that implement Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and are therefore not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that purpose. As a public company, we will be required to provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting commencing with our second annual report on Form 10-K.

Our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until our first annual report filed with the SEC where we are an accelerated filer or a large accelerated filer. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our internal control over financial reporting is documented, designed or operating. Any failure to maintain effective disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting could harm our business and could cause a decline in the trading price of our Class A Common Stock.

Provisions in our corporate charter documents and under Delaware law may prevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders to change our management or hinder efforts to acquire a controlling interest in us, and the market price of our Class A Common Stock may be lower as a result.

There are provisions in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as they will be in effect following this Offering, that may make it difficult for a third party to acquire, or attempt to acquire, control of T1V, even if a change in control was considered favorable by our stockholders.

Our charter documents, upon the completion of this Offering, will also contain other provisions that could have an anti-takeover effect, such as:

•permitting the board of directors to establish the number of directors and fill any vacancies and newly created directorships;

•prohibiting cumulative voting for directors;

•authorizing the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that our board of directors could use to implement a stockholder rights plan;

•eliminating the ability of stockholders to call special meetings of stockholders;

•our dual class common stock structure as described above.

Any provision in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our Class A Common Stock and could also negatively affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our Class A Common Stock.

Our Class A Common Stock market price and trading volume could decline if securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business.

The trading market for our Class A Common Stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. The analysts’ estimates are based upon their own opinions and are often different from our estimates or expectations. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our Class A Common Stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the price of our securities would likely decline. If few securities analysts commence coverage of us, or if one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our securities could decrease, which might cause the price and trading volume of our Class A Common Stock to decline.

35

We will incur costs and demands upon management as a result of complying with the laws and regulations affecting public companies in the United States, which may harm our business.

As a public company listed in the United States, we will incur significant additional legal, accounting and other expenses. In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including regulations implemented by the SEC and Nasdaq, may increase legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, and as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If, notwithstanding our efforts, we fail to comply with new laws, regulations and standards, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be harmed.

Failure to comply with these rules might also make it more difficult for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we might be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. The impact of these events would also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, on committees of our board of directors or as members of senior management.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and we intend to comply only with reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies. As a result, our Class A Common Stock could be less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, and for as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to emerging growth companies, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (i) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this Offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of over $1.07 billion or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th and (ii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. We are also a “smaller reporting company,” meaning that the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates plus the proposed aggregate amount of gross proceeds to us as a result of this Offering is less than $700 million and our annual revenue is less than $100 million during the most recently completed fiscal year. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company after this Offering if either (1) the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates is less than $250 million or (2) our annual revenue is less than $100 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates is less than $700 million. If we are a smaller reporting company at the time we cease to be an emerging growth company, we may continue to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are available to smaller reporting companies. Specifically, as a smaller reporting company we may choose to present only the two most recent fiscal years of audited financial statements in our Annual Report on Form 10-K and, similar to emerging growth companies, smaller reporting companies have reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation.

We cannot predict if investors will find our Class A Common Stock less attractive if we choose to rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our Class A Common Stock less attractive as a result of any choices to reduce future disclosure, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A Common Stock, and our stock price may be more volatile.

36

Our status as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act may make it more difficult to raise capital as and when we need it.

Because of the exemptions from various reporting requirements provided to us as an “emerging growth company” and because we will have an extended transition period for complying with new or revised financial accounting standards, we may be less attractive to investors, and it may be difficult for us to raise additional capital as and when we need it. Investors may be unable to compare our business with other companies in our industry if they believe that our financial accounting is not as transparent as other companies in our industry. If we are unable to raise additional capital as and when we need it, our financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

We do not intend to pay cash dividends for the foreseeable future.

We have never declared nor paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to finance the operation and expansion of our business, and we do not expect to declare or pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any determination to declare or pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws and dependent upon a number of factors, including our earnings, capital requirements and overall financial condition. In addition, terms of any future debt or preferred securities may further restrict our ability to pay dividends on our common stock. As a result, stockholders must rely on sales of their Class A Common Stock after price appreciation as the only way to realize any future gains on their investment. The market price for our common stock may never exceed, and may fall below, the price that you pay for such common stock.

Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to choose the judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this Offering, will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if and only if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware lacks subject matter jurisdiction, any state court located within the State of Delaware or, if and only if all such state courts lack subject matter jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) and any appellate court therefrom will be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, or other employees to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the second amended and restated certificate of incorporation or the amended and restated bylaws (as each may be amended from time to time); (iv) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws (as each may be amended from time to time, including any right, obligation or remedy thereunder); or (v) any claim or cause of action against us or any of our current or former directors, officers or employees that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in all cases to the fullest extent permitted by law and subject to the court having personal jurisdiction over indispensable parties named as defendants.

Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also provide that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any of our securities shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to this provision. This exclusive-forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum of its choosing for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees.

If a court were to find this exclusive-forum provision in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving the dispute in other jurisdictions, which could harm our results of operations.

The foregoing provisions of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will not apply to claims or causes of action brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act.

37

We have agreed to indemnify our officers and directors against lawsuits to the fullest extent of the law.

Delaware law permits the indemnification of officers and directors against expenses incurred in successfully defending against a claim. Delaware law also authorizes Delaware corporations to indemnify their officers and directors against expenses and liabilities incurred because of their being or having been an officer or director. Our organizational documents provide for this indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

We also have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and officers, whereby we have agreed to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law, including indemnification against expenses and liabilities incurred in legal proceedings to which the director or officer was, or is threatened to be made, a party by reason of the fact that such director or officer is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, provided that such director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner that the director or officer reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interest of the Company.

We maintain insurance policies that indemnify our directors and officers against various liabilities arising under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act that might be incurred by any director or officer in his or her capacity as such.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the Company pursuant to provisions of the laws of the State of Delaware, the Company has been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

General Risks

Our business may be significantly impacted by a change in the economy, including any resulting effect on consumer or business spending.

Our business may be affected by changes in the economy generally, including any resulting effect on spending by our customers. While some of our customers may consider our platform to be a cost-saving purchase, decreasing the need for business travel, others may view a subscription to our platform as a discretionary purchase, and our customers may reduce their discretionary spending on our platform during an economic downturn. If an economic downturn were to occur, we may experience such a reduction in demand and loss of customers, especially in the event of a prolonged recessionary period.

Our business could be disrupted by catastrophic events.

Occurrence of any catastrophic event, including earthquake, fire, flood, tsunami or other weather event, power loss, telecommunications failure, software or hardware malfunctions, cyber-attack, war or terrorist attack, could result in lengthy interruptions in our service. In addition, acts of terrorism could cause disruptions to the internet or the economy as a whole. Even with our disaster recovery arrangements, our service could be interrupted. If our systems were to fail or be negatively impacted as a result of a natural disaster or other event, our ability to deliver products to our users would be impaired, or we could lose critical data. If we are unable to develop adequate plans to ensure that our business functions continue to operate during and after a disaster and to execute successfully on those plans in the event of a disaster or emergency, our business would be harmed.

We are exposed to the credit and other counterparty risk of our customers in the ordinary course of our business.

Our customers have varying degrees of creditworthiness, and we may not always be able to fully anticipate or detect deterioration in their creditworthiness and overall financial condition, which could expose us to an increased risk of nonpayment under our contracts with them. In the event that a material customer or customers default on their payment obligations to us, discontinue buying services from us or use their buying power with us to reduce its revenue, this could materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

38

We will incur significant accounting and administrative costs as a publicly traded corporation that impact our financial condition.

As a publicly traded corporation, we will incur certain costs to comply with regulatory requirements. If regulatory requirements were to become more stringent or if controls thought to be effective later fail, we may be forced to make additional expenditures, the amounts of which could be material. Some of our competitors are privately owned so their comparatively lower accounting and administrative costs can be a competitive disadvantage for us. Should our sales continue to decline or if we are unsuccessful at increasing prices to cover higher expenditures for internal controls and audits, our costs associated with regulatory compliance will rise as a percentage of sales.

Our success is highly dependent on the evolution of our overall market and on general economic conditions.

The market for collaboration technology and services is evolving rapidly. Although certain industry analysts project significant growth for this market, their projections may not be realized. Our future growth depends on broad acceptance and adoption of collaboration technologies and services. There can be no assurance that this market will grow, that our offerings will be adopted or that businesses will purchase our collaboration technologies and services. If we are unable to react quickly to changes in the market, if the market fails to develop or develops more slowly than expected, or if our services do not achieve market acceptance, then we are unlikely to achieve profitability. Additionally, adverse economic conditions may cause a decline in business and consumer spending which could adversely affect our business and financial performance.

IN ADDITION TO THE ABOVE RISKS, BUSINESSES ARE OFTEN SUBJECT TO RISKS NOT FORESEEN OR FULLY APPRECIATED BY MANAGEMENT. IN REVIEWING THIS FILING, POTENTIAL INVESTORS SHOULD KEEP IN MIND THAT OTHER POSSIBLE RISKS MAY ADVERSELY IMPACT THE COMPANY’S BUSINESS OPERATIONS AND THE VALUE OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES.

39

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus, including the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business,” contains forward-looking statements, within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, concerning our business, operations and financial performance and condition, as well as our plans, objectives and expectations for our business operations and financial performance and condition that are based on our management’s belief and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, these statements relate to our strategy, future operations, future financial position, future revenue, projected costs, prospects, plans, objectives of management and expected market growth, and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus include, without limitation, statements about:

•customer acceptance and demand for our collaboration services and products;

•our ability to compete effectively in the visual collaboration market;

•the quality and reliability of our services;

•the prices for our products and services;

•the increased compensation costs to hire and retain qualified employees;

•customer renewal rates;

•risks related to the degree to which our sales, now or in the future, depend on certain large channel partner relationships;

•customer acquisition costs;

•actions by our competitors, including price reductions for their competitive services;

•our ability to innovate technologically, and, in particular, our ability to develop next generation visual collaboration technology;

•our ability to satisfy the standards for continued listing of our common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market;

•changes in our capital structure and/or stockholder mix;

•the costs, disruption, and diversion of management’s attention associated with campaigns commenced by activist investors; and

•our management’s ability to execute its plans, strategies and objectives for future operations.

In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,” “continue” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. These statements are only predictions. You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements because they involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, which are, in some cases, beyond our control and which could materially affect results. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from current expectations include, among other things, those listed in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. If one or more of these risks or uncertainties occur, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, actual events or results may vary significantly from those implied or projected by the forward-looking statements. No forward-looking statement is a guarantee of future performance. You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from any future results expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements.

40

The forward-looking statements in this prospectus represent our views as of the date of this prospectus. We anticipate that subsequent events and developments will cause our views to change. However, while we may elect to update these forward-looking statements at some point in the future, we assume no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements except to the extent required by applicable law. You should, therefore, not rely on these forward-looking statements as representing our views as of any date subsequent to the date of this prospectus.

In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and you are cautioned not to rely unduly upon these statements.

41

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

We obtained the industry, market and competitive position data used throughout this prospectus from our own internal estimates and research, as well as from independent market research, industry and general publications and surveys, governmental agencies and publicly available information in addition to research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties. Internal estimates are derived from publicly available information released by industry analysts and third-party sources, our internal research and our industry experience, and are based on assumptions made by us based on such data and our knowledge of our industry and market, which we believe to be reasonable. In some cases, we do not expressly refer to the sources from which this data is derived. In that regard, when we refer to one or more sources of this type of data in any paragraph, you should assume that other data of this type appearing in the same paragraph is derived from the same sources, unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires. In addition, while we believe the industry, market and competitive position data included in this prospectus is reliable and based on reasonable assumptions, such data involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties or by us.

42

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from our issuance and sale of shares of our Class A Common Stock in this Offering will be approximately $[•] ($[•] if the Company’s 1/3 portion of the Over-Allotment Option is exercised, in full), assuming an initial public offering price of $[•] per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $[•] per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds to us from this Offering by approximately $[•], assuming the number of shares of Class A Common Stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares of Class A Common Stock we are offering. Each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares of Class A Common Stock we are offering would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds to us from this Offering by approximately $[•], assuming the assumed initial public offering price to the public remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We do not expect that a change in the initial price to the public or the number of shares by these amounts would have a material effect on the uses of the proceeds from this Offering, although it may accelerate the time at which we will need to seek additional capital.

The principal purposes of this Offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility and create a public market for our Class A Common Stock.

We currently intend to use the net proceeds from this Offering as follows:

•approximately $[•] ($[•] if the Company’s 1/3 portion of the Over-Allotment Option is exercised, in full) for sales and marketing of ThinkHub Cloud™ product offerings;

•approximately $[•] ($[•] if the Company’s 1/3 portion of the Over-Allotment Option is exercised, in full) for research and development;

•$[•] to repay outstanding indebtedness to certain existing creditors, including accrued and unpaid interest thereon; and

•the remainder, if any, for working capital and other general corporate purposes.

We have based these estimates on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could utilize our available capital resources sooner than we expect. The expected use of net proceeds from this Offering represents our intentions based upon our present plans and business conditions. We cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the completion of this Offering. Due to uncertainties inherent in our business, it is difficult to estimate the exact amounts of the net proceeds that will be used for any particular purpose. We may use our existing cash and the future payments, if any, to fund our operations, which may alter the amount of net proceeds used for a particular purpose. In addition, the amount, allocation and timing of our actual expenditures will depend upon numerous factors, including our ability to attract and hire qualified candidates, rate of adoption of our products and, specifically, ThinkHub Cloud™, any infringement of our patents and specific larger customer opportunities that could require investment. Accordingly, we will have broad discretion in using these proceeds.

Based on our current plans, we believe that our existing cash, together with the net proceeds from this Offering and will be sufficient to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements until at least [•], 2023 (12 months after the completion of this Offering).

Pending the uses described above, we plan to invest the net proceeds of this Offering in short- and immediate-term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

43

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and future earnings, if any, to fund the development and expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination regarding the declaration and payment of dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on then-existing conditions, including our financial condition, operating results, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, we may enter into agreements in the future that could contain restrictions on payments of cash dividends. Investors should not purchase our Class A Common Stock with the expectation of receiving cash dividends.

44

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash, cash equivalents and our capitalization as of June30, 2022, as follows:

•on an actual basis;

•on a pro forma basis to reflect (i) the reclassification of all outstanding shares of our common stock into an equivalent number of shares of our Class A Common Stock, which occurred on [•], 2022, as if such reclassification had occurred on June30, 2022; (ii) the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock into [•] shares of Class B Common Stock, immediately prior to the completion of this Offering, as if such conversion had occurred on June30, 2022; (iii) the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock into [•] shares of Class A Common Stock, immediately prior to the completion of this Offering, as if such conversion had occurred on June30, 2022; (iv) the conversion of an aggregate of $[•] in principal amount of certain convertible notes, including any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, into [•] shares of Class A Common Stock, immediately prior to the completion of this Offering, as if such conversion had occurred on June30, 2022; (v) the conversion of an aggregate of $[•] in principal amount of certain convertible notes, including any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, into [•] shares of Class A Common Stock (31% of the aggregate principal amount and accrued interest converted) and [•] shares of Class B Common Stock, immediately prior to the completion of this Offering (69% of the aggregate principal amount and accrued interest converted), as if such conversion had occurred on June30, 2022; (v) the occurrence of the Split at an assumed ratio of 50-for-1, which is the approximate midpoint of the range between 35-for-1 and 70-for-1, which range was approved by our board of directors, with the actual ratio being subject to the further approval of our board of directors and our stockholders; and (vi) that in April 2022, the Company agreed to amend the note payable with Decathlon Alpha II, L.P. (“Decathlon”) in order to extend the maturity date to June30, 2023; the issuance of additional detachable warrants for the right to purchase, for a nominal amount, a nominal interest in the Company; an agreement that the applicable revenue percentage shall (x) not be applicable between April1, 2022 and July31, 2022 and (y) be 3.0% between August1, 2022 and June30, 2023; and that if the Company does not close an initial public offering on or before December31, 2022 and any of the obligations remain unsatisfied, the addition of an amount equal to $250,000 to the obligations, which shall be due and payable upon the maturity date of the note payable with Decathlon; and

•on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to the pro forma items described immediately above and (i) our issuance and sale of shares of Class A Common Stock in this Offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $[•] per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and (ii) the repayment of approximately $[•] million of outstanding indebtedness owed to certain of the Company’s creditors from the net proceeds of this Offering.

The pro forma and pro forma as adjusted information below is illustrative only, and our capitalization following the completion of this Offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this Offering determined at pricing. You should read this information in conjunction with our financial statements and the related notes included in this prospectus and the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and other financial information contained in this prospectus.

45

	As of June 30, 2022
Capitalization in U.S. Dollars	Actual			Pro Forma	Pro Forma As Adjusted(1)(2)
Cash	$	420,818		$	$
Debt
Line of credit		46,817
Advances under factoring arrangements		562,398
Convertible notes payable, current portion		747,127
Convertible notes payable at fair value, current portion		5,901,728
Current portion of long-term debt, net of discount on debt		1,613,216
Related party notes payable		598,288
Long-term debt
Long-term debt, less current portion and discount on debt		2,180,445
Warrant liability		288,001
Total Debt		11,938,020
Mezzanine Equity
Series A-1 preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 940, [_____], and [_____] shares designated, 940, [_____], and [_____] shares issued and outstanding on an actual, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted basis, respectively		70,463
Series A-2 preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 17,036, [_____], and [_____] shares designated, 17,036, [_____], and [_____] shares issued and outstanding on an actual, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted basis, respectively		1,064,204
Series A-3 preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 20,442, [_____], and [_____] shares designated, 20,442, [_____], and [_____] shares issued and outstanding on an actual, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted basis, respectively		1,336,245
Series A-4 preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 18,893, [_____], and [_____] shares designated, 18,893, [_____], and [_____] shares issued and outstanding on an actual, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted basis, respectively		1,732,103
Series A-5 preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 6,846, [_____], and [_____] shares designated, 6,846, [_____], and [_____] shares issued and outstanding on an actual, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted basis, respectively		731,235
Series B preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 78,222, [_____], and [_____] shares designated, 38,645, [_____], and [_____] shares issued and outstanding on an actual, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted basis, respectively		5,100,187
Total Mezzanine Equity
Stockholders’ deficit
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 300,000, [_____], and [_____] shares authorized, 33,807, [_____], and [_____] shares issued and outstanding on an actual, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted basis, respectively		—
Additional paid-in capital		—
Accumulated deficit		(28,816,427	)
Total capitalization	$	(6,423,152	)	$	$

____________

(1)Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $[•] per share of Class A Common Stock, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, total stockholders’ deficit and total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit by approximately $[•], assuming that the number of shares of Class A Common Stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares

46

____________

of Class A Common Stock offered by us at the assumed initial public offering price per share would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, total stockholders’ deficit and total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit by approximately $[•], assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $per share of Class A Common Stock remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

(2)The pro forma as adjusted column in the table above gives effect to (i) the issuance of shares of Class A Common Stock upon the automatic conversion of $[•] in principal amount of outstanding convertible promissory notes convertible at a price of $[•] per share of Class A Common Stock, upon the completion of this Offering and (ii) the payment of Repayable Convertible Debt in an aggregate amount of $[•], from the net proceeds of this Offering.

The number of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock issued and outstanding pro forma and pro forma as adjusted in the table above is based on (i) the reclassification of all outstanding shares of our common stock into an equivalent number of shares of our Class A Common Stock as if such reclassification had occurred on June30, 2022; (ii) the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock into [•] shares of Class B Common Stock, immediately prior to the completion of this Offering, as if such conversion had occurred on June30, 2022; (iii) the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock into [•] shares of Class A Common Stock, immediately prior to the completion of this Offering, as if such conversion had occurred on June30, 2022; (iv) the conversion of an aggregate of $[•] in principal amount of certain convertible notes, including any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, into [•] shares of Class A Common Stock, immediately prior to the completion of this Offering, as if such conversion had occurred on June30, 2022; (v) the conversion of an aggregate of $[•] in principal amount of certain convertible notes, including any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, into [•] shares of Class A Common Stock and [•] shares of Class B Common Stock, immediately prior to the completion of this Offering, as if such conversion had occurred on June30, 2022; and (vi) the occurrence of the Split at an assumed ratio of 50-for-1, which is the approximate midpoint of the range between 35-for-1 and 70-for-1, which range was approved by our board of directors, with the actual ratio being subject to the further approval of our board of directors and our stockholders; and excludes:

•[•] shares of Class A Common Stock into which shares of Class B Common Stock are convertible, at any time, at a conversion rate of one share of Class A Common Stock for each share of Class B Common Stock converted;

•[•] shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase shares of our Class A Common Stock, with a weighted average exercise price of $[•] per share;

•[•] shares of our Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class A Common Stock, with a weighted average exercise price of $[•] per share;

•[•] shares of our Class A Common Stock reserved for future issuance under our 2022 Plan, which will become effective in connection with this Offering; and

•[•] shares of our Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Representative’s Warrants to be issued upon consummation of this Offering which are exercisable for up to 5% of the aggregate number of shares of Class A Common Stock sold in this Offering, excluding any shares of Class A Common Stock sold pursuant to the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option.

47

DILUTION

If you invest in our Class A Common Stock in this Offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our Class A Common Stock after this Offering.

As of June30, 2022, we have a pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) of $[•], or $(31.23) per share. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of our Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock outstanding as of June30, 2022, after giving effect to all of the pro forma adjustments described in “Capitalization,” including the conversion of all 33,807shares of common stock outstanding on June30, 2022 into [•] shares of Class A Common Stock, prior to the completion of this Offering.

After giving further effect to the sale of shares of Class A Common Stock that we are offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $[•] per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June30, 2022, would have been approximately $[•], or approximately $[•] per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $[•] per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of approximately $[•] per share to new investors purchasing shares of Class A Common Stock in this Offering.

Dilution per share to new investors is determined by subtracting pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this Offering from the initial public offering price per share paid by new investors. The following table illustrates this dilution:

Assumed initial public offering price per share		$
Historical net tangible book value	$
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2022	$
Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to this Offering
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this Offering
Dilution per share to new investors in this Offering		$

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this Offering by approximately $     , and dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors by approximately $[•], assuming that the number of shares of Class A Common Stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares of Class A Common Stock offered by us would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this Offering by approximately $    per share and decrease (increase) the dilution to investors participating in this Offering by approximately $   per share, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our Class A Common Stock from us is exercised in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our Class A Common Stock, as adjusted to give effect to this Offering, would be $per share, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering would be $   per share.

The following table summarizes on the pro forma as adjusted basis described above, as of June30, 2022, the differences between the number of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock purchased from us by our existing stockholders and Class A Common Stock by new investors purchasing shares of Class A Common Stock in this Offering, the total consideration paid to us in cash and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders for shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock issued prior to this Offering and the price to be paid by new investors for shares of Class A Common Stock in this Offering. The calculation below is based on the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of the prospectus, before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

48

	Shares Purchased			Total Consideration			Average Price Per Share
	Number	Percent		Amount	Percent
Existing stockholders		%		$	%		$
New investors
Total		100	%	$	100	%

The outstanding share information in the table above is based on [•] shares of our common stock outstanding on June30, 2022, and assumes: (i) the reclassification of all outstanding shares of our common stock into an equivalent number of shares of our Class A Common Stock as if such reclassification had occurred on June30, 2022; (ii) the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock into [•] shares of Class B Common Stock, immediately prior to the completion of this Offering, as if such conversion had occurred on June30, 2022; (iii) the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock into [•] shares of Class A Common Stock, immediately prior to the completion of this Offering, as if such conversion had occurred on June30, 2022; (iv) the conversion of an aggregate of $[•] in principal amount of certain convertible notes, including any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, into [•] shares of Class A Common Stock, immediately prior to the completion of this Offering, as if such conversion had occurred on June30, 2022; (v) the conversion of an aggregate of $[•] in principal amount of certain convertible notes, including any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, into [•] shares of Class A Common Stock (31% of the aggregate principal amount and accrued interest converted) and [•] shares of Class B Common Stock (69% of the aggregate principal amount and accrued interest converted), immediately prior to the completion of this Offering, as if such conversion had occurred on June30, 2022; and (vi) the occurrence of the Split at an assumed ratio of 50-for-1, which is the approximate midpoint of the range between 35-for-1 and 70-for-1, which range was approved by our board of directors, with the actual ratio being subject to the further approval of our board of directors and our stockholders; and excludes:

•shares of Class A Common Stock into which shares of Class B Common Stock are convertible, at any time, at a conversion rate of one share of Class A Common Stock for each share of Class B Common Stock converted;

•shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase shares of our Class A Common Stock, with a weighted average exercise price of $[•] per share;

•shares of our Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class A Common Stock, with a weighted average exercise price of $[•] per share;

•shares of our Class A Common Stock reserved for future issuance under our 2022 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective in connection with this Offering; and

•shares of our Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Representative’s Warrants to be issued upon consummation of this Offering which are exercisable for up to 5% of the aggregate number of shares of Class A Common Stock sold in this Offering, excluding any shares of Class A Common Stock sold, pursuant to the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option.

To the extent any outstanding options are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors. If all of such outstanding options had been exercised as of June30, 2022, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this Offering would be $[•], and total dilution per share to new investors would be $[•].

49

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations should be read together with our financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere within this prospectus. This discussion includes both historical information and forward-looking information that involves risk, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from management’s expectations as a result of various factors, including, but not limited to, those discussed in the section titled “Risk Factors.”

Overview

T1V (“T1V” or “we” or “us” or the “Company”) was formed as a North Carolina limited liability company in December 2007 and was converted to a Delaware corporation in May 2013, and the Company’s mission is to empower teams to collaborate anytime, anywhere. T1V creates and installs interactive touchscreen experiences through its custom software solutions throughout the United States and internationally. The markets the Company serves include enterprise, higher education, and medical markets. The Company’s hybrid collaboration platform includes ThinkHub® collaboration software for global teams and the T1V app — all working cohesively to bring teams together for seamless, intuitive working sessions. T1V’s suite of collaboration software transforms the way people meet — making meetings a place where teams can collaborate anytime, from anywhere.

T1V stands for a “Team with 1 Vision.” This describes both our company culture and our products that are designed to allow our customers to bring teams together to achieve their shared vision. We believe that removing barriers for collaboration is what allows teams to function together toward a common goal. T1V’s solutions allow our customers to share information, visualize and synthesize large amounts of content and data, overcome the challenges of supporting teams and offices across distributed locations and the desire to do so while minimizing travel and accelerate the process to better decision making.

The Company derives revenue primarily from the sale of its T1V products, professional services, and subscription services. T1V offers a suite of hardware and software products based on customer specifications and delivers the product to the customer. The Company’s professional services include installation, training, and commissioning. All T1V products are sold with a License Agreement, which provides the license to the software, software updates, and technical support.

T1V sells through channel partners. This is a network of professional audio visual (“Pro AV”) dealers, who resell T1V collaboration solutions to their customers (the “end user” or “brand”). T1V’s customers are primarily sourced through either a channel partner, T1V’s digital channels (website and social), or live events and tradeshows. T1V works with end users and channel partners to develop the desired collaboration experience that includes T1V’s products as a portion of a larger audio-visual project. The portion sold by T1V includes configured hardware and software that meets the customer requirements. Depending on additional services needed by the customer, T1V may also install the product at the customer’s location or will visit the customer’s location once installed to confirm the product is working properly. These products are also packaged with a software license agreement which gives the customer access to the T1V-developed software, as well as future software updates and remote support.

Key Factors Affecting our Performance

As a result of a number of factors, our historical results of operations may not be comparable to our results of operations in future periods, and our results of operations may not be directly comparable from period to period. Set forth below is a brief discussion of the key factors impacting our results of operations.

Known Trends and Uncertainties

Inflation

The U.S. economy is currently experiencing a higher than normal level of inflation. The long term impacts of inflation on the economy and our business are unclear. Our revenue could be positively impacted by inflation, if we are able to increase our prices in the future. Conversely, the impact of inflationary pressures on the macro economy could slow the spending of our customers. Inflation could also negatively impact our operating costs in terms of higher costs from

50

our vendors and increased personnel costs. To date, inflation has not had a material effect on our results of operations during the six months ended June30, 2022. We may experience some effect in the near future (especially if inflation rates continue to rise) due to supply chain constraints, employee availability, and wage increases.

Supply Chain

Our sole manufacturer and supplier of computer equipment for our ThinkHub Room™ products obtains products and raw materials from manufacturers and distributors located around the world, and may have entered into long-term contracts or exclusive agreements that would ensure its ability to acquire the types and quantities of products or raw materials it desires at acceptable prices and in a timely manner. Any potential disruption in and other risks relating to our sole manufacturer and supplier’s supply chain as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic or Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, could limit the availability or increase the costs of its computer equipment and consequently our ThinkHub Room™ products, potentially causing consumers to seek readily available or inexpensive alternative products from competing businesses, which may ultimately affect the total number of users using our platform and harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Geopolitical Conditions

Our operations could be disrupted by geopolitical conditions, trade disputes, international boycotts and sanctions, political and social instability, acts of war, terrorist activity or other similar events. From time to time, we could have a large revenue stream associated with a particular customer or a large number of customers located in a particular geographic region. Decreased demand from a discrete event impacting a specific customer, industry, or region in which we have a concentrated exposure could negatively impact our results of operations.

Russia initiated significant military action against Ukraine. In response, the U.S. and certain other countries imposed significant sanctions and export controls against Russia, Belarus and certain individuals and entities connected to Russian or Belarusian political, business, and financial organizations, and the U.S. and certain other countries could impose further sanctions, trade restrictions, and other retaliatory actions should the conflict continue or worsen. It is not possible to predict the broader consequences of the conflict, including related geopolitical tensions, and the measures and retaliatory actions taken by the U.S. and other countries in respect thereof as well as any counter measures or retaliatory actions by Russia or Belarus in response, including, for example, potential cyberattacks or the disruption of energy exports, is likely to cause regional instability, geopolitical shifts, and could materially adversely affect global trade, currency exchange rates, regional economies and the global economy. The situation remains uncertain, and while it is difficult to predict the impact of any of the foregoing, the conflict and actions taken in response to the conflict could increase our costs, reduce our sales and earnings, impair our ability to raise additional capital when needed on acceptable terms, if at all, or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic

The World Health Organization declared COVID-19 a global pandemic in March 2020. Government-mandated lockdowns and private sector precautionary measures resulted in increased demand for collaboration platforms. Despite widespread vaccination efforts across the globe, COVID-19 continues to have an adverse impact on businesses, schools, colleges, and universities. The impact of existing variants and subvariants and any future variants and subvariants cannot be predicted at this time, and could depend on numerous factors, including vaccination rates among the population, the effectiveness of COVID-19 vaccines against these variants and subvariants, the risk appetite of the private sector, and the response by governmental bodies and regulators.

The Company has taken a number of measures to monitor and mitigate the effects of COVID-19, such as safety and health measures for our employees (such as social distancing and working from home).

During fiscal year 2020 and the first half of fiscal year 2021, COVID-19 had a significant impact on our business, since most of our product sales have been for in-room based meetings. During this time, as a result of regulations and decisions by employers, many businesses had their employees work remotely, most universities were entirely remote, and elective surgeries at many hospitals were halted. During this period, the demand for visual collaboration solutions was focused on all-remote solutions. Starting in mid-2021, as employees started returning to offices and students

51

returned to college campuses, the focus for demand for visual collaboration solutions shifted to hybrid solutions, which are solutions that provide both in-room and remote visual collaboration. As a result our sales have increased. There is uncertainty that the increased usage of hybrid collaboration platforms will be sustained or that our sales will continue to increase at the rate that we have achieved in 2022.

Key Business Metrics

We have historically reviewed the following key business metrics to measure our performance, identify trends, formulate financial projections, and make strategic decisions.

Quarterly Bookings

Quarterly bookings include all orders received during the prior quarter, including all signed contracts and purchase orders. Quarterly bookings give us an indication of future revenues and the growth of our business. Quarterly bookings (in millions) for 2020 through June30, 2022 are listed in the table below:

	Q1 2020		Q2 2020		Q3 2020		Q4 2020		Q1 2021		Q2 2021		Q3 2021		Q4 2021		Q1 2022		Q2 2022
Quarterly Bookings	$	2.40	$	1.68	$	2.03	$	2.92	$	2.17	$	2.39	$	2.33	$	3.13	$	3.21	$	5.04

Typically the fourth quarter of each year is our highest quarter for bookings and the first quarter is our lowest quarter. Starting in the first quarter of 2022 we had two consecutive quarters of more than 50% growth in year-on-year bookings.

Active Customers Sites

We define an active customer site (“ACS”) as all customer sites containing at least one T1V device for which the T1V software was active during the prior quarter and in communication with one of T1V’s cloud servers. We assess the health of our business by measuring ACS because the number of sites containing active T1V devices gives an indication of current usage as well as future potential sales.

Our ACS for the quarters ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was 407 and 319, respectively. In 2021, engagement as measured by ACS has grown steadily as users have returned to our platform for the utility that it offers them, resulting in a 32% increase in active customer sites over the course of the year.

Annual Recurring Revenue (ARR)

ARR is used to monitor customer retention and growth. ARR represents the total annualized contract value of active customer subscription contracts as of the measurement date. We calculate our ARR by taking our total recurring revenue for the previous month and multiplying it by 12. ARR is a lagging indicator of revenue growth. Generally, when over a given period of time our non-recurring revenue declines, as happened during 2020, we will see flat or declining ARR for the next few quarters. Similarly, after a period of increasing recurring revenue, we will see an increase in ARR over the next few quarters. Our ARR as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, was approximately $2.69 million and $2.58 million.

As we continue to innovate our products, including focusing our sales and marketing activities towards enterprise, higher education and medical markets, we expect that customer retention will increase over the long term. Our ability to successfully expand and the impact of cancellations may vary from period to period.

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

A sale typically starts with either T1V contacting an end user or an audio/visual dealer (“AV Dealer”) presenting T1V’s hybrid collaboration software with our preferred hardware. When contacting an AV Dealer, the AV Dealer will typically identify end users in need of such solutions. T1V and the AV Dealer will then typically work to develop a solution involving hardware and T1V’s software. Ultimately T1V then ships custom configured hardware and loads and tests the software to the AV Dealer, which then ships it to the end user, often along with additional hardware

52

added by the AV Dealer. This process typically takes about three months to complete. Depending on the needs of the customer, T1V may also install the product at the customer’s location or it may visit the customer’s location once installed to confirm the product is working as intended and or to provide training. These contracts are also packaged with a subscription which gives the customer access to the software through a license, as well as any future updates or support needed.

Development services for a standard custom contract are performed over a period of two to six months and typically billed in stages of completion. T1V has an enforceable right to payment for work performed to date, and a practical limitation exists which prevents the asset from having an alternative use to the entity, therefore the Company recognizes the revenue over time using the input method based on work performed to date.

Once a customer has successfully installed T1V’s products and the initial subscription period has ended, the customer must enter into a recurring license agreement to continue its subscription. The subscription includes updates and support. Because the nature of the Company’s promise is a stand-ready obligation, the customer consumes and receives benefits from having access to the various software offerings throughout the overall obligation period. Therefore, the Company’s promise to perform each service period is performed over time. T1V uses a time-elapsed measure of progress for recognizing revenue because the pattern of benefit to the customer as well as the Company’s efforts to fulfill the contract are generally even throughout the period.

Any training or installation services utilized is recognized over the life of the contract based on the expenses incurred, which correspond to the training and installation services are performed. These services are not a requirement of the contracts as the customers can purchase hardware and software without the services.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue primarily consists of costs related to creating and installing our software platforms and providing operations support to our customers. These costs are related to materials for hardware, software fees, personnel-related expenses, shipping and freight expenses, and direct labor. As the cost of providing our services increases, we expect our cost of revenue to increase as well. However, the cost of revenue as a percentage of revenue may decrease over time as we continue to optimize efficiencies of products, services and related maintenance that are offered to our customers.

Operating Expenses

Sales and Marketing

Our sales and marketing expenses include advertising and promotional events. As we continue to grow our product offerings, we plan to increase our marketing investments that align with our corporate strategy. As enterprise, higher education, and medical markets reopen after the pandemic, we expect sales and marketing expenses to increase during the upcoming fiscal year.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses primarily consist of salaries and wages, personnel related expenses associated with facilities administration; professional fees for external legal, accounting and other consulting services; insurance. As our Company continues to grow, we expect to increase the size of our general and administrative function to support the growth of our business. Therefore, we expect general and administrative expenses to remain relatively unchanged as a percentage of revenue.

Other (Income) Expense, Net

Other (income) expense, net consists primarily of gains and losses on extinguishment of debt, Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) loan forgiveness, employee retention credits earned, and changes in fair value of convertible notes and warrant liability.

53

Results of Operations

The following tables set forth selected statements of operations data for each of the periods indicated:

	Six Months Ended June 30,
	2022			2021			$ Change		% Change
Revenue	$	6,585,507		$	4,136,930		2,448,577		59.2	%
Cost of revenue		3,190,580			1,807,110		1,383,470		76.6
Gross profit		3,394,927			2,329,820		1,065,107		45.7
Operating expenses:
Sales and marketing		122,101			57,138		64,963		113.7
General and administrative		4,790,404			3,474,058		1,316,346		37.9
Depreciation and amortization		203,384			111,277		92,107		82.8
Total operating expenses		5,115,889			3,642,473		1,473,416		40.5
Operating loss		(1,720,962	)		(1,312,653	)	(408,309	)	31.1
Interest expense		657,834			636,104		21,730		3.4
Other (income) expense, net		(1,323,112	)		(1,467,181	)	144,069		(9.8	)
Net loss		(1,055,684	)		(481,576	)	(574,108	)	119.2

Comparison of the Six Months Ended June 30, 2022 and 2021

Revenue increased due tothe increase in demand for hybrid solutions for the post-COVID workforce. The Company recognized more recurring revenue from license agreements during the period ended June 30, 2022 compared to the period ended June 30, 2021.

Cost of Revenues

Cost of revenues increased during 2022 in correlation to the increase in non-recurring revenue. The significant driver was an increase in project costs, which is a result of a decrease in higher-margin custom projects. The increase in costs of revenues is also attributable to an increase in direct labor costs from contracts with customers.

The decrease in gross margin is primarily attributable to a lower percentage of recurring revenue in 2022 versus 2021 and to a lesser extent an increase in material costs due to supply chain issues. As our non-recurring revenue increases, the corresponding increase in recurring revenue typically follows on a three- to six-month lag, due to the nature of our business.

Operating Expenses

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expense increased primarily due to an increase in participation in regional and international marketing events and tradeshows.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expense increased primarily due to an increase in employee headcount, as well as professional fees.

Interest Expense

The increase in interest expense was primarily due to the issuance of additional convertible notes.

Other (Income) Expense, Net

Other (income) expense, net increased primarily due to changes in the fair value of convertible notes.

54

Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2021 and 2020

The following table set forth selected statements of operations data for each of the fiscal years indicated:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2021			2020			$ Change		% Change
Revenue	$	9,159,815		$	8,335,918		823,897		9.9	%
Cost of revenue		(4,273,336	)		(3,239,192	)	(1,034,144	)	31.9
Gross profit		4,886,479			5,096,726		(210,247	)	(4.1	)
Operating expenses:
Sales and marketing		106,046			70,910		35,136		49.6
General and administrative		7,472,505			6,357,855		1,114,650		17.5
Depreciation and amortization		279,565			226,207		53,358		23.6
Total operating expenses		7,858,116			6,654,972		1,203,144		18.1
Operating loss		(2,971,637	)		(1,558,246	)	(1,413,391	)	90.7
Interest expense		2,271,937			967,123		1,304,814		134.9
Other (income) expense, net		(1,536,741	)		24,744		(1,561,485	)	(6,310.6	)
Net loss		(3,706,833	)		(2,550,113	)	(1,156,720	)	45.4

Comparison of Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2021 and 2020

Revenue

Revenue for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 increased due to an increase in non-recurring revenues from projects, offset by miscellaneous revenue, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020. The Company recognized less recurring revenue from license agreements during year ended December 31, 2021 compared to year ended December 31, 2020. This decrease in recurring revenue in 2021 was due to COVID related shutdowns of our customer’s facilities.

Cost of Revenues

Cost of revenues increased during 2021 in correlation to the increase in non-recurring revenue. The significant driver was an increase in project costs, which is a result of a decrease in higher-margin custom projects The increase in costs of revenues is also attributable to an increase in direct labor costs.

The decrease in gross margin is primarily attributable to a lower percentage of recurring revenue in 2021 versus 2020. As our non-recurring revenue increases, the corresponding increase in recurring revenue typically follows on a three- to six-month lag, due to the nature of our business.

Operating Expenses

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expense for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 increased compared to the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to an increase in advertising expenses, which was driven by an increase in product marketing at regional and international marketing events and tradeshows. During 2020, travel and trade show expenses were significantly curtailed due to the COVID-19 pandemic.

General and Administrative

The increase in general and administrative expense was primarily due to an increase in facilities and administrative expenses, as well as professional fees.

Interest Expense

The increase in interest expense was primarily due to the issuance of additional convertible notes.

55

Other (Income) Expense, Net

The increase in other (income) expense, net was primarily attributable to an increase related to a gain on extinguishment of debt related to PPP Loan forgiveness and employee retention credits earned.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Company incurred a net loss of approximately $1,055,684 and $481,576 during the six months ended June30, 2022 and 2021, respectively. As of June30, 2022 and December31, 2021, the Company had a working capital deficiency of approximately $16,706,377 and $12,986,426, respectively. The Company has received funding in the form of periodic capital raises and also plans to raise additional funding pursuant to this Offering, resulting in net proceeds of $[•], to support its capital needs.

Management believes that the Company’s operating history reflects that it has a track record of being able to extend the maturity date of its outstanding debt as needed, with various prior amendments being executed within 60 days of the maturity date or after the maturity date. The Company is currently evaluating these alternatives to fund its future operations. As described in Note 3 of the audited financial statements for the year ended December31, 2021 and the unaudited interim financial statements for the quarterly period ended June30, 2022, in December 2021, the Company entered into an agreement with Liquid Capital Exchange, Inc. to factor certain accounts receivable with recourse, up to $1,000,000. As of June30, 2022 the aggregate gross amount factored under this arrangement was $653,951, which resulted in net proceeds of $562,398. In January and February 2022, the Company raised $200,000 in cash through the issuance of convertible notes. In July 2022, the Company raised an additional $360,000 in cash through the issuance of convertible notes.

The Company’s capital requirements in the future will continue to depend on numerous factors, including the timing and amount of revenue earned by the Company, the timing of collection of outstanding accounts receivable, the expense to deliver services, and the debt service obligations under the Company’s note payable agreements. There can be no assurance, in the event that the Company requires additional financing, that such financing will be available at terms acceptable to the Company, if at all. If the Company is unable to secure additional funding as necessary, significant delays to the Company’s continuing development that is critical to the future operations of the Company could occur. The accompanying financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Accounts Receivable Agreement

In December 2021, the Company entered into an agreement with Liquid Capital Exchange, Inc. (“Liquid Capital” or “the Factor”) to factor certain accounts receivable with recourse, up to $1,000,000.

The Factor may require the Company to repurchase the account by either making a payment to the Factor of the amount owed, by providing another account with a face value equal to or exceeding the face value of the unpaid account, or by charging the Company’s reserve. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had not sold any receivables to the Factor.

As of June30, 2022, the aggregate gross amount factored under this arrangement was $653,951, which resulted in net proceeds of $562,398. The cost of factoring is reflected in the accompanying condensed statements of operations as general and administrative expenses was $91,553 for the six months ended June30, 2022.

Pacific Western Bank

On August 12, 2015, the Company entered into a Line of Credit agreement with Pacific Western Bank (“Pacific LOC”). The Pacific LOC provides for borrowings up to $2,000,000. Borrowings are collateralized by all the Company’s assets and bear interest at a rate of 10.99% per annum. The Pacific LOC automatically renews each year unless Pacific Western Bank calls the line of credit or the Company cancels the line of credit. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company paid the balance on the Pacific LOC in full and subsequently cancelled the line of credit. The Company did not have any accrued interest on this line of credit as of June30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.

First Citizens Bank

On April 15, 2020, the Company entered into a Line of Credit agreement with First Citizens Bank (“First Citizens LOC”). The First Citizens LOC provides for borrowings up to $50,000. Unsecured borrowings bear interest at a rate of 4.65% per annum and do not contain any debt covenants. The First Citizens LOC automatically renews each year

56

unless First Citizens Bank calls the line of credit or the Company cancels the line of credit. As of December 31, 2021, the balance on the line of credit was $49,984. The Company did not have any accrued interest on this line of credit as of December31, 2021. This Line of Credit was converted to a Note in April 2022.

Convertible Notes

Prior to 2020, the Company executed convertible promissory notes (“Convertible Notes”) with a lender with an aggregate principal amount of $1,232,099. On February 5, 2020, the Company amended the Convertible Notes which had a face value on the amendment date of $1,255,595. Under the terms of the amendment, the outstanding principal under the Convertible Notes will accrue interest at a rate of 6% (“nonconvertible interest”). Upon the occurrence of a deemed liquidation event or a stock sale, the Company is required to pay to the lender an amount equal to (i) the convertible balance, which is the outstanding principal and accrued interest on the Convertible Notes as of October 11, 2018, plus (ii) the as-converted balance, which is the convertible balance divided by $84.40 multiplied by 1.6657 multiplied by the amount per share received by holders of Common Stock in connection with a deemed liquidation event or stock sale, plus (iii) the unpaid and accrued nonconvertible interest. In the event the Company effects a redemption, the Company shall pay to the lender the redemption amount, which shall mean an amount equal to the product of (a) the price per share of Series B Preferred Stock as part of such redemption multiplied by (b) the quotient of the redemption amount divided by $84.40. The Company shall also pay to the lender an amount equal to the total unpaid and accrued nonconvertible interest multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the redemption amount and the denominator of which is the convertible balance. The Convertible Notes do not have a stated maturity date.

2020 Convertible Notes

Between February 5, 2020 and May4, 2020, the Company executed a Note Purchase Agreement with several investors, in connection with a private placement offering (the “2020 Private Placement”), and issued convertible promissory notes with an aggregate principal amount of $1,063,480 (“2020 Convertible Notes”). Outstanding principal under the 2020 Convertible Notes accrues interest at a rate of 7% per annum. The principal and unpaid accrued interest of the 2020 Convertible Notes will be automatically converted into shares of Class A Common Stock upon the closing of this Offering. The number of shares of Class A Common Stock that will be issued will be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the outstanding principal and unpaid accrued interest payable on a 2020 Convertible Note by the Conversion Price, which is 80% of the public offering price of the shares of Class A Common Stock in this Offering. The initial maturity date of the notes was February 5, 2022, which date was extended to December 31, 2022.

2021 Convertible Notes and Convertible Notes Warrants

In connection with a private placement offering to raise up to $2,000,000 in financing (the “2021 Private Placement”), in November 2021, the Company executed convertible promissory notes with several accredited investors equalling an aggregate principal amount of $1,650,250 (“2021 Convertible Notes”). Outstanding principal under the 2021 Convertible Notes accrues interest at a rate of 10% per annum. The investors have the right to convert all of the outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid interest due under the 2021 Convertible Notes into shares of our common stock (Class A Common Stock after the reclassification of our common stock to Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock). The Conversion Price applicable to any such conversion is equal to (i) for 25% of the principal and accrued but unpaid interest: $74.25 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Common Stock (or any class of common stock into which the Common Stock has been reclassified prior to such conversion)), and (ii) for the remaining 75% of the amount of the principal and accrued but unpaid interest: 80% of the offering price of the Company’s Class A common stock in the Company’s initial public offering. Additionally, upon the Closing of this Offering, and upon the determination of the Company’s Board of Directors, all of the outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid interest due under the 2021 Convertible Notes will automatically convert into shares of Class A Common Stock at the aforesaid Conversion Price. Our Board of Directors may also cause such automatic conversion immediately prior to the occurrence of (i) a merger in which the shareholders of the Company prior to the merger hold less than 50% of the voting power of the capital stock of the surviving corporation after such merger, or (ii) a sale of all of the assets of the Company or a transaction or series of transactions in which 50% or more of the voting power of the capital stock of the Company is transferred. The maturity date of the 2021 Convertible Notes is November 5, 2022.

57

In connection with the 2021 Convertible Notes, the Company issued warrants that are exercisable for common stock (Class A Common Stock after the reclassification of our common stock to Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock) at any time on or before November 5, 2026 (Class A Common Stock after the reclassification of our common stock. The number of shares of common stock or Class A Common Stock, as applicable, initially purchasable under the warrants will be equal to a variable number of shares, and the warrant exercise price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time. See Note 12 of the Company’s financial statements attached to this prospectus for additional information.

2022 Convertible Notes and Convertible Notes Warrants

In January 2022 and February 2022, the Company executed two additional convertible promissory notes, in connection with the 2021 Private Placement, with investors equaling an aggregate principal amount of $230,000 (“2022 Convertible Notes”). The terms of the 2022 Convertible Notes are the same as the 2021 Convertible Notes, except that the 2022 Convertible Notes mature on dates between January 1, 2023 and February 28, 2023. Additionally, the terms of the warrants issued in connection with the 2022 Convertible Notes are the same as the warrants issued in connection with the 2021 Convertible Notes, except that they are exercisable until dates between January 1, 2026 and February 28, 2026, as applicable. See Note 12 of the Company’s financial statements attached to this prospectus for additional information.

Pre-2020 Convertible Notes

During the calendar years 2013 through 2015, the Company executed convertible note payable agreements with various investors (“Pre-2020 Convertible Notes”). The Company measures the pre-2020 Convertible Notes at amortized cost. Outstanding principal on the Pre-2020 Convertible Notes accrues interest at a rate of 12% per annum. The principal and interest of the Pre-2020 Convertible Notes is convertible at the option of the note holders into shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock six months following the achievement of (i) all milestones set forth in a certain Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement with an investor and (ii) two consecutive quarters of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization (“EBITDA”) (collectively, the “Note Conversion Milestones”). The number of shares to be issued upon such conversion shall be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the outstanding principal and unpaid accrued interest due on the Pre-2020 Convertible Notes on the date of conversion by $84.40. On December 31, 2016, the Company achieved the Note Conversion Milestones. Therefore, the optional conversion feature expired for all of the investors of the Pre-2020 Convertible Notes on June 30, 2017. The Pre-2020 Convertible Notes do not have a stated maturity date.

Decathlon Loan and Side Letter Agreements

In July 2015, the Company entered into a note payable agreement (the “Decathlon Note”) with Decathlon Alpha II, L.P. (“Decathlon”) for total proceeds of $1,250,000 to the Company. Monthly principal payments are calculated by taking the applicable revenue percentage and multiplying it by the revenue from the previous month. The applicable revenue percentage as defined in the Decathlon Note is 1%. Interest on the outstanding balance accrues monthly at a rate based on an internal rate of return of 25%. The Company recorded accrued interest in the amounts of $1,479,500 and $1,789,400 as of June30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. The Decathlon Note is secured by substantially all assets of the Company.

In connection with the Decathlon Note, the Company issued detachable warrants for the right to purchase, for a nominal amount, a 1.43% interest in the Company. The Company recorded a debt discount of $12,973 which is amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method. During the six months ended June30, 2022 and 2021, the Company amortized $0 and $1,830 of the debt discount, respectively. See Note 12 of the Company’s financial statements attached to this prospectus for more information on the warrants issued to Decathlon.

Concurrently with the execution of the Decathlon Note, the Company entered into a side letter agreement (“Side Letter”) with the two principal stockholders from whom the Representative may elect to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock to satisfy the Over-Allotment Option. Under the terms of the Side Letter, these stockholders agreed to provide the Company with an advance of $300,000 under the same terms and conditions contained in the Decathlon Note. The total balance on the Side Letter was $300,000 as of June30, 2022 and December 31, 2021. The Company recorded accrued interest in the amounts of $457,620 and $410,480 as of June30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.

58

Economic Injury Disaster Loan (EIDL)

In June 2020, the Company entered into a note agreement with the Small Business Administration (the “SBA Note”). The SBA Note was issue to the Company to provide a secured disaster loan in the amount of $500,000 which requires monthly payments of $2,437 consisting of principal and interest at 3.75% per annum through June 2050, when all remaining principal and interest is due and payable. Monthly payments were deferred until June 2021. The principal balance under the SBA Note was $500,000 as of December 31, 2020. The Company recorded accrued interest in the amount of $10,156 as of December 31, 2020.

In 2021, the SBA Note was amended. The amendment increased the secured disaster loan to $2,000,000. Monthly payments were deferred until June 2022. The principal balance on the SBA Note was $2,000,000 as of June30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. The Small Business Administration loan is collateralized by substantially all of the Company’s assets. The Company recorded accrued interest in the amounts of $94,323 and $57,031 as of June30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.

Mountain BizWorks Loan

In October 2020, the Company entered into a note agreement with Mountain BizWorks (the “Mountain BizWorks Note”), in connection with a loan of $250,000 which requires monthly payments of $3,086 consisting of principal and interest at .25% per annum through June 2022 at which time the rate increased to 5.5% per annum and will be fixed through November 2030 when all remaining principal and interest is due and payable. Monthly payments were deferred until June 2022. The outstanding principal balance of the Mountain BizWorks Note was $248,804 as of June30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. This loan is collateralized by substantially all Company assets. The Company recorded accrued interest in the amounts of $2,150 and $727 as of June30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.

Paycheck Protection Program

In 2020, the Company received $973,900 in aggregate loan proceeds (the “PPP Loan”) from Aquesta Bank (the “Lender”) pursuant to the Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) under the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (CARES) Act. The Company’s PPP Loan application for forgiveness was approved and official notice received in 2021 and a gain on forgiveness of debt was recognized in the amount of $973,900.

The Small Business Administration (“SBA”) reserves the right to audit the PPP loans after forgiveness is granted in accordance with the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”). Borrowers are required to maintain the PPP loan documentation for six years after the PPP loan was forgiven and to provide that documentation to the SBA upon request. While the Company believes that it is a qualified business and that it has met the eligibility requirements of the PPP loans, and believes that it has used the loan proceeds only for expenses which may be paid using proceeds from the PPP loans, no assurance can be provided that any potential SBA audit will verify the amounts forgiven, in whole or in part, and the Company could be required to repay all or part of the forgiven amount.

In January 2021, the Company entered into a second note agreement with a financial institution for $973,900 which was issued in accordance with the PPP established by the CARES Act and implemented and administered by the Small Business Administration. The principal balance on this PPP Loan was $0 and $973,900 as of June30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. The Company recorded accrued interest in the amounts of $0 and $1,596 as of June30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively, on this PPP loan. The Company’s PPP Loan application for forgiveness was approved and official notice received in 2022 and a gain on forgiveness of debt was recognized in the amount of $973,900.

Cash Flows

For the Six Months Ended June, 2022 and 2021

The following table summarizes cash flows for the periods presented:

	Six Months Ended June 30,
	2022			2021
Net cash used in operating activities	$	(569,249	)	$	(1,568,487	)
Net cash used in investing activities		(458,275	)		(285,814	)
Net cash provided by financing activities		734,880			1,941,823

59

Operating Activities

Our largest source of operating cash is cash collections from our customers for custom configured hardware, software and services. Our primary uses of cash from operating activities are for employee-related expenditures, capitalizable costs related to delivering custom configured hardware, and marketing expenses. Net cash provided by operating activities is impacted by our net income adjusted for certain non-cash items, such as interest accrued on convertible notes and notes payable, changes in fair value measurement of convertible notes, depreciation and amortization expenses, as well as the effect of changes in operating assets and liabilities.

Net cash used in operating activities was $569,249 for the period ended June30, 2022, compared to $1,568,487 for the period ended June30, 2021. The increase in operating cash flow was due to an increase in our net loss, which was offset by an increase in non-cash adjustments which is primarily a result of deferred revenue.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities of $458,275 for the period ended June30, 2022 was primarily due to payments made for internally developed software of $323,945.

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities of $734,880 for the period ended June30, 2022 was primarily due to proceeds on factoring arrangements of $562,398 and convertible notes of $200,000.

For the Years Ended December 31, 2021 and 2020

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods presented:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2021			2020
Net cash used in operating activities	$	(2,425,010	)	$	(893,101	)
Net cash used in investing activities		(566,019	)		(312,254	)
Net cash provided by financing activities		3,167,291			1,587,806

Operating Activities

Our largest source of operating cash is cash collections from our customers for custom configured hardware, software and services Our primary uses of cash from operating activities are for employee-related expenditures, capitalizable costs related to delivering custom configured hardware, and marketing expenses. Net cash provided by operating activities is impacted by our net income adjusted for certain non-cash items, such as interest accrued on convertible notes and notes payable, changes in fair value measurement of convertible notes, depreciation and amortization expenses, as well as the effect of changes in operating assets and liabilities.

Net cash used in operating activities was $2,425,010 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, compared to $893,100 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020. The decrease in operating cash flow was due to an increase in our net loss, a decrease in changes in operating assets and liabilities, and an increase in non-cash adjustments which is primarily a result of accrued interest on convertible notes and notes payable, noncash changes in fair value and loss from the extinguishment of convertible notes, offset by costs accrued for employee compensation and payroll, a decrease in cash collections in accounts receivable, and an increase in corporate credit cards spending.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities of $566,019 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 was primarily due to payments made for internally developed software of $411,991.

60

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities of $3,167,291 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 was primarily due to proceeds on convertible notes payable of $1,435,000 and PPP loans of $973,900, which was offset by a decrease in line of credit of $771,421.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

Critical Accounting Estimates

Critical accounting estimates are those accounting estimates that require the most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. These estimates are developed based on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Critical accounting estimates are accounting estimates where the nature of the estimates are material due to the levels of subjectivity and judgment necessary to account for highly uncertain matters or the susceptibility of such matters to change and the impact of the estimates on financial condition or operating performance is material.

We believe that of our significant accounting policies, which are described in Note 1, “Summary of Business and Significant Accounting Policies” to our financial statements, the following critical estimates involve a greater degree of judgment and complexity.

Revenue Recognition

The Company accounts for revenue in accordance with ASC 606. The Company recognizes revenue using the five-step model as in accordance with ASC 606 Revenue from contracts with customers.

1.Identification of the contract, or contracts, with a customer;

2.Identification of the distinct performance obligations in the contract;

3.Determination of the transaction price;

4.Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and

5.Recognition of revenue when or as the Company satisfies a performance obligation.

The Company’s sales are initiated by either an audio/visual dealer representing T1V’s products, or directly to the customer End User by T1V. When contacting an AV Dealer, the AV Dealer will typically identify End Users in need of such solutions. T1V and the AV Dealer then typically work to develop a solution involving hardware and T1V’s software. Ultimately T1V then ships custom configured hardware and loads and tests the software to the AV Dealer, who then ships it to the End User, often along with additional hardware added by the AV Dealer. Depending on the needs of the customer, T1V or a channel partner installs the product at the customer’s location. T1V may visit the customer’s location once installed to confirm the product is working as intended and or to provide training. These contracts are also packaged with a fixed-term subscription to license the Company’s software and post contract support that are bundled goods and services provided to the customer as software as a service.

Development services for a custom contract are performed over a period of two to six months and typically billed based on completion of mutually agreed phases. T1V has an enforceable right to payment for work performed to date, and a practical limitation exists which prevents the asset from having an alternative use to the entity, therefore the Company recognizes the revenue using the percentage of completion method based on work performed to date.

Once a customer has successfully installed T1V’s products and the initial subscription period has ended, the customer must enter into a recurring license agreement (“RLA”) to continue their use of the software subscription. The RLA bundles updates and support. Because the nature of the Company’s promise is a stand-ready obligation, the customer consumes and receives benefit from having access to the various software offerings throughout the overall obligation

61

period. Therefore, the Company’s promise to perform each service period is performed over time. T1V uses a time-elapsed measure of progress for recognizing revenue because the pattern of benefit to the customer as well as the Company’s efforts to fulfill the contract are generally even throughout the period.

Any training or installation services utilized is recognized over time based on the expense hours incurred. These services are not a requirement of the contracts as the customers can purchase hardware and software without the services.

Contract Types

Contracts fall under various contract types including 1) standard contracts, 2) custom contracts and 3) recurring license agreements for software as a service. Standard contracts typically include the Company being contracted by a channel partner to provide hybrid collaboration hardware and software. Custom contracts are contracts in which a customer has requested a specialized or unique offering that differs from the Company’s standard offerings. Licensing agreements entered into with customers represent recurring subscription revenue from providing customers with software as a service after the initial license period has ended.

Performance Obligations

A performance obligation is a promise in a contract to transfer a distinct good or service to the customers and is the unit of account under ASC 606. The contract transaction price is allocated to each distinct performance obligation and recognized as revenue, when, or as, the performance obligation is satisfied. For the Company’s different revenue service types, the performance obligation is recognized at different times.

Standard contracts have various performance obligations such as development services performed, stand-ready obligations for subscription services, and training and installation, which are all recognized at different points in time. Development services under standard contracts are recognized over time using the input method based on work performed to date. The stand-ready obligations under the software subscription as a service are recognized using a time-elapsed measure of progress. Finally, the training and installation services are recognized over time using the input method by hours incurred.

Custom contracts have various performance obligations including the development and delivery of customized software and hardware, stand-ready subscription services, and training and installation. The development and delivery of software and hardware, and training and installation was recognized over time using the input method. The stand-ready obligation for subscription services used a time-elapsed measure of progress.

RLA contracts include the stand-ready obligation for the recurring subscription to software as a service, which was recognized using a time-elapsed measure of progress.

Revenue Service Types

The following is a description of the Company’s revenue services types which include sale of products, subscription license agreements and professional services:

•Development services include the sale of the Company’s suite of developed hardware and software products based on customer specifications, which are delivered to the customer.

•Subscription to license agreements are required to accompany the purchase of the Company’s products and are sold as a subscription which includes the license to the software, unspecified updates and technical support for the products purchased.

•Professional services include installation, training, and post installation check-ins, which are also referred to as commissioning.

Payments received and billings in excess of revenue recognized are deferred and recognized on the Company’s balance sheet as billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts for development and professional services, and deferred revenue for license subscriptions. Each balance is amortized over the performance obligations as notated above.

62

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company considers its cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and debt obligations to meet the definition of financial instruments. The carrying amount of cash, accounts receivable, and accounts payable approximated their fair value due to the short maturities of these instruments. The carrying amounts of our debt obligations approximate their fair values, which are based on borrowing rates that are available to the Company for loans with similar terms, collateral, and maturity.

The Company measures fair value as required by ASC Topic 820 “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures.” ASC Topic 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework, and gives guidance regarding the methods used for measuring fair value, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The Company’s significant fair value measurements primarily relate to convertible notes and warrant liabilities. The Company uses valuation techniques based on inputs such as observable data, independent market data and/or unobservable data. Additionally, T1V makes assumptions in valuing its assets and liabilities, including assumptions about risk and the risks inherent in the inputs to the valuation techniques.

The Company classifies fair value measurements within one of three levels in the fair value hierarchy. The level assigned to a fair value measurement is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. Assessing the significance of a particular input requires judgment. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

•Level 1 — quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.

•Level 2 — quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model derived valuations in which significant inputs and significant value drivers are observable in active markets; and

•Level 3 — fair value measurements derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable.

Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information and information about the financial statements. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

The Company’s policy is to recognize significant transfers between levels at the end of the reporting period.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See “Business Description and Significant Accounting Policies” in Note 1 to our financial statements included as part of this prospectus.

63

BUSINESS

Overview

Our History

We were founded in December 2007 as a North Carolina limited liability company. Our original concept was to create software allowing group collaborations using large format touch screens in public venues where people could share data on personal computing devices and view and interact with data, images and files. In May 2013, we were converted from a North Carolina limited liability company to a Delaware corporation. From 2008 to 2013, we operated a restaurant to test our software by providing use to our restaurant customers, and also to demo our products to potential customers. By 2012, we had developed earlier versions of our ThinkHub® product and had limited sales of our then-existing products at tradeshows, restaurants and retail locations. In 2016 and 2017, we started greatly expanding sales of our collaboration products, focusing on our current three vertical markets of enterprise, education and hospitals so that by the end of 2018, we were primarily selling products similar to our current product line.

Our Mission of Visual Collaboration

T1V is a visual collaboration company specializing in hybrid collaboration software for enterprise, education, commercial and healthcare markets. Visual collaboration means a system including a computer, a touch screen, and software that enables the user to access a virtual canvas that is not limited by the size of the touch screen. It allows for multiple pieces of content to be placed on the canvas and viewed at the same time by multiple users. It enables multiple users to be able to simultaneously add content to and edit the canvas from multiple locations. The canvas can then be saved and resumed at a future time.

Our mission at T1V is to empower teams to collaborate anytime, anywhere. This includes collaboration for people within a large meeting room — or across distributed rooms — when some participants are remote and some are in-room.

T1V stands for a “Team with 1 Vision.” This describes both our company culture and our products that are designed to allow our customers to bring teams together to achieve their shared vision. We believe that removing barriers for collaboration is what allows teams to function together toward a common goal.

Examples of barriers to collaboration are the inability to share information, visualize and synthesize large amounts of content and data, the challenges of supporting teams and offices across distributed locations and the desire to do so while minimizing travel. We believe that T1V solutions overcome these collaborative barriers and accelerate the process to better decision making.

The Market for Visual Collaboration Products and Services

Wainhouse Research LLC (“Wainhouse Research”) in its research report titled “Market Sizing & Forecast: Interactive Displays, Wireless Presentation Systems, & Ideation Software — 2021 Worldwide” published on February 2, 2021 (the “Wainhouse Report”) has estimated the market for visual collaboration software to be > $1 billion in 2022.

In the Wainhouse Report the term “Ideation Solutions” is used to refer to visual collaboration, which includes interactive displays, wireless presentations systems and ideation software. The Wainhouse Report also estimates that Ideation Solutions will grow to be a $7.8 billion market by 2025 (16.6% growth per year) with the fastest growth occurring in ideation software (25% growth per year). Ideation software consists of cloud, on premises or devise-based, software that supports brainstorming, co-authoring and innovation through integration of structure and unstructured productivity and collaboration tools. This is synonymous with visual collaboration software.

Our Products and Services

T1V has patented, proprietary software for visual collaboration. The ability of our products to deliver room-based visual collaboration allows for multiple rooms to be linked together as well as hybrid meetings allowing participants that are both in the room and remote to interact in the same canvas.

64

ThinkHub® is T1V’s room-based collaboration software product, typically used in a dedicated system by our customers including a computer, software and a large touch screen mounted to a wall. The T1V app is the companion application that users download to their device (laptops, desktop computers, and mobile devices), and is used to connect and share content with a ThinkHub Canvas™.

For our target customers, conventional video conferencing and in-room face-to-face meetings are inadequate. For these customers, a higher level of collaboration is needed — visual collaboration. Our products allow for this higher level of engagement and collaboration. While other competitive products allow for in-room visual collaboration, our goal at T1V is to make T1V hybrid and remote meetings close to the level of in-person visual collaboration meetings.

Our collaboration platform includes ThinkHub® collaboration software for global teams and the T1V app — all working cohesively to bring teams together for seamless, intuitive working sessions.

Distribution of Our Products and Services

T1V solutions are sold through channel partners. This is a network for professional audio visual dealers and distributors. Pro AV dealers are companies that generally purchase products from manufacturers or distributors and provide complete audio-video solutions to their customers, including hardware, design services, installation and support. The channel then resells T1V solutions to the “brand” or “end user.” T1V refers to the “brand” or “end user” as the T1V customer. The Pro AV dealer is considered the T1V partner or channel partner. Distributors are used in T1V’s international markets, where T1V sells to the distributor, who then resells to the Pro AV dealer.

Recent Developments

From November 2021 to July 2022, we raised an aggregate of $1,995,000 in a convertible debt bridge financing investment round pursuant to which we issued secured convertible notes to 14 accredited investors in an aggregate principal amount of $2,294,250, at an original issue discount of 15%, which accrue interest at a rate of 10% per year and which are convertible into up to an aggregate number of shares of our common stock which is not determinable until the pricing of this Offering. These convertible notes mature on various dates between November 2022, February 2023, and July 2023 (on the applicable date which is 12 months after the date of issuance of each such convertible note) and contain customary default provisions. In addition, we issued five-year common stock purchase warrants to these investors to purchase shares of our common stock at an exercise price to be determined.

Our Products

T1V creates visual collaboration solutions for enterprise, education, commercial and healthcare markets. Visual collaboration is the ability to work with multiple pieces of content, live device and web-based content feeds, in a shared digital workspace, which is often referred to as a canvas. ThinkHub® is our multitouch, multiuser software that also supports video conferencing (Zoom, Webex, Microsoft Teams) and web-based productivity tools like Google Workspace and Office 365 to support today’s hybrid workforce.

T1V sells four key products: ThinkHub Room™, ThinkHub Huddle™, ThinkHub Cloud™, and T1V Story™.

T1V also has developed a cloud version of its ThinkHub® software, which it markets under the brand ThinkHub Cloud™. In the fourth quarter of 2021, we released a beta version of ThinkHub Cloud™, which has been tested by some of our key customers.

In the first quarter of 2022, T1V renamed and began branding its ThinkHub® software solutions as ThinkHub Room™. This is a precursor to our e-commerce site, which will allow users to purchase ThinkHub Cloud™ licenses. ThinkHub Cloud™ licenses will be sold as user licenses on a monthly or annual per user basis. ThinkHub Room™ software licenses will also be sold as device licenses and allow users to connect to the ThinkHub Room™. Each ThinkHub Room™ device license will be bundled and sold with a dedicated room computer.

With the release of ThinkHub Cloud™, users will be able to use the T1V app to access ThinkHub Canvases™ through their own personal devices, whether the canvases are hosted on a room device (through ThinkHub Room™) or in the cloud (through ThinkHub Cloud™). This will allow users to create, edit and collaborate in meetings with all remote teams, all in-room teams and hybrid meetings including both in-room and remote participants.

65

ThinkHub®

ThinkHub® is our visual collaboration solution for global teams. The software is available as a room-based product or cloud-based product, or both.

ThinkHub® is a digital workspace, often referred to as a canvas that allows users to create and manipulate content like notes and sketches, or share their own content to the canvas-like images, videos, or PDFs. All content shared to the canvas, including the canvas itself, can be annotated, resized, and maneuvered with touch.

ThinkHub® also includes a built-in web browser, and supports web-based content like Google Workspace, Office 365, YouTube, JIRA, and other enterprise productivity tools. Because ThinkHub® powers hybrid teams and spaces, it also supports integrated video conferencing software like Zoom, Webex, and Microsoft Teams.

ThinkHub Room™

ThinkHub Room™ is our primary in-room solution. ThinkHub Room™ is sold as a ThinkHub® software license on a dedicated in-room computer (a ThinkHub computer device). ThinkHub Room™ solutions are offered to customers through a combination of a one-time cost and a recurring license subscription.

One-time Cost:    ThinkHub® license for year 1 (required), ThinkHub® computer device (required), display hardware (optional — this may be purchased separately through the Pro AV channel partner), configuration, set-up and license initiation (required), and installation (optional).

Recurring License Agreement:This provides customers with a renewable ThinkHub® license, which can be purchased annually or, if preferred by a customer, can be purchased as a multi-year license. The recurring license agreement ensures that the customer receives ongoing support and software updates as T1V develops new features for the solution.

ThinkHub Huddle™

ThinkHub Huddle™ is an all-in-one, ThinkHub bundle that includes a ThinkHub® computer device, touch display and stylus accessory, web camera, video conferencing (choose from Zoom, Webex, or Microsoft Teams), single hardline input, and compatibility with ThinkHub Cloud™ canvases. This is a low-cost solution developed in the first quarter of 2022 to address demand in the marketplace for in-room collaboration boards that support video conferencing and hybrid teams in the return to work. The bundle is sold as a complete kit to the Pro AV channel partners, and also includes all mounting hardware to make installation extremely easy. The ThinkHub Huddle™ follows the same cost model as ThinkHub Room™, with a one-time cost for year 1 and recurring license agreement.

ThinkHub Cloud™

ThinkHub Cloud™ takes the collaborative experience of ThinkHub Room™ and brings it to the user on an individual laptop device. Users can access ThinkHub Cloud™ through the T1V app, where they can create canvases and invite collaborators to join them.

ThinkHub Cloud™ licenses are sold on a per user basis. There are three subscription levels of ThinkHub Cloud™: Free, Pro, and Enterprise. Free and Pro licenses will be available on T1V’s ecommerce site for individual or small group purchase, while Enterprise licenses will be bundled with ThinkHub Room™, and sold via channel partners. The plans vary in feature set, with the primary driver being the number of ThinkHub Cloud™ canvases available to the user.

T1V Story™

T1V Story™ enables organizations to visually tell their story. This is a software solution that takes a brand’s assets (logos, color palette, content like images, videos, and PDFs) and reconfigures them into an interactive, touch-based experience. Popular applications within T1V Story™ include an interactive map, timeline, image, and product lines. Each of these applications provides a means for the brand to visually represent their identity and educate their audience on their organization’s history, geographic reach, or lineup of products.

T1V Story™ is primarily used in customer experience centers, briefing centers, alumni and visitor centers, executive lobbies, virtual selling rooms, visualization labs and innovation centers.

66

Customers

While all of our customers are seeking collaboration solutions, how each uses and benefits from these collaboration solutions varies across industry and team function. The following describes the types of customers that use our collaboration solutions:

T1V’s primary end user markets are:

Enterprise

Enterprise businesses are large regional, national, or global private organizations. Many enterprise businesses have collaboration needs that are special to such businesses within a multivendor environment. We offer service and support packages and sell these products primarily through Pro AV Dealers and distributors and often in partnership with third-party technology vendors. T1V’s enterprise business is comprised primarily of Fortune 500 companies and includes manufacturing firms; construction and engineering businesses; architecture and design firms; energy companies; defense contractors and technology companies.

SMB

Our small-to-medium sized business (“SMB”) customers represent a market that is small, but is a growing subset of the enterprise market. These represent organizations with less than 1,000 employees and typically have regional offices. We have developed our ThinkHub Cloud™ and ThinkHub Huddle™ for sales to the SMB market.

Higher Education

We target higher education institutions who are looking to outfit their active learning and hybrid classroom environments. Higher education is undergoing enormous changes as it tries to support teaching faculty and staff, and improve the student experience which has been negatively impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic. The ThinkHub® classroom supports in-room and remote instructors to co-teach curriculum, while also supporting both in-room and remote student participation. We are also able to connect campuses in larger university systems, to ultimately increase access to courses and improve efficiencies across teaching staff. In the classroom, our collaboration solutions enable teachers and students to have more collaborative class sessions. It enables active learning and group-based collaboration amongst students, and is a flexible tool for teachers to use no matter their teaching style. Teachers can prepare canvases and content before class and then share and distribute during and after class.

Healthcare

The healthcare market consists primarily of operating rooms and meeting rooms in large hospitals. For this market, we sell products primarily through a partnership we have with a major medical equipment manufacturer (OEM). We sell customized versions of our products to the OEM that are white-labeled for sale to the hospitals.

Customer Concentration

For the six months ending on June 30, 2022 and for the year ended December 31, 2021, none of our customers accounted for more than 8.2% of our total revenue.

Manufacturer Partners

Planar:T1V partners with Planar displays in order to provide turnkey solutions coupled with T1V’s products to the market. This is beneficial for both T1V, Planar, and end users. Turnkey solutions allow for a seamless installation of room systems with all components known. This helps our support team to completely understand all components within a system when interacting with a customer.

Planar is T1V’s preferred partner for large multi panel video wall and LED wall systems. T1V software is featured in more than 10 Planar showrooms across the US and internationally. Planar and T1V hold joint events for customers that have produced numerous sales leads as their customer base is similar to that of T1V. T1V also works with Planar’s technology team to ensure T1V’s software works seamlessly with Planar’s products.

67

Avocor:T1V partners with Avocor on single panel displays coupled with T1V systems. Similar to its partnership with Planar, the market prefers the turnkey abilities of T1V coupled with Avocor. Avocor has best in class touch technology with value pricing. T1V also works with Avocor’s technology team to ensure the T1V needs are being met by Avocor’s products.

Advertising and Marketing

T1V’s advertising and marketing is handled exclusively in-house. Our marketing group uses an inbound strategy to drive lead generation for the T1V sales team. This is accomplished through the creation of original content and materials, ranging from product materials like product one sheets and brochures, product and training videos, webinars, customer and use case videos, and thought leadership pieces like eBooks and Whitepapers.

The T1V brand and branding guidelines were designed in house and are maintained by the marketing team. The marketing team uses T1V’s digital channels (website and social) as its primary method in publishing its content. The team uses HubSpot to create automated and drip email campaigns to target, grow and nurture its contact database of 40k+ contacts.

In addition to content and digital channels, T1V marketing uses regional events to target specific verticals and markets for its sales team. The marketing team works with the regional sales directors to create an events calendar, and supports the promotion, materials, and gear that is demoed on site.

2022 Initiatives

In the second half of 2022, the marketing team intends to expand its programming to include paid outreach, and is actively seeking an external agency partner to manage Search Engine Optimization and Search Engine Marketing campaigns, as well as an outbound Sales Development Representative team to increase lead generation for its sales team. We believe that this will be critical to the successful launch of ThinkHub Cloud™.

Sales and Distribution

We sell our products through channel partners. The T1V sales team works directly with these regional channel partners to identify prospects in order to set up demonstrations. Our close rate on orders is 88% after prospective customers have completed a virtual demonstration from our T1V Experience Center and the customer gains a complete understanding of the value and functionality our solutions provide.

T1V works with a variety of partners to bring its collaboration solutions to market. The following describes T1V’s sales and distribution:

Sales

The sales and marketing team consists of 18 persons located in the US (15), Europe (2) (United Kingdom and Netherlands), and Asia (1) (Hong Kong). The T1V’s US sales team covers four regions: Central + West regions (four persons), East region (three persons) and South + Midwest regions (two persons). These sales teams sell to all customers except for healthcare customers. Our sales teams in Europe and Asia work closely with distributors of T1V products in order to cover a large territory.

T1V sells through channel partners. This is a network of professional audio visual dealers, who resell T1V collaboration solutions to their customers. The T1V territory managers are responsible for establishing relationships with the channel partners in their respective regions.

With the launch of ThinkHub Cloud™, T1V will operate an ecommerce website where it will sell individual licenses for ThinkHub Cloud™. The enterprise version of ThinkHub Cloud™ will be sold through existing channel partners bundled with ThinkHub Room™.

In the healthcare/medical market, T1V supports the sales team of a specific distributor — the large healthcare OEM described below. The primary responsibility for sales is handled by this Healthcare OEM, which has pre-existing relationships with many hospitals.

68

Distribution

In the North American market for enterprise and education, T1V does not have any distributors in the U.S., but does have one distributor (Data Visual) in Canada. In the medical market, T1V has an exclusive distribution agreement with a large healthcare OEM (the “Healthcare OEM”) for the U.S. and Canada. The Healthcare OEM distributes a white-label version of ThinkHub® for use in hospital operating rooms by providing our ThinkHub Room™ solution and the Healthcare OEM resells the solution under its own brand name and through its own sales organization.

In the international market, T1V’s channel partners also include distributors, who then resell to the Pro AV dealers, who then sell to the end user. We distribute our products outside North America, using the following distributors:

Mindstec Distribution: Asia, Middle East, Africa

Polar: UK, Ireland

MediaPlus: Japan

International Sales

International sales are overseen by our Vice President of International Sales (“VP of International Sales”), who relocated to the Netherlands to be closer geographically to our international operations. Our VP of International Sales directly manages a territory covering the Middle East and Africa. Our two other territory sales managers reside in the UK (covering Europe) and Hong Kong (covering Asia Pacific), both reporting to our VP of International Sales. Our international territory managers work with key distribution and Pro AV dealer partners in their respective territories to provide solutions to end user brands. In Asia, the Middle East and Africa, T1V works with Mindstec as our exclusive distribution partner for the resale of products to Pro AV dealers. Our sales in South America are managed by employees located in the U.S.

In the European medical market, T1V works with the European division of the same Healthcare OEM that distributes for us in the U.S. The European division distributes the same white-label version of ThinkHub® distributed by the Healthcare OEM in the U.S. for use in hospital operating rooms.

International sales (i.e., all sales of our products outside of North America) accounted for 12% of our revenues in 2020 and 9% of our revenues in 2021. Most of our international customers are global enterprise companies with revenues greater than $1 billion and globally distributed teams.

Our Revenue Model

Our revenue model includes two revenue streams: non-recurring and recurring revenue. Each sale at T1V includes a combination of non-recurring and recurring revenue.

Non-recurring revenue includes hardware and services (including installation, commission, customization and configuration) and the upfront portion of software licenses.

Recurring revenue consists of revenue from our sales of licensing and support agreements. Our licensing and support agreements include software licenses, customer support and ongoing customer success services. Within our recurring revenue, we have two license types: room-based and user-based licenses. Room based licenses are tied to the physical T1V devices (ThinkHub Room™, ThinkHub Huddle™ or T1V Story™). They allow unlimited users to connect and collaborate with the room device. User-based licenses apply to our software applications T1V app and ThinkHub Cloud™. Our T1V app is free to all users; ThinkHub Cloud™ offers three subscription tiers: Free, Pro, and Enterprise.

During the past three years, nearly all of our revenue has been generated from sales of room-based products. Typically initial sales orders of our room-based products are sold as bundles with the first year including a room-based license and support along with the non-recurring items (i.e., upfront hardware and services). The non-recurring revenue items are recognized on a percentage completion basis within the first few months after receipt of the initial sales order, until the product is delivered and ready for use, at which point the full non-recurring revenue is recognized. We also make sales of our room-based products where customers pay for multiple years license fees and support at the time of the initial sales order.

The initial room-based license and support revenue is recognized as recurring revenue over the term of the license and support agreement that is bundled with the initial order, starting after the end-user’s first use of the product.

69

T1V’s products are sold through channel partners, including distributors and Pro AV Dealers. After the initial term, the end-user will pay the license renewal fee in order to renew the license for the next term. This fee is sometimes paid directly by the end-user to the Company and sometimes it is paid through a channel partner. If it is paid through a channel partner, then the channel partner retains a portion of the license renewal fee, typically 10%.

ThinkHub Cloud™ licenses are user-based. Sales of ThinkHub Cloud™ licenses began in 2022, and have been minimal to date, as the product has not yet been fully released. An e-commerce website is planned for release in the second quarter of 2022, which will offer Free and Pro plans.

Pricing

T1V products are priced according to bill of materials, competitive products, and value delivered to the customer. The gross margin varies across our product line depending on the amount of hardware and software delivered. Hardware bundled with our products typically has a very low gross margin as we do not manufacture any hardware. Software and services yield the bulk of our gross margin. Blended gross margin across all of our products is typically 45% – 50%, when excluding recurring revenue. Our blended recurring revenue gross margin is typically greater than 80%. Our plan going forward is to increase the percentage of recurring revenue, which will lead to higher overall gross margins.

We expect margins on ThinkHub Cloud™ to be substantially higher than margins on our other products as it will be sold as a license only and not bundled with hardware. All prices are subject to change as new costs per bill of materials are modified, but such changes have not been significant over the past few years.

The T1V price list is managed by the Executive Vice President, Sales and Marketing in conjunction with our Vice President of Operations and Chief Technology Officer.

Competition

The market for communication and collaboration technology services is intensely competitive and subject to significant technological change and changes in practice. Many of these competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater brand recognition, financial, technical and marketing resources than are generally available to us. While we believe that our innovative collaboration solutions, including our line of ThinkHub® products, provide us with competitive advantages, we face competition from many different sources with respect to our current products and those that we may seek to develop and commercialize in the future. Our products compete in the communications and collaboration technologies markets with products offered by Cisco Webex, Zoom, LogMeIn, GoToMeeting, as well as bundled productivity solutions providers who offer limited content sharing capabilities such as Microsoft Teams, and Google Workspace. In the rapidly evolving “ideation” market, certain elements of our application compete with Microsoft, Google, Oblong, Multitaction, Bluescape, Mersive, Barco, Nureva and Prysm. Portions of our ThinkHub Cloud™ also compete with products offered by Miro, Mural, Figma and Lucid Software.

Our competitive landscape can be segmented into four market categories:

Category 1:Large Conference Rooms and Classrooms, Auditoriums, Corporate Lobbies, Training Centers, Innovation Labs and Customer Experience Centers, that generally utilize large multipanel video walls and allow interactions of more than ten people at a time.

Category 2:Medium Sized Conference Rooms, classrooms and operating rooms, that generally realize a large single panel touch display typically designed for five to ten users at a time.

Category 3:Small Conference rooms or Huddle Spaces that typically utilize a small single panel touch display, designed for fewer than five users at a time.

Category 4:Remote only users: no rooms involved (cloud-based collaboration).

In Category1, our product offerings include a high end version of ThinkHub Room™ and T1V Story™. Our competitors here are Oblong, Multitaction, Bluescape and Prysm.

In Category2, our primary product offering is our base ThinkHub Room™ product. Competition for this product includes Microsoft Surface Hub, Google Jam Board and Cisco Webex Board.

In Category3, our primary product offering is ThinkHub Huddle™. Competition for this product includes Zoom Room, Crestron Flex, Mersive Solstice and Barco Clickshare.

70

In Category4, our primary product offering is ThinkHub Cloud™. Competition for this product includes Miro, Mural, Figma, and Lucid Software.

We believe our ability to offer solutions in all product categories distinguishes us from most of our competitors. This allows customers that adopt our platform to purchase products from the same company for all four product categories, ensuring compatibility and the use of the same T1V app for each product. For Pro AV channel partners, this streamlines their sales process, ease of deployment, and the ability to train their customers and drive adoption across the organization.

T1V Competitive Strengths

T1V Ecosystem

All of T1V’s products can or will be able to be used to provide a collaboration ecosystem for our customers, that allows users to create and collaborate in a room or in the cloud and use these solutions for visual collaboration meetings which are all remote, all in-person or hybrid meetings with some participants in the room and some participating remotely. The user experience is fueled by the T1V app — the companion application that enables all T1V users to connect, collaborate, and co-create with their team members using their preferred T1V solution. This is the same app they will use to connect to all of T1V’s products, providing a seamless, intuitive user experience. The T1V app is available for free download at t1v.com/app.

Visual Collaboration

T1V offers a full service visual collaboration solution. There are only a small number of companies offering such solutions that enable a virtual canvas with multiple items to be accessed and viewed simultaneously from multiple participants at multiple locations.

Hybrid Meetings

High quality hybrid meetings with visual collaboration first require an exceptional in-room experience. This requires the ability for multiple participants in a meeting room to be able to share, view and interact with content on a large touch screen or video wall. We are one of only a few companies with software that provides this high-quality hybrid meeting experience, using our ThinkHub Room™ software that accesses a cloud canvas. The hybrid meeting experience also includes remote participants. Our T1V app allows remote participants to access the same cloud canvas and interact with it in a manner very similar to those in the room. We believe that the quality and features of this interaction sets our hybrid meeting solutions apart from most of our visual collaboration competitors.

Multiple Streams of Dynamic, Synchronous Content

Dynamic content refers to media located outside of our products that can be updated in real time during a meeting. Examples of dynamic content include screen sharing, Google Docs, Office 365 documents and web browsers. T1V is one of the only visual collaboration platforms that allows multiple dynamic content documents to be simultaneously viewed and accessed on a canvas. This allows our customers to use many of the tools that they have used previously and incorporate them into our visual collaboration platform when needed.

Distributed Office Connectivity

Having a solution for in-room and remote, allows our customers, for example, to have all in-room meetings one week, all remote meetings a second week and hybrid meetings for the third week. The same canvas can be used for each of these types of meetings. Work can be done across these meetings on the canvas as the canvas is stored in the cloud.

Customer Support

T1V’s customer support team consists of a support manager and four support technicians. This team consistently earns high marks for their product knowledge and ability to resolve issues quickly and efficiently. This team covers 20 hours per day five days a week and eight hours per day on the weekends.

71

Support generally performs the majority of their work on the phone, via email, text or using WhatsApp to assist our international customers. Instant messaging is also available. Along with the support team, we have an escalation path team that consists of two personnel who specialize in issues that go above and beyond the normal support path.

Platform Supporting Remote and Multiple In-room Needs

We believe that T1V is one of the only companies that provides visual collaboration solutions for a variety of room types from large corporate experience centers to small huddle spaces along with a cloud solution for remote users. This allows our customers to purchase an entire solution from us ensuring compatibility with their canvases as they move between room types as well as from the office to the home.

Market Opportunities

The way that people work has drastically shifted over the past two years, as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, and, we believe, will continue to create tremendous opportunity in workplace technology for years to come. One of the biggest shifts in the workplace, which we have seen is the growth of hybrid teams, and the need to support hybrid workplaces and meetings. This, along with the growing availability of multimedia content, data, and enterprise productivity tools in the workplace, has created an increased demand for visual collaboration.

Wainhouse Research in its research report titled “Market Sizing & Forecast: Interactive Displays, Wireless Presentation Systems, & Ideation Software — 2021 Worldwide” published on February 2, 2021, has estimated the market for visual collaboration software to be > $1 billion in 2022.

In the Wainhouse Report the term “Ideation Solutions” is used to refer to visual collaboration, which includes interactive displays, wireless presentations systems and ideation software. The Wainhouse Report also estimates that Ideation Solutions will grow to be a $7.8 billion market by 2025 (16.6% growth per year) with the fastest growth occurring in ideation software (25% growth per year). Ideation software consists of cloud, on premises or devise-based, software that supports brainstorming, co-authoring and innovation through integration of structure and unstructured productivity and collaboration tools. This is synonymous with visual collaboration software.

Factors Diving the Increased Demand for Collaboration Solutions Products

The COVID-19 pandemic caused changes in behaviors in how people work, learn and collaborate. We believe that the pandemic was a catalyst that accelerated these changes, but that these changes began prior to the pandemic and, we believe, will continue for the foreseeable future.

These changes include:

•A large fraction of the workforce having the ability to work remotely;

•The desire to have meetings between multiple locations without requiring traveling;

•Increase in the number of hybrid meetings in which some participants are in the office or classroom, while others are remote;

•Methods to increase collaboration and maintain company culture when many people are frequently remote;

•Giving workers flexibility to work where they want and when they want;

•Companies and universities desire to encourage employees/students to attend in person meetings/classes using collaborative tools that help give them an experience that they cannot have at home;

•The explosion in video conferencing has led to the realization of the limitations of this technology;

•The desire to travel less due to a range of factors including the pandemic, climate change impact, cost and time savings; and

•Increasing labor costs and difficulty in finding employees driving the need for increased productivity and efficiency.

72

From 2017 – 2019, T1V’s revenues increased an average of 35% per year. By 2019, T1V was one of only a few market leaders in the visual collaboration space, which at that time was largely focused on room based collaboration. According to Wainhouse Research, in 2020, when the pandemic first emerged, the total market size of ideation software revenue grew to over $900 million from just $157 million the prior year, which was led by companies such as Miro and Mural that provide solutions for remote visual collaboration, but do not offer compatible products for room-based collaboration.

In 2022 and beyond, we believe that there is and will continue to be a need for hybrid working solutions. T1V’s ecosystem is designed to accommodate hybrid work environments in supporting meetings for all in-room participants, all remote participants and meetings with both in-room and remote participants. We believe that the largest growth in the visual collaboration market over the next few years will be for products that support such hybrid work environments.

Our Strategy

We intend to become a leading collaboration solutions company and to continue to develop new products that provide better experiences for our customers for in-person, remote and hybrid work environments. In 2022, we plan to implement direct marketing to end users for ThinkHub Cloud™. Within ThinkHub Cloud™ we intend to incorporate in-app promotions to help drive further sales. We anticipate that ThinkHub Cloud™ will not only help drive further sales of our cloud licenses, but will also drive sales of our ThinkHub Room™ products. Similarly, we believe that sales of our ThinkHub Room™ products will also help drive usage, adoption and sales of our ThinkHub Cloud™ products.

We also believe that the same strategies that we used, prior to the COVID-19 pandemic, for in-room sales will allow us to grow our in-room sales at the same rate or higher (35% – 40% per year) for the next several years, due to the increased demand, the market drivers listed above, and our introduction of ThinkHub Cloud™.

Intellectual Property

General

Intellectual property is an important aspect of our business, and we seek protection for our intellectual property as appropriate. To establish and protect our proprietary rights, we rely upon a combination of patent, copyright, trade secret and trademark laws and contractual restrictions such as confidentiality agreements, licenses and intellectual property assignment agreements. We maintain a policy requiring our employees, contractors, consultants and other third parties to enter into confidentiality and proprietary rights agreements to control access to our proprietary information. These laws, procedures and restrictions provide only limited protection, and any of our intellectual property rights may be challenged, invalidated, circumvented, infringed or misappropriated. Furthermore, the laws of certain countries do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States, and we therefore may be unable to protect our proprietary technology in certain jurisdictions. Moreover, our platform incorporates software components licensed to the general public under open source software licenses. We obtain many components from software developed and released by contributors to independent open source components of our platform. Open source licenses grant licensees broad permissions to use, copy, modify and redistribute our platform. As a result, open source development and licensing practices can limit the value of our software copyright assets.

We continually review our development efforts to assess the existence and patentability of new intellectual property. We pursue the registration of our domain names, trademarks and service marks in the United States and in certain locations outside the United States. To protect our brand, we file trademark registrations in some jurisdictions.

Our Intellectual Property

T1V’s core intellectual property is its visual collaboration software platform that allows for multiple users and multiple devices. T1V began developing this software in 2008. T1V was the first company to develop many of the features used in this platform and has obtained several patents and has several patents pending relating to these features.

In addition to the core visual collaboration software platform, T1V also has developed a separate platform that is used for the T1V app. This program allows users to connect to T1V room devices and to ThinkHub Cloud™. It also allows users to view content on a canvas and to share their screen or other documents to a canvas.

73

T1V is one of only a small number of companies that initially developed visual collaboration in the early 2010’s. Furthermore, T1V was one of the first companies to develop an app to allow remote participants to present and view content — both static and live — on a canvas displayed on an in-room device. We were also one of the first companies to incorporate multi-streaming into a visual collaboration platform.

T1V currently holds 16 patents issued in the US, with 15 additional applications pending. These patents cover various aspects of the features of T1V’s products including ThinkHub Room™, ThinkHub Cloud™, T1V Story™, and the T1V app. These patents also cover specialized versions of ThinkHub® that are used by universities in classrooms.

Some of our patents and patent applications also cover methods that are essential in order for our systems to function with high levels of performance and helpful at reducing network bandwidth requirements.

The following is a list of our registered and pending patents.

US PATENT NUMBER	TITLE	COUNTRY	FILING DATE	STATUS	GRANT DATE
8,583,491	Multimedia display, multimedia system including the display and associated methods	U.S.	August 13, 2008	Issued	November 12, 2013
8,522,153	Multimedia, multiuser system and associated methods	US	February 11, 2013	Issued	August 27, 2013
8,600,816	Multimedia, multiuser system and associated methods	US	December 31, 2009	Issued	December 3, 2013
9,596,319	Simultaneous input system for web browsers and other applications	US	November 13, 2014	Issued	March 14, 2017
9,953,392	Multimedia system and associated methods	US	February 27, 2015	Issued	April 24, 2018
9,965,067	Multimedia, multiuser system and associated methods	US	October 9, 2013	Issued	May 8, 2018
10,447,744	Simultaneous input system for web browsers and other applications	US	March 10, 2017	Issued	October 15, 2019
10,616,633	System for connecting a mobile device and a common display	US	February 29, 2016	Issued	April 7, 2020
10,768,729	Multimedia, multiuser system and associated methods	US	May 7, 2018	Issued	September 8, 2020
10,809,854	Display capable of object recognition	US	July 12, 2016	Issued	October 20, 2020
10,931,996	System for connecting a mobile device and a common display	US	March 4, 2020	Issued	February 23, 2021
10,976,984	Multi-group collaboration system and associated methods	US	December 13, 2018	Issued	March 13, 2021
11,095,694	Cross network sharing system	US	June 5, 2017	Issued	August 17, 2021
1111,240,468	Video conferencing during real time collaboration on a virtual canvas	US	Dec4, 2020	Issued	February 1, 2022
11,347,367	Real Time Collaboration Over Multiple Locations	US	June4, 2019	Issued	May31, 2022
11,416,104	Display Capable of Interacting with an Object	US	October19, 2020	Issued	August16, 2022

74

Application Number	Title	COUNTRY	FILING DATE	STATUS
17/744,738 US20220276825	Real Time Collaboration Over Multiple Locations	US	May16, 2022	Pending
17/706,606 US20220222029	Remote gesture control, input monitor, systems including the same and associated methods	US	March29, 2022	Pending
17/581,980 US20210120208	Video Conferencing during real time collaboration on a virtual canvas	US	January 24, 2022	Pending
17/073,814 US20210034193	Display capable of interacting with an object	US	January 9, 2015	Pending
16/986,292 US20200363903	Engagement analytic system and display system responsive to interaction and/or position of users	US	August 6, 2020	Pending
17/391,141 US20210360043A1	Cross Network Sharing System	US	August 2, 2021	Pending
EP17879181 EP3549016A2	Real Time Collaboration Over Multiple Locations	EU	December 4, 2017	Pending
17/225,145 US20210224021	MULTI-GROUP COLLABORATION SYSTEM AND ASSOCIATED METHODS	US	April 8, 2014	Pending
EP18813407.6	Multi- Group Collaboration System and Associated Methods	EU	June 8, 2019	Pending
16/808,406	System for connecting a mobile device and a common display	US	March 4, 2020	Pending
16/589,648 US20200104040	Simultaneous gesture and touch control on a display	US	October 1, 2019	Pending
17/384,951 US20210373840	Real time collaboration over multiple locations	US	July 26, 2021	Pending
17/144,163 US20210160291	Simultaneous input system for web browsers and other applications	US	January 8, 2021	Pending
PCT/US2021/043920 WO2022026842	Virtual distributed camera, associated applications and system	PCT/WO	July 30, 2021 N	Pending
17/534,476 US20220083308	Real-Time Collaboration over multiple locations	US	November 24, 2021	Pending

Employees

As of October1, 2022, we had a total of 72 full-time employees, two full-time international sales contractors. Of these full-time employees, 24 were involved in customer support and operations, 18 in sales and marketing, seven in corporate functions, and 23 in Engineering and Technology. Our human resources objectives include, as compliance, identifying, recruiting, retaining, incentivizing and integrating our existing and new employees, advisors and consultants.

Our compensation program is designed to attract, retain, and motivate highly qualified employees and executives and is comprised of a mix of competitive base salary, bonus and equity compensation awards, as well as other employee benefits. We are committed to diversity and inclusion as well as equitable pay within our workforce. In addition, the health and safety of our employees, customers and communities are of primary concern to us. During the COVID-19 pandemic, we have taken significant steps to protect our workforce, including but not limited to, working remotely, and implementing social distancing protocols consistent with guidelines issued by federal, state, and local laws.

75

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth information for our executive officers and directors as of the date hereof:

Name	Age	Position
Executive Officers and Directors
Michael Feldman	59	President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Diane Thompson	59	Chief Financial Officer
James Morris	54	Chief Technology Officer and Director
Adam Loritsch	41	Executive Vice President of Sales and Marketing
Non-Employee Directors
Dieter Woelfle	62	Director
David Almagor	65	Director Nominee

Executive Officers and Directors

Michael Feldman

Michael Feldman is a co-founder of T1V and has served as its President, Chief Executive Officer and a director since its inception in 2008. Prior to that, in 1993, while a professor of Electrical Engineering at UNC Charlotte, Mr. Feldman co-founded Digital Optics Corporation (“Digital Optics”), where he served as Chief Executive Officer from 1993 to 1998 and Chief Technology Officer from 1998 to 2006, when it was acquired by Tessera Technologies.

Mr. Feldman holds a MS and PhD in Electrical Engineering from the University of California at San Diego and a BSE from Duke University. He received the Distinguished Young Alumni Award from Duke University’s Engineering School in 2000 and is an inventor on more than 80 patents. He is well qualified to serve as a director due to his extensive operational and technical experience.

Diane Thompson

Diane Thompson was hired as T1V’s Director of Finance in April 2021 and has been T1V’s Chief Financial Officer since December 2021. Prior to joining T1V, Ms. Thompson was the Chief Financial Officer of General Microcircuits, Inc., a contract manufacturer of electronic circuit boards, from January 2014 to December 2019. While there, she was a controller from January 2013 to January 2014. General Microcircuits was sold in 2019, and between January 2020 and March 2021, Ms. Thompson worked as a consultant for the former owners, assisting them with various financial matters in the winding down of their business. Prior to her work at General Microcircuits, from 2011 to 2012, Ms. Thompson was controller of Bealer Wholesale, Inc., which was the exclusive distributor of Anheuser Busch and Monster Energy Beverages. While there, she directed and managed all financial and information technology functions of the distributer throughout three counties. From 1999 to 2011, Ms. Thompson was employed by Consolidated Fibers, Inc. She was the Chief Financial Officer from 2007 to 2011, and she was a controller from 1999 to 2007. While there, she directed and managed their financial and information technology functions, as well. Prior to that, from 1997 to 1999, Ms. Thompson was Vice President of Accounting/Administration at Diversified Telecom, Inc., a messaging, dispatch, and order entry services business. She performed various financial responsibilities, such as supervising the cash, audit, and other financial functions of the company.

Ms. Thompson holds a BA in accounting from North Carolina State University.

James Morris

James Morris is a co-founder of T1V and has served as its Chief Technology Officer since 2008. Mr. Morris is responsible for identifying and developing new products for the Company. From 1995 until 2008, when Digital Optics was acquired by Tessera Technologies, Mr. Morris was the Senior Engineer of Digital Optics, where he worked with Mr. Feldman. Mr. Morris has extensive experience in the areas of optics, electronics, computer programming, and networking, and was responsible for all IT programs at Digital Optics in the early stages of the company. While at Digital Optics, Mr. Morris identified several products and led early-stage development.

76

Mr. Morris holds a BS, MS, and PhD in Electrical Engineering from UNC Charlotte and in an inventor on more than 40 patents. He is well qualified to serve as a director due to his extensive operational and technical experience.

Adam Loritsch

Adam Loritsch has served as the Executive Vice President of Sales and Marketing of T1V since May 2017. As the Company’s Executive Vice President of Sales and Marketing Mr. Loritsch is responsible for all sales, marketing, and customer development activity for T1V. Mr. Loritsch joined T1V in January 2011 as its West Coast Sales Manager, where he established key accounts and grew the Company’s regional footprint. From January 2014 to January 2017, Mr. Loritsch held increasingly more responsible marketing and business development positions at T1V, where he was responsible for all sales, marketing, product development, and strategic partnership initiatives for its inTouch product line, focusing on the live event market. Prior to T1V, from March 2004 to January 2011, Mr. Loritsch worked as a technical solutions consultant for Frontier Precision Inc., providing land surveying solutions to engineering firms.

Mr. Loritsch received a BA in Communications from Southern New Hampshire University.

Non-Employee Directors

Dieter Woelfle

Dieter Woelfle has served as a member of T1V’s board of directors since February 2020. Previously, he was a member of T1V’s advisory board from July 2017 through January 2020. Mr. Woelfle has an extensive background in international business and all aspects of business development, from start-up through sale. He is adept in creating and managing global teams, optimizing workflow, and the negotiation of global contracts. Mr. Woelfle also has experience in developing several patents for label applications and solutions.

Since 2017, Mr. Woelfle has been a member of the Advisory Board for Riparo GmbH of Holzgerlingen, Germany, a German auto service provider that operates within the motor vehicle insurance industry and the motor vehicle repair trade. From April 2019 to December 2021, Mr. Woelfle was also a member of the board of directors of ECOCELL Technology AG, a Swiss joint stock company. From January 2016 through January 2022, Mr. Woelfle was a Managing Director of the European Industrial & Automotive Label Business division of CCL Design, a manufacturer of printed, functional, and decorative products for the electronics, automotive, and industrial industries. Since May 2016, Mr. Woelfle has been the owner and a Managing Director of the Kuveno AG Management Consulting Company of Appenzell, Switzerland.

Mr. Woelfle founded the Rolf & Dieter Woelfle Foundation in 2003 and has also worked with Meals on Wheels in retirement homes and mental health services.

Mr. Woelfle received a Master of Business & Engineering in the Printing Industry from Stuttgart Media University in Stuttgart, Germany, in 1987. In 1980, he received a State Certified Business Administrator degree from the Business School of Berufskolleg II in Esslingen, Germany, where he majored in Business Administration. Mr. Woelfle is a native German speaker and is fluent in English. He is well qualified to serve as a director due to his extensive international business background and operational and advisory experience.

David Almagor (Director Nominee)

Dr. David Almagor has agreed to become a member of T1V’s board of directors upon the completion of this Offering. He is a veteran high-tech executive and serial entrepreneur with over 30 years of experience in managing complex research and development, and in growing businesses from startups to later-stage companies. Since November 2021, Dr. Almagor has been the Executive Board Chairman of Metomotion, Ltd., a private, Israeli-based manufacturer of an autonomous tomato-picking robot. Since November 2020, he also been the Executive Board Chairman of Cybord Ltd., a private, Israeli-based cloud software company enabling AI-based visual inspection and qualification of electronic components in the production process. Prior to that, from December 2015 to October 2019, Dr. Almagor was the co-founder and Executive Chairman of Presenso Ltd., an Israeli-based industrial AI-based predictive maintenance company business that was acquired by SKF in 2019. From 2009 to November 2015, Dr. Almagor was the co-founder and Executive Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Panoramic Power Ltd., a provider of asset-level, cloud-hosted energy management solutions which was acquired by Centrica in 2015. Prior to that, in 2005 Dr. Almagor founded Mysticom Seminconductor, a private company that developed network devices, where he served as its Chief Executive Officer and Chairman from 1997, and which was acquired by Transwitch in 2005.

77

Dr. Almagor holds the following university degrees: PhD EE and M.S. EE from the University of California San Diego and B.S. EE from the Technion, Israel Institute of Technology. He has also authored more than 70 publications and is a co-author of five United States Patents and one UK Patent. He is well qualified to serve as a director due to his extensive private company board and operational experience.

Director Nominee

We intend to add one additional director to T1V’s board of directors before the completion of this Offering. We expect this additional director to satisfy the definition of an independent director, pursuant to Nasdaq independence Rule 5605(a)(2) of the Nasdaq Listing Rules, as discussed further below. We also expect that this director will serve on our audit committee and will qualify as a “financial expert” as provided under the SEC rules.

Key Employees

Ron Gilson

Vice President of Technology

Ron Gilson joined T1V in 2011 and leads our software team in developing T1V’s patented multitouch, multiuser software technology, including Web Browser 2.0, CMS, and ThinkHub. Prior to T1V, he was a software developer and systems engineer at Digital Optics and then worked at Tessera Technologies following its acquisition of Digital Optics in 2006.

Mr. Gilson holds a BS in Computer Science and a MS in Information Technology from the University of North Carolina at Charlotte, and serves as a member of the ITIL Foundation.

Keith Main

Vice President of Operations

Keith Main has been with T1V since February 2013, beginning his tenure as Senior Project Manager, then Director of Operations, and now serving as Vice President of Operations. As Vice President of Operations, Mr. Main leads T1V’s project management, creative, customer support, and integration teams. Prior to T1V, Mr. Main held various roles in project and engineering management with Digital Optics and then worked at Tessera Technologies following its acquisition of Digital Optics in 2006. Prior to this, from 2000 to 2005, he served as a nuclear engineer and program manager for the United States Navy, working at the Naval Reactors Headquarters in Washington, D.C. He has extensive experience in engineering, project management, and operational management.

Mr. Main holds a BS and MS in Electrical Engineering from the University of Virginia.

Marco Ventura

Vice President, International Sales

Mr. Ventura has been with T1V since its inception in 2008, helping to shape the early strategic vision of the Company, and helping lead T1V into multiple vertical markets. Today, Mr. Ventura’s focus is on T1V’s growing list of national and international accounts that are transforming their workspaces with T1V collaboration solutions, establishing key partnerships in enterprise, higher education, and professional audio-visual sectors. Prior to T1V, he served in increasingly responsible sales, marketing and business development positions for Macchine Elettroniche Piegatrici S.p.A., Fresh Concepts, LLC and Comefri Group in both Italy and the United States.

Mr. Ventura holds a BS in International Business and Marketing from McGill University. He has served as director and officer to numerous companies and helped establish several U.S. subsidiaries for mid-sized European corporations.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships between or among any of the current directors, executive officers or persons nominated or charged to become directors or executive officers.

78

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Effective upon consummation of this Offering, our board of directors will adopt the charters for our audit committee (“Audit Committee”), compensation committee (“Compensation Committee”) and nominating and corporate governance committee (“Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee”), and certain other corporate governance documents and policies, including our code of business conduct and ethics. Once adopted, such charters and policies will be posted on our corporate website, www.t1v.com, in the Investor Relations — Corporate Governance section. Any changes to these documents and any waivers granted with respect to our Code of Ethics will be posted at www.t1v.com. In addition, we will provide a copy of any of these documents without charge to any stockholder upon written request made to the Corporate Secretary, T1V, Inc., 5025 West W.T. Harris Blvd, Suite A, Charlotte, NC 28269. The information at www.t1v.com is not, and shall not be deemed to be, a part of this prospectus.

Board Composition

Upon the consummation of this Offering, our board of directors will consist of five (5) members. The Company’s amended and restated bylaws will require the number of directors of the Company to be not less than three (3) nor more than the number as fixed from time to time by resolution of the board of directors; provided that no decrease in the number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent directors. Our current directors John Stein and Christopher McKee have agreed to resign as directors upon the consummation of this Offering. David Almagor, who is named as a director nominee in this prospectus, and one other director nominee, who will be added as a director nominee to this prospectus when confirmed, are expected to replace Messrs. Stein and McKee, as directors, upon the consummation of this Offering.

Director Independence

Our board of directors has determined that Dieter Woelfle is an independent director in accordance with the listing requirements of the Nasdaq Capital Market. We expect that Dr. Almagor and our other director nominee who will become directors of the Company upon the consummation of this Offering, also will be independent directors in accordance with the listing requirements of the Nasdaq Capital Market when they become members of the board of directors. The Nasdaq independence definition in Rule 5605(a)(2) of the Nasdaq Listing Rules includes a series of objective tests, including that the director is not, and has not been for at least three years, one of our employees and that neither the director nor any of his family members has engaged in various types of business dealings with us. In addition, as required by the Nasdaq Listing Rules, our board of directors have made, with respect to Mr. Woelfle, and will make, prior to their becoming directors, with respect to Dr. Almagor and our other director nominee, a subjective determination as to each independent director that no relationships exist, which, in the opinion of our board of directors, would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. In making these determinations, our board of directors will have reviewed and discussed information provided by the directors and us with regard to each director’s business and personal activities and relationships as they may relate to us and our management. The directors whom the board have determined are not independent is our President and Chief Executive Officer, Michael Feldman and our Chief Technology Officer, James Morris.

Role of Board in Risk Oversight Process

Our board of directors has responsibility for the oversight of the Company’s risk management processes and, either as a whole or through its committees, regularly discusses with management our major risk exposures, their potential impact on our business and the steps we take to manage them. The risk oversight process includes receiving regular reports from board committees and members of senior management to enable our board of directors to understand the Company’s risk identification, risk management and risk mitigation strategies with respect to areas of potential material risk, including operations, finance, legal, regulatory, strategic and reputational risk.

Upon being established, the Audit Committee will review information regarding liquidity and operations, and oversee our management of financial risks. Periodically, the Audit Committee will review our policies with respect to risk assessment, risk management, loss prevention and regulatory compliance. Oversight by the Audit Committee will include direct communication with our external auditors, and discussions with management regarding significant risk exposures and the actions management has taken to limit, monitor or control such exposures. Upon being established, the Compensation Committee will be responsible for assessing whether any of our compensation policies or programs has the potential to encourage excessive risk-taking. While each committee will be responsible for

79

evaluating certain risks and overseeing the management of such risks, the entire board of directors will be regularly informed through committee reports about such risks. Matters of significant strategic risk are considered by our board of directors as a whole.

Board Committees and Independence

Upon the consummation of this Offering, we will establish three standing committees — audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance — each of which will operate under a charter that will be approved by our board of directors. Prior to the consummation of this Offering, copies of each committee’s charter will be posted on the Investor Relations — Corporate Governance section of our website, which is located at www.t1v.com. Each committee has the composition and responsibilities described below. Our board of directors may from time to time establish other committees.

Audit Committee

Upon consummation of this Offering, we will establish the Audit Committee of the board of directors. Messrs. Woelfle, Almagor, and our other director nominee will serve as members of our Audit Committee. Under the Nasdaq Listing Rules and applicable SEC rules, we are required to have three members of the Audit Committee all of whom must be independent. Our board of directors has determined that Messrs. Woelfle and Almagor, and our other director nominee will also be independent.

Each member of the Audit Committee is financially literate and our board of directors has determined that [•] qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in applicable SEC rules.

The Audit Committee’s main function is to oversee our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of our financial statements. We will adopt an Audit Committee Charter, which will detail the principal functions of the Audit Committee, including, among other things:

•Selecting and retaining (subject to approval by the Company’s stockholders) our independent registered public accounting firm;

•Setting the compensation of our independent registered public accounting firm;

•Overseeing the work of our independent registered public accounting firm and pre-approving all audit services they provide;

•Approving all permitted non-audit services performed by our independent registered public accounting firm;

•Establishing policies and procedures for engagement of our independent registered public accounting firm for permitted audit and non-audit services;

•Evaluating the qualifications, independence and performance of our independent registered public accounting firm;

•Reviewing the design, implementation, adequacy and effectiveness of our internal accounting controls and our critical accounting policies;

•Discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm the results of our annual audit and the review of our quarterly unaudited financial statements;

•Reviewing the scope and plan of our independent registered public accounting firm and their effective use of audit resources;

•Reviewing with management and independent auditors their significant audit findings, and assess the steps that management has taken or proposes to take to minimize significant risks or exposures facing the Company, and periodically review compliance with such steps;

80

•Establishing procedures for the Company’s confidential and anonymous receipt, retention and treatment of complaints regarding the Company’s accounting, internal controls and auditing matters, as well as for the confidential, anonymous submissions by Company employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters;

•Obtaining the advice and assistance, as appropriate, of independent counsel and other advisors as necessary to fulfill the responsibilities of the Audit Committee, and receive appropriate funding from the Company, as determined by the Audit Committee, for the payment of compensation to any such advisors;

•Reviewing, overseeing and monitoring the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to financial statements or accounting matters; and

•Reviewing and evaluating, at least annually, the performance of the Audit Committee and its members including compliance of the Audit Committee with its charter.

Both our independent registered public accounting firm and management periodically meet privately with our Audit Committee.

Compensation Committee

Upon consummation of this Offering, we will establish a compensation committee of the board of directors (the “Compensation Committee”). The members of our Compensation Committee will be Messrs. Woelfle, Almagor, and our other director nominee. We will adopt a Compensation Committee charter, which will detail the principal functions of the Compensation Committee, including, among other things:

•reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to our Chief Executive Officer’s compensation, evaluating our Chief Executive Officer’s performance in light of such goals and objectives and determining and approving the remuneration (if any) of our Chief Executive Officer based on such evaluation in executive session at which the Chief Executive Officer is not present;

•reviewing and approving the compensation, the performance goals and objectives relevant to the compensation, and other terms of employment of our other executive officers;

•reviewing and approving (or if it deems appropriate, making recommendations to the full board of directors regarding) the equity incentive plans, compensation plans and similar programs advisable for us, as well as modifying, amending or terminating existing plans and programs;

•reviewing and approving the terms of any employment agreements, severance arrangements, change in control protections and any other compensatory arrangements for our executive officers;

•reviewing with management and approving our disclosures under the caption “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” in our periodic reports or proxy statements to be filed with the SEC; and

•preparing the report that the SEC requires in our annual proxy statement.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Upon consummation of this Offering, we will establish the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the board of directors, which will consist of Messrs. Woelfle, Almagor and our other director nominee, each of whom is or will be an independent director under the Nasdaq Listing Rules. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will be responsible for overseeing the selection of persons to be nominated to serve on our board of directors. We will adopt a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee charter, which will detail the principal functions of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.

Board Diversity

The board of directors values the benefits that diversity can bring and seeks to maintain a board of directors comprised of talented and dedicated directors with a diverse mix of experience, skills and backgrounds collectively reflecting the strategic needs of the business and the nature of the environment in which the Company operates. In identifying qualified candidates for nomination to the board of directors, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

81

will consider prospective candidates based on merit, having regard to those competencies, expertise, skills, background and other qualities identified from time to time by the board of directors as being important in fostering a diverse and inclusive culture which solicits multiple perspectives and views and is free of conscious or unconscious bias and discrimination.

While we do not currently have a formal diversity policy, it is our expectation that the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will adopt a formal policy and plans to comply with the new rule provided by Nasdaq for board diversity (the “Nasdaq Diversity Rule”), on or before to the date required under the Nasdaq Diversity Rule. The Nasdaq Diversity Rule requires, assuming our shares of Class A Common Stock are listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market and that we are a smaller reporting company, that we will have at least two directors serving on our board of directors, one of which identifies as female and the second of which identifies as female, underrepresented minority or LGBTQ+, by August 2, 2026, unless our board of directors is comprised of five or less directors. It is intended that the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will give due consideration to characteristics, such as gender, age, ethnicity, disability, sexual orientation and geographic representation, which contribute to board diversity. The nominating and corporate governance committee may, in addition to conducting its own search, engage qualified independent advisors to assist in identifying prospective diverse director candidates that meet the selection criteria established by the board of directors and that support its diversity objectives. In implementing its responsibilities, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will take into account the board of director’s diversity objectives and the diverse nature of the business environment in which the Company operates, as well as the need to maintain flexibility to effectively address succession planning and to ensure that the Company continues to attract and retain highly qualified individuals to serve on the board of directors.

Guidelines for Selecting Director Nominees

The guidelines for selecting nominees, which, will be specified in the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee’s charter, will generally provide that persons to be nominated:

•should have demonstrated notable or significant achievements in business, education or public service;

•should possess the requisite intelligence, education and experience to make a significant contribution to the board of directors and bring a range of skills, diverse perspectives and backgrounds to its deliberations; and

•should have the highest ethical standards, a strong sense of professionalism and intense dedication to serving the interests of the stockholders.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Effective upon consummation of this Offering, we will adopt a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. Upon the consummation of this Offering, our code of business conduct and ethics will be available under the Investor Relations — Corporate Governance section of our website at www.t1v.com. In addition, we intend to post on our website all disclosures that are required by law Nasdaq Listing Rules concerning any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the code. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at or available through our website, and you should not consider it to be a part of this prospectus.

82

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

This section discusses the material components of the executive compensation program for our named executive officers for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, consisting of our principal executive officer (“PEO”) and the next two most highly compensated executive officers other than the PEO who were serving as executive officers at December 31, 2021 and whose total compensation for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, was in excess of $100,000. The named executive officers serving during the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021, were:

•Michael Feldman, our President and Chief Executive Officer;

•Diane Thompson, our Chief Financial Officer; and

•James Morris, our Chief Technology Officer.

In addition, we currently intend to enter into employment agreements with our named executive officers and certain other employees either prior to or upon consummation of this offering. The terms and conditions of such agreements have not been negotiated as of the date hereof.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents all of the compensation awarded to or earned by or paid to our named executive officers during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.

Name and Principal Positions	Year	Salary		Stock Awards	Option Awards		All Other Compensation		Total
Michael Feldman, President & CEO	2021	$	156,000	$					$
(Principal Executive Officer)	2020	$	150,000	$	$		$	3,000	$
James Morris,	2021	$	152,880	$	$		$	3,000	$
CTO	2020	$	147,000	$	$		$		$
Adam Loritsch,	2021	$	162,225			450	$	7,000
Executive VP of Sales	2020	$	157,500				$	10,000

Outstanding Equity Awards at the End of 2021

The following table summarizes the number of shares of common stock underlying outstanding equity incentive plan awards for each named executive officer as of December 31, 2021.

Name	Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (# exercisable)	Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (# unexercisable)	Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Unearned Options	Option Exercise Price	Option Expiration Date	Number of shares or units of stock that have not yet vested
Adam Loritsch	4,870	—	—	6.00	June 1, 2025	—
Michael Feldman	—	—	—	—	—	—
James Morris	—	—	—	—	—	—

Non-Executive Director Compensation

Our non-executive members of our board of directors have not received any compensation prior to this Offering and no arrangements have been entered into relating to compensation after this Offering. Following this Offering, the board of directors will establish a compensation package for the non-executive members of the board of directors.

83

Equity Incentive Plans

2014 Stock Incentive Plan

Our board of directors and stockholders adopted our 2014 Stock Incentive Plan on January 25, 2014 (the “2014 Plan”). Our 2014 Plan allows for the grant of a variety of equity awards to provide flexibility in implementing equity awards, including incentive stock options (“ISOs”), nonstatutory stock options (“NSOs”), restricted stock (“Restricted Stock”), restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and other stock-based awards, including stock appreciation awards (“SARs”).

Purpose

The Board believes that the Company’s ability to award incentive compensation based on equity in the Company is critical to its ability to attract, motivate and retain key personnel. The creativity and entrepreneurial drive of such employees and other personnel who provide services to the Company will be critical to our success. By giving our employees, consultants, advisors and directors an opportunity to share in the growth of our equity, we will align their interests with those of our stockholders. Our employees, consultants, advisors and directors will understand that their stake in the Company will have value only if, working together, we create value for our stockholders. Awards under the 2014 Plan will generally vest over a period of time giving the recipient an additional incentive to provide services over a number of years and build on past performance.

Number of Shares

As of June30, 2022, 885,000shares of our Class A Common stock (giving effect to the reclassification of our shares of common stock to Class A Common Stock and giving effect to the Split at an assumed ratio of 50-for-1, which is the approximate midpoint of the range between 35-for-1 and 70-for-1, which range was approved by our board of directors, with the actual ratio being subject to the further approval of our board of directors and our stockholders) were reserved for grant or issuance under the 2014 Plan. Any shares of Class A Common Stock that are represented by awards under the 2014 Plan that are forfeited, expire, or are canceled or settled in cash without delivery of shares, or that are forfeited back to us or reacquired by us after delivery for any reason, or that are tendered to us or withheld to pay the exercise price or related tax withholding obligations in connection with any award under the 2014 Plan, will again be available for awards under the 2019 Plan. Only shares of Class A Common Stock actually issued under the 2014 Plan will reduce the share reserve.

The 2014 Plan imposes the following additional maximum limitations, which limitations will be adjusted to take into account stock splits, reverse stock splits and other similar occurrences: the maximum value of shares that may be issued in connection with incentive stock options granted to any one person in any calendar year intended to qualify under Code Section 422 is $100,000.

Administration

The 2014 Plan is administered by the board of directors (the “Board”). To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board may delegate any or all powers under the 2014 Plan to any committee or subcommittee of the Board (the “Committee”). The decisions of the Board or the Committee, as applicable, are final and binding upon all participants.

Eligibility

The selection of the participants in the 2014 Plan are generally determined by the Board. Employees and those about to become employees, including those who are officers or directors of the Company or its subsidiaries and affiliates, are eligible to be selected to receive awards under the 2019 Plan. In addition, non-employee service providers, including non-employee directors, and employees of unaffiliated entities that provide bona fide services to the Company not in connection with the offer and sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction are eligible to be selected to receive awards under the 2014 Plan.

84

Types of Awards

The 2014 Plan allows for the grant of ISOs, NSOs, Restricted Stock awards, RSUs and other stock-based awards, including SARs and other awards entitling participants to receive shares of our Class A Common Stock to be delivered in the future. Subject to the terms of the 2014 Plan, the Board or the Committee, as applicable, determines the terms and conditions of awards, including the times when awards vest or become payable and the effect of certain events such as termination of employment.

Stock Options.ISOs qualified with respect to Code Section 422 or NSOs not qualified under any section of the Code may be granted under the 2014 Plan. All stock options granted under the 2014 Plan must have an exercise price that is at least equal to the fair market value of our underlying Class A Common Stock on the grant date (110% of such fair market value in the case of an ISO granted to a participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of the Company (a “10% Stockholder”). No stock option granted under the 2014 Plan may have a term longer than ten years (five years in the case of the grant of an incentive stock option to a 10% Stockholder”). The exercise price of stock options may be paid (i) in cash; (ii) by (A) delivery of an irrevocable and unconditional undertaking by a creditworthy broker to deliver promptly to the Company sufficient funds to pay the exercise price and any required tax withholding or (B) delivery by a participant to the Company of a copy of irrevocable and unconditional instructions to a creditworthy broker to deliver promptly to the Company cash or a check sufficient to pay the exercise price and any required tax withholding; (iii) as long as the Class A Common Stock is registered under the Exchange Act and to the extent provided for in the applicable option agreement or approved by the Board, in its sole discretion, by delivery (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Class A Common Stock owned by the participant valued at their fair market value, provided that, among other things, such Class A Common Stock is not subject to any repurchase, forfeiture, unfulfilled vesting or other similar requirements; (iv) if provided for in the applicable option agreement or approved by the Board, in its sole discretion, by (A) delivery of a promissory note to the Company on terms determined by the Board, or (B) payment of such other lawful consideration as the Board may determine; and (v) any combination of the foregoing.

Restricted Stock Awards; Restricted Stock Units.The Board or the Committee, as applicable, may grant awards entitling recipients to acquire shares of Class A Common Stock (i.e. Restricted Stock), subject to the right of the Company to repurchase all or part of such shares at their issue price or other stated or formula price (or to require forfeiture of such shares if issued at no cost) from a participant in the event that conditions specified by the Board or the Committee, as applicable, in the applicable award agreement are not satisfied prior to the end of the applicable restriction period or periods established by the Board or the Committee, as applicable for such award. The Board or the Committee, as applicable, also may grant awards entitling a participant to RSUs entitling the participant to be issued shares of Class A Common Stock at the time the RSUs vest. Participants holding shares of Restricted Stock shall be entitled to the payment of dividends with respect to such shares of Restricted Stock.

Other Stock-Based Awards.    The Board or the Committee, as applicable, may grant other awards of shares of Class A Common Stock, and other awards that are valued in whole or in part by reference to, or are otherwise based on, shares of Class A Common Stock or other property, may be granted hereunder to Participants, including, without limitation, SARs and awards entitling recipients to receive shares of Class A Common Stock to be delivered in the future. Such other stock-based awards shall also be available as a form of payment in the settlement of other awards granted under the 2014 Plan or as payment in lieu of compensation to which a participant is otherwise entitled. Other stock-based awards may be paid in shares of Class A Common Stock or cash, as the Board or the Committee, as applicable, shall determine.

Nontransferability of Awards

Except as otherwise permitted by the Board, awards granted under the 2014 Plan are not transferable, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or, other than in the case of an ISO, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, and, during the life of a participant, shall be exercisable only by immediate family members of a participant.

Corporate Transactions resulting in a Change of Control

Awards other than Restricted Stock Awards.In the event of certain corporate transactions that result in a change in control of the Company, the Board may provide that (i) any outstanding awards under the 2014 Plan other than Restricted Stock awards may be assumed or replaced by the successor corporation; (ii) upon written notice to a participant, unexercised stock options or other unexercised awards will terminate immediately prior to the change

85

in control transaction, unless exercised by a participant prior thereto; (iii) outstanding awards become exercisable, realizable or deliverable, or restrictions shall lapse, in whole or in part, prior to upon such change in control; (iv) where holders of Class A Common Stock receive cash upon such change in control, participants will receive a cash payment equal to the excess of (A) the price payable for the Class A Common Stock multiplied by the number of shares of Class A Common Stock subject to the award less (B) the aggregate price payable by the participant to exercise such awards, if applicable, in exchange for the termination of such awards; (v) in connection with a liquidation or dissolution a participant will receive liquidation proceeds less any amounts payable to exercise the awards.

Restricted Stock Awards.Upon a change in control other than a liquidation or dissolution of the Company, the repurchase and other rights of the Company under each outstanding Restricted Stock award shall inure to the benefit of the Company’s successor and shall, unless the Board determines otherwise, apply to the cash, securities or other property which the Class A Common Stock was converted into or exchanged for pursuant to such change in control in the same manner and to the same extent as they applied to the Class A Common Stock subject to such Restricted Stock award. Upon the occurrence of a change in control involving the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, except to the extent specifically provided to the contrary in the instrument evidencing any Restricted Stock award or any other agreement between a Participant and the Company, all restrictions and conditions on all Restricted Stock awards then outstanding shall automatically be deemed terminated or satisfied.

Amendments

The Board may alter, amend, suspend or discontinue the 2014 Plan at any time, so long as such alteration, amendment, suspension or termination does not adversely affect in any material way prior awards; provided, however, that if approval of the stockholders is required as to any modification or amendment pursuant Section 422 of the Code, with respect to incentive stock options, stockholder approval shall be required.

Term of Plan

The 2014 Plan was effective on January 25, 2014, and will remain in effect until January 25, 2024, unless it is terminated earlier by the Board.

2019 Stock Incentive Plan

Our board of directors and stockholders adopted our 2019 Stock Incentive Plan on August 27, 2019 (the “2019 Plan”). Our 2019 Plan allows for the grant of a variety of equity awards to provide flexibility in implementing equity awards, including incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and other stock-based awards, including stock appreciation awards.

Purpose

The Board believes that the Company’s ability to award incentive compensation based on equity in the Company is critical to its ability to attract, motivate and retain key personnel. The creativity and entrepreneurial drive of such employees and other personnel who provide services to the Company will be critical to our success. By giving our employees, consultants, advisors and directors an opportunity to share in the growth of our equity, we will align their interests with those of our stockholders. Our employees, consultants, advisors and directors will understand that their stake in the Company will have value only if, working together, we create value for our stockholders. Awards under the 2019 Plan will generally vest over a period of time giving the recipient an additional incentive to provide services over a number of years and build on past performance.

Number of Shares

As of June30, 2022, 407,750shares of our Class A Common Stock (giving effect to the reclassification of our shares of common stock to Class A Common Stock and giving effect to the Split at an assumed ratio of 50-for-1, which is the approximate midpoint of the range between 35-for-1 and 70-for-1, which range was approved by our board of directors, with the actual ratio being subject to the further approval of our board of directors and our stockholders) were reserved for grant or issuance under the 2019 Plan. Any shares of Class A Common Stock that are represented by awards under the 2019 Plan that are forfeited, expire, or are canceled or settled in cash without delivery of shares, or that are forfeited back to us or reacquired by us after delivery for any reason, or that are tendered to us or withheld

86

to pay the exercise price or related tax withholding obligations in connection with any award under the 2019 Plan, will again be available for awards under the 2019 Plan. Only shares of Class A Common Stock actually issued under the 2019 Plan will reduce the share reserve.

The 2019 Plan imposes the following additional maximum limitations, which limitations will be adjusted to take into account stock splits, reverse stock splits and other similar occurrences: the maximum value of shares that may be issued in connection with incentive stock options granted to any one person in any calendar year intended to qualify under Code Section 422 is $100,000.

Administration

The 2019 Plan is administered by the board of directors. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board may delegate any or all powers under the 2019 Plan to any committee or subcommittee of the Board. The decisions of the Board or the Committee, as applicable, are final and binding upon all participants.

Eligibility

The selection of the participants in the 2019 Plan are generally determined by the Board. Employees and those about to become employees, including those who are officers or directors of the Company or its subsidiaries and affiliates, are eligible to be selected to receive awards under the 2019 Plan. In addition, non-employee service providers, including non-employee directors, and employees of unaffiliated entities that provide bona fide services to the Company not in connection with the offer and sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction are eligible to be selected to receive awards under the 2019 Plan.

Types of Awards

The 2019 Plan allows for the grant of ISOs, NSOs, Restricted Stock awards, RSUs and other stock-based awards, including SARs and other awards entitling participants to receive shares of our Class A Common Stock to be delivered in the future. Subject to the terms of the 2019 Plan, the Board or the Committee, as applicable, determines the terms and conditions of awards, including the times when awards vest or become payable and the effect of certain events such as termination of employment.

Stock Options.ISOs qualified with respect to Code Section 422 or NSOs not qualified under any section of the Code may be granted under the 2019 Plan. All stock options granted under the 2019 Plan must have an exercise price that is at least equal to the fair market value of our underlying Class A Common Stock on the grant date (110% of such fair market value in the case of an ISO granted to a participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classed of outstanding stock of the Company. No stock option granted under the 2019 Plan may have a term longer than ten years (five years in the case of the grant of an incentive stock option to a 10% Stockholder). The exercise price of stock options may be paid (i) in cash; (ii) by (A) delivery of an irrevocable and unconditional undertaking by a creditworthy broker to deliver promptly to the Company sufficient funds to pay the exercise price and any required tax withholding or (B) delivery by a participant to the Company of a copy of irrevocable and unconditional instructions to a creditworthy broker to deliver promptly to the Company cash or a check sufficient to pay the exercise price and any required tax withholding; (iii) as long as the Class A Common Stock is registered under the Exchange Act and to the extent provided for in the applicable option agreement or approved by the Board, in its sole discretion, by delivery (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Class A Common Stock owned by the participant valued at their fair market value, provided that, among other things, such Class A Common Stock is not subject to any repurchase, forfeiture, unfulfilled vesting or other similar requirements; (iv) if provided for in the applicable option agreement or approved by the Board, in its sole discretion, by (A) delivery of a promissory note to the Company on terms determined by the Board, or (B) payment of such other lawful consideration as the Board may determine; and (v) any combination of the foregoing.

Restricted Stock Awards; Restricted Stock Units.The Board or the Committee, as applicable, may grant awards entitling recipients to acquire shares of Class A Common Stock (i.e. Restricted Stock), subject to the right of the Company to repurchase all or part of such shares at their issue price or other stated or formula price (or to require forfeiture of such shares if issued at no cost) from a participant in the event that conditions specified by the Board or the Committee, as applicable, in the applicable award agreement are not satisfied prior to the end of the applicable restriction period or periods established by the Board or the Committee, as applicable for such award. The Board or the

87

Committee, as applicable, also may grant awards entitling a participant to RSUs entitling the participant to be issued shares of Class A Common Stock at the time the RSUs vest. Participants holding shares of Restricted Stock shall be entitled to the payment of dividends with respect to such shares of Restricted Stock.

Other Stock-Based Awards.    The Board or the Committee, as applicable, may grant other awards of shares of Class A Common Stock, and other awards that are valued in whole or in part by reference to, or are otherwise based on, shares of Class A Common Stock or other property, may be granted hereunder to participants, including, without limitation, SARs and awards entitling recipients to receive shares of Class A Common Stock to be delivered in the future. Such other stock-based awards shall also be available as a form of payment in the settlement of other awards granted under the 2019 Plan or as payment in lieu of compensation to which a participant is otherwise entitled. Other stock-based awards may be paid in shares of Class A Common Stock or cash, as the Board or the Committee, as applicable, shall determine.

Nontransferability of Awards

Except as otherwise permitted by the Board, awards granted under the 2019 Plan are not transferable, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or, other than in the case of an ISO, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, and, during the life of a participant, shall be exercisable only by immediate family members of a participant.

Corporate Transactions resulting in a Change of Control

Awards other than Restricted Stock Awards.In the event of certain corporate transactions that result in a change in control of the Company, the Board may provide that (i) any outstanding awards under the 2019 Plan other than Restricted Stock awards may be assumed or replaced by the successor corporation; (ii) upon written notice to a participant, unexercised stock options or other unexercised awards will terminate immediately prior to the change in control transaction, unless exercised by a participant prior thereto; (iii) outstanding awards become exercisable, realizable or deliverable, or restrictions shall lapse, in whole or in part, prior to upon such change in control; (iv) where holders of Class A Common Stock receive cash upon such change in control, participants will receive a cash payment equal to the excess of (A) the price payable for the Class A Common Stock multiplied by the number of shares of Class A Common Stock subject to the award less (B) the aggregate price payable by the participant to exercise such awards, if applicable, in exchange for the termination of such awards; or (v) in connection with a liquidation or dissolution a participant will receive liquidation proceeds less any amounts payable to exercise the awards.

Restricted Stock Awards.Upon a change in control other than a liquidation or dissolution of the Company, the repurchase and other rights of the Company under each outstanding Restricted Stock award shall inure to the benefit of the Company’s successor and shall, unless the Board determines otherwise, apply to the cash, securities or other property which the Class A Common Stock was converted into or exchanged for pursuant to such change in control in the same manner and to the same extent as they applied to the Class A Common Stock subject to such Restricted Stock award. Upon the occurrence of a change in control involving the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, except to the extent specifically provided to the contrary in the instrument evidencing any Restricted Stock award or any other agreement between a Participant and the Company, all restrictions and conditions on all Restricted Stock awards then outstanding shall automatically be deemed terminated or satisfied.

Amendments

The Board may alter, amend, suspend or discontinue the 2019 Plan at any time, so long as such alteration, amendment, suspension or termination does not adversely affect in any material way prior awards; provided, however, that if approval of the stockholders is required as to any modification or amendment pursuant Section 422 of the Code, with respect to incentive stock options, stockholder approval shall be required.

Term of Plan

The 2019 Plan was effective on August 27, 2019, and will remain in effect until August 27, 2029, unless it is terminated earlier by the Board.

88

2022 Equity Incentive Plan

On or prior to the completion of this offering, we currently plan to adopt a 2022 Equity Incentive Plan. The terms of such plan have not yet been decided upon or approved.

Federal Income Tax Consequences

The following summary is intended only as a general guide to the United States federal income tax consequences under current law of incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options, which are authorized for grant under the 2014 Plan, the 2019 Plan and the 2022 Plan. It does not attempt to describe all possible federal or other tax consequences of participation in the 2014 Plan, the 2019 Plan or the 2022 Plan or tax consequences based on particular circumstances. The tax consequences may vary if options are granted outside the United States.

Incentive Stock Options

No taxable income is recognized by an optionee upon the grant or vesting of an incentive stock option, and no taxable income is recognized at the time an incentive stock option is exercised unless the optionee is subject to the alternative minimum tax. The excess of the fair market value of the purchased shares on the exercise date over the exercise price paid for the shares is includable in alternative minimum taxable income.

If the optionee holds the purchased shares for more than one year after the date the incentive stock option was exercised and more than two years after the incentive stock option was granted (the “required incentive stock option holding periods”), then the optionee will generally recognize long-term capital gain or loss upon disposition of such shares. The gain or loss will equal the difference between the amount realized upon the disposition of the shares and the exercise price paid for such shares. If the optionee disposes of the purchased shares before satisfying either of the required incentive stock option holding periods, then the optionee will recognize ordinary income equal to the fair market value of the shares on the date the incentive stock option was exercised over the exercise price paid for the shares (or, if less, the amount realized on a sale of such shares). Any additional gain will be a capital gain and will be treated as short-term or long-term capital gain depending on how long the shares were held by the optionee.

Nonqualified Stock Option

No taxable income is recognized by an optionee upon the grant or vesting of a nonqualified stock option, provided the nonqualified stock option does not have a readily ascertainable fair market value. If the nonqualified stock option does not have a readily ascertainable fair market value, the optionee will generally recognize ordinary income in the year in which the option is exercised equal to the excess of the fair market value of the purchased shares on the exercise date over the exercise price paid for the shares. If the optionee is an employee or former employee, the optionee will be required to satisfy the tax withholding requirements applicable to such income. Upon resale of the purchased shares, any subsequent appreciation or depreciation in the value of the shares will be treated as short-term or long-term capital gain or loss depending on how long the shares were held by the optionee.

Restricted Stock

A participant who receives an award of Restricted Stock generally does not recognize taxable income at the time of the award. Instead, the participant recognizes ordinary income when the shares vest, subject to withholding if the participant is an employee or former employee. The amount of taxable income is equal to the fair market value of the shares on the vesting date(s) less the amount, if any, paid for the shares. Alternatively, a participant may make a one-time election to recognize income at the time the participant receives Restricted Stock in an amount equal to the fair market value of the Restricted Stock (less any amount paid for the shares) on the date of the award by making an election under Section 83(b) of the Code.

RSUs

In general, no taxable income results upon the grant of an RSU. The recipient will generally recognize ordinary income, subject to withholding if the recipient is an employee or former employee, equal to the fair market value of the shares that are delivered to the recipient upon settlement of the RSU. Upon resale of the shares acquired pursuant to an RSU, any subsequent appreciation or depreciation in the value of the shares will be treated as short-term or long-term capital gain or loss depending on how long the shares were held by the recipient.

89

Stock Appreciation Rights

In general, no taxable income results upon the grant of a stock appreciation right. A participant will generally recognize ordinary income in the year of exercise equal to the value of the shares or other consideration received. In the case of a current or former employee, this amount is subject to withholding.

Section 409A

The foregoing description assumes that Section 409A of the Code does not apply to an award. In general, options and stock appreciation rights are exempt from Section 409A if the exercise price per share is at least equal to the fair market value per share of the underlying stock at the time the option or stock appreciation right was granted. RSUs are subject to Section 409A unless they are settled within two and one half months after the end of the later of (a) the end of the Company’s fiscal year in which vesting occurs or (b) the end of the calendar year in which vesting occurs. Restricted Stock awards are not generally subject to Section 409A. If an award is subject to Section 409A and the provisions for the exercise or settlement of that award do not comply with Section 409A, then the participant would be required to recognize ordinary income whenever a portion of the award vested (regardless of whether it had been exercised or settled). This amount would also be subject to a 20% U.S. federal tax and premium interest in addition to the U.S. federal income tax at the participant’s usual marginal rate for ordinary income.

Tax Treatment for the Company

The Company will generally be entitled to an income tax deduction at the time and to the extent a participant recognizes ordinary income as a result of an award granted under the 2014 Plan, the 2019 Plan or the 2022 Plan. However, Section 162(m) of the Code may limit the deductibility of certain awards granted under the 2014 Plan, the 2019 Plan or the 2022 Plan. Although the Board considers the deductibility of compensation as one factor in determining executive compensation, the Board retains the discretion to award and pay compensation that is not deductible as it believes that it is in the stockholders’ best interests to maintain flexibility in the approach to executive compensation and to structure a program that the Company considers to be the most effective in attracting, motivating and retaining key employees.

Additional Considerations Applicable to Section 16 Insiders

If a participant is an officer (as that term is used in Section 16 of the Exchange Act), director or beneficial owner of more than 10% of the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock, the date upon which tax liability is incurred with respect to grants under the Plan may be deferred until the date that the sale of the shares at a profit would no longer subject the participant to a suit under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act unless the participant files an election with the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) under Section 83(b) of the Code.

90

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Other than compensation arrangements for our directors and executive officers, which are described elsewhere in this prospectus, the following describes transactions since the last two completed fiscal years, and each currently proposed transaction in which:

•we have been or are to be a participant;

•the amounts involved exceeds $120,000; and

•any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock, or any immediate family member of, or person sharing the household with, any of these individuals or entities, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Michael Feldman, CEO of T1V, Inc., was owed $509,661 in principal outstanding at December31, 2020 and $567,929 at December31, 2021 and $568,152 at June30, 2022. Mr.Feldman was paid $33,109.68 of principal in 2022. Interest payable on his debt at June30, 2022 is $303,637. Mr.Feldman’s debt is in the form of notes payable and convertible notes.

Andrea Feldman, Michael Feldman’s sister, was owed $0 in principal outstanding at December31, 2020, and $153,334 in principal outstanding at December31, 2021 and June30, 2022. Interest payable on her debt at June30, 2022 is $9,956. No principal was paid during these periods. Ms. Feldman’s debt is in the form of convertible notes.

Ellen Feldman and Ronald Brockman, Michael Feldman’s sister and her husband, were owed $64,000 in principal outstanding at December31, 2020, and $361,267 in principal outstanding at December31, 2021 and June30, 2022. Interest payable on their debt at June30, 2022 is $32,757. No principal was paid during these periods. Feldman and Brockman’s debt is in the form of convertible notes.

Dr. Bobby Wooten, Michael Feldman’s father-in-law, was owed $31,857 in principal outstanding at December31, 2020, and $137,453 in principal outstanding at December31, 2021 and June30, 2022. Interest payable on his debt at June30, 2022 is $12,721. No principal was paid during these periods. Mr. Wooten’s debt is in the form of convertible notes.

Jennifer Wooten, Michael Feldman’s sister-in-law, was owed $5,000 in principal outstanding at December31, 2020, and $120,000 in principal outstanding at December31, 2021 and June30, 2022. Interest payable on her debt at June30, 2022 is $8,285. No principal was paid during these periods. Ms. Wooten’s debt is in the form of convertible notes.

Kristin Wooten, Michael Feldman’s brother-in-law’s wife, was owed $158,125 in principal outstanding at December31, 2021, and $215,625 in principal outstanding at June30, 2022. Interest payable on her debt at June30, 2022 is $10,267. No principal was paid during these periods. Ms. Wooten’s debt is in the form of convertible notes.

Christopher McKee, Board member of T1V, Inc., as an individual and as the Managing Member of T1 Investment LLC was owed $750,000 in principal outstanding at December31, 2020, at December31, 2021 and June30, 2022. Mr. McKee was paid interest of $27,113 in 2020, $25,585 of interest in 2021, and $10,109 of interest in 2022. Interest payable on the debt at June30, 2022 is $843,473. No principal was paid during these periods. Mr. McKee and T1 Investment LLC’s debt is in the form of convertible notes and revenue loans.

Dieter Woelfle, Board member of T1V, Inc., and serving as President of Taximus AG, had $150,000 in principal outstanding at December31, 2020, and $552,500 in principal outstanding at December31, 2021 and June30, 2022. Interest payable on the debt at June30, 2022 is $51,335. No principal was paid during these periods. Taximus AG’s debt is in the form of convertible notes.

John Stein is a Board member of T1V, Inc., and a Co-Founder of Fidelis Capital, the investment sub-advisor to WH&W Private Market Investment Fund I. WH&W Private Market Investment Fund I was owed $1,382,099 in principal outstanding at December31, 2020, December31, 2021 and June30, 2022. WH&W Private Market Investment Fund I was paid interest of $27,113 in 2020, $25,585 of interest in 2021, and $10,109 of interest in 2022. Interest payable on the debt at June30, 2022 is $406,232. No principal was paid during these periods. WH&W Private Market Investment Fund I’s debt is in the form of convertible notes and revenue loans.

91

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our capital stock as of [•], 2022, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of our Class A Common Stock, for:

•each of our named executive officers;

•each of our directors;

•all of our executive officers and directors as a group; and

•each person or group of affiliated persons known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws.

Applicable percentage ownership before this Offering is based on [•] shares of Class A Common Stock and [•] shares of Class B Common Stock outstanding as of [•], 2022. Applicable percentage ownership after this Offering is based on shares of Class A Common Stock and shares of Class B Common Stock outstanding immediately after the completion of this Offering. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of such person, we deemed to be outstanding all shares subject to options or warrants held by the person that are currently exercisable, or exercisable within 60 days of [•], 2022. However, except as described above, we did not deem such shares outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed below is c/o T1V, Inc., 5025 West W.T. Harris Boulevard, Suite A, Charlotte, NC 28269.

	Shares Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering						Shares Beneficially Owned After Offering(1)
Name of Beneficial Owner	Class A Common Stock		Class B Common Stock		% of Total Voting Power	# of Shares being Sold	Class A Common Stock		Class B Common Stock		% of Total Voting Power
	Shares	%	Shares	%			Shares	%	Shares	%
5% Stockholders
Directors and Named Executive Officers
Michael Feldman
James Morris
Adam Loritsch
Dieter Woelfle
John Stein
Christopher McKee
David Almagor (Director Nominee)
[____________] (Director Nominee)
All directors and executive officers as a group ([•] persons)

____________

*Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

92

(1)The number of shares of our Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock that will be beneficially owned after this Offering is based on [•] shares of our common stock outstanding on [•], 2022, which will be reclassified as Class A Common Stock, and assumes: (i) the conversion, immediately prior to the completion of this Offering, of all outstanding shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock into [•] shares of Class B Common Stock; (ii) the conversion, immediately prior to the completion of this Offering, of all outstanding shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock into [•] shares of Class A Common Stock; (iii) the conversion, immediately prior to the completion of this Offering, of an aggregate of $[•] in principal amount of certain convertible notes, including any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, into [•] shares of Class A Common Stock; (iv) the conversion, immediately prior to the completion of this Offering, of an aggregate of $[•] in principal amount of certain convertible notes, including any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, into [•] shares of Class A Common Stock (31% of the aggregate principal amount and accrued interest converted) and [•] shares of Class B Common Stock (69% of the aggregate principal amount and accrued interest converted); and (v) the occurrence of the Split at an assumed ratio of 50-for-1, which is the approximate midpoint of the range between 35-for-1 and 70-for-1, which range was approved by our board of directors, with the actual ratio being subject to the further approval of our board of directors and our stockholders; and excludes:

•[•] shares of Class A Common Stock into which shares of Class B Common Stock are convertible, at any time, at a conversion rate of one share of Class A Common Stock for each share of Class B Common Stock converted;

•[•] shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase shares of our Class A Common Stock, with a weighted average exercise price of $[•] per share.

•[•] shares of our Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class A Common Stock, with a weighted average exercise price of $[•] per share;

•[•] shares of our Class A Common Stock reserved for future issuance under our 2022 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective in connection with this Offering; and

•[•] shares of our Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Representative’s Warrants to be issued upon consummation of this Offering which are exercisable for up to 5% of the aggregate number of shares of Class A Common Stock sold in this Offering, excluding any shares of Class A Common Stock sold pursuant to the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option.

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

93

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

General

The following is a summary of the rights of our common stock and preferred stock and some of the provisions of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will each become effective immediately prior to the completion of this Offering, and relevant provisions of Delaware General Corporation Law. The descriptions herein are qualified in their entirety by our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, as well as the relevant provisions of Delaware General Corporation Law.

Prior to the completion of this Offering, we will (i) file our amended and restated certificate of incorporation reclassifying the common stock into Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock; (ii) file an amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation with respect to the Split and a change in the number of shares of capital stock that we are authorized to issue to 150,000,000shares of Class A Common Stock, 10,000,000shares of Class B Common Stock and 10,000,000shares of blank check preferred stock, prior to the issuance of any of the shares of Class B Common Stock, as discussed elsewhere in this prospectus; and (iii) file our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, immediately prior to closing of this Offering, providing for the mandatory conversion of (a) all outstanding shares of our Series A Preferred Stock into shares of Class B Common Stock and (b) all outstanding shares of our Series B Preferred Stock into shares of Class A Common Stock as discussed elsewhere in this prospectus and such other terms as shall be applicable after the completion of this Offering.

Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for two classes of common stock: Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock. Upon completion of this Offering, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize shares of undesignated preferred stock, the rights, preferences and privileges of which may be designated from time to time by our board of directors.

Upon the completion of this Offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of the following shares, all with a par value of $0.001 per share, of which:

•150,000,000shares are designated as Class A Common Stock;

•10,000,000shares are designated as Class B Common Stock; and

•10,000,000shares are designated as preferred stock.

As of October1, 2022, we had 1,690,350shares of common stock (all of which will be classified as shares of Class A Common Stock upon the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and giving effect to the Split at an assumed ratio of 50-for-1, which is the approximate midpoint of the range between 35-for-1 and 70-for-1, which range was approved by our board of directors, with the actual ratio being subject to the further approval of our board of directors and our stockholders) and 103,135shares of preferred stock outstanding. Upon the completion of this Offering, including all of the events described in the immediately following paragraph and taking into account the exclusions described therein, there will be [•]shares of Class A Common Stock and [•] shares of Class B Common Stock outstanding As of October1, 2022, after giving effect to the reclassification of our common stock, we had outstanding options to acquire 1,522,000shares of Class A Common Stock.

The number of shares of our Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock that will be outstanding after this Offering is based on [•] shares of our common stock outstanding on [•], 2022, which will be reclassified as Class A Common Stock, and assumes: (i) the conversion, immediately prior to the completion of this Offering, of all outstanding shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock into [•] shares of Class B Common Stock; (ii) the conversion, immediately prior to the completion of this Offering, of all outstanding shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock into [•] shares of Class A Common Stock; (iii) the conversion, immediately prior to the completion of this Offering, of an aggregate of $[•] in principal amount of certain convertible notes, including any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, into [•] shares of Class A Common Stock; (iv) the conversion, immediately prior to the completion of this Offering, of an aggregate of $[•] in principal amount of certain convertible notes, including any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, into [•] shares of Class A Common Stock (31% of the aggregate principal amount and accrued interest converted) and [•] shares of Class B Common Stock (69% of the aggregate principal amount and accrued

94

interest converted); and (v) the occurrence of the Split at an assumed ratio of 50-for-1, which is the approximate midpoint of the range between 35-for-1 and 70-for-1, which range was approved by our board of directors, with the actual ratio being subject to the further approval of our board of directors and our stockholders; and excludes:

•[•] shares of Class A Common Stock into which shares of Class B Common Stock are convertible, at any time, at a conversion rate of one share of Class A Common Stock for each share of Class B Common Stock converted;

•[•] shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase shares of our Class A Common Stock, with a weighted average exercise price of $[•] per share.

•[•] shares of our Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class A Common Stock, with a weighted average exercise price of $[•] per share;

•[•] shares of our Class A Common Stock reserved for future issuance under our 2022 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective in connection with this Offering; and

•[•] shares of our Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Representative’s Warrants to be issued upon consummation of this Offering which are exercisable for up to 5% of the aggregate number of shares of Class A Common Stock sold in this Offering, excluding any shares of Class A Common Stock sold pursuant to the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option.

The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock, Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote thereon, without a separate vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, unless a vote of any such holders is required pursuant to the terms of any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock.

Class A and Class B Common Stock

All issued and outstanding shares of our Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. All authorized but unissued shares of our Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock will be available for issuance by our board of directors without any further stockholder action, except as required by the Nasdaq Listing Rules or otherwise required under the Delaware General Corporation Law. Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, except with respect to voting rights and conversion rights, the Class A Common stock and Class B Common stock are treated equally and identically.

Voting Rights

Holders of Class A Common Stock will be entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders, and holders of Class B Common Stock will be entitled to 10 votes per share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. The holders of our Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock will generally vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders, unless otherwise required by Delaware law or our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect immediately prior to the completion of this Offering will not provide for cumulative voting for the election of directors.

Dividend Rights

Holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock will be entitled to ratably receive dividends if, as and when declared from time to time by our board of directors at its own discretion out of funds legally available for that purpose, after payment of dividends required to be paid on outstanding preferred stock, if any. Under Delaware law, we can only pay dividends either out of “surplus” or out of the current or the immediately preceding year’s net profits. Surplus is defined as the excess, if any, at any given time, of the total assets of a corporation over its total liabilities and statutory capital. The value of a corporation’s assets can be measured in a number of ways and may not necessarily equal their book value.

95

Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions

Upon our dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders are distributable ratably among the holders of our Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debt and liabilities and the preferential rights and payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Conversion

Each share of our Class B Common Stock is convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one share of our Class A Common Stock. In addition, each share of our Class B Common Stock will convert automatically into one share of our Class A Common Stock upon any transfer, whether or not for value, except certain transfers to entities, to the extent the transferor retains sole dispositive power and exclusive voting control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock, and certain other transfers described in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation. All outstanding shares of our Class B Common Stock will convert into shares of our Class A Common Stock upon the earlier of (i) the date that is six months after the date that the co-founders of T1V, Michael Feldman, our CEO and James Morris, our Chief Technology Officer (collectively, the “Co-Founders”), both no longer serve as an officer, director or are employed by T1V; (ii) the date that is six months after the death of the last to die of the Co-Founders; and (iii) the date specified by the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, voting as a separate class.

Other Matters

The Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock will have no preemptive rights pursuant to the terms of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock. All outstanding shares of our Class A Common Stock will be fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

As of August1, 2022, there were 102,802shares of preferred stock outstanding, 64,157 of which are designated as Series A Preferred Stock (in five separate series — A-1, A-2, A-3, A-4 and A-5) and 38,645 of which are designated as Series B Preferred Stock. Upon the completion of this Offering, all of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock will convert into [•] shares of Class B Common Stock, all of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock will convert into [•] shares of Class A Common Stock and there will no longer be any shares of preferred stock outstanding.

Upon the completion of this Offering, our board of directors may, without further action by our stockholders, fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of up to an aggregate of shares of preferred stock in one or more series and authorize their issuance. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of our common stock. The issuance of our preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of our common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control or other corporate action. Upon the completion of this Offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Options

As of August 1, 2022, we had outstanding options under our equity compensation plans to purchase an aggregate of 1,292,750shares of our Class A Common Stock (giving effect to the reclassification of our shares of common stock to Class A Common Stock), with a weighted-average exercise price of $[•] per share and giving effect to the Split at an assumed ratio of 50-for-1, which is the approximate midpoint of the range between 35-for-1 and 70-for-1, which range was approved by our board of directors, with the actual ratio being subject to the further approval of our board of directors and our stockholders.

96

Registration Rights

Generally, in an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares such holders may include. The following describes registration rights granted prior to this Offering, with respect to our shares of Class A Common Stock.

Demand Registration Rights

The holders of an aggregate of [•] shares of our Class A Common Stock (giving effect to the reclassification of our shares of common stock to Class A Common Stock and the conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock to Class A Common stock and giving effect to the Split at an assumed ratio of 50-for-1, which is the approximate midpoint of the range between 35-for-1 and 70-for-1, which range was approved by our board of directors, with the actual ratio being subject to the further approval of our board of directors and our stockholders) will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. At any time beginning one year after the completion of this Offering, the holders of at least 30% of these shares may request that we register all or a portion of their shares. At any time when the Company is eligible to use a Registration Statement on Form S-3, the holders of at least 20% of these shares may request that we register all or a portion of their shares. We are obligated to effect only two such registrations in any twelve-month period. Such request for registration must cover shares with an anticipated aggregate offering price of at least $2 million.

Piggyback Registration Rights

In connection with this offering, the holders of an aggregate of [•] shares of our Class A Common Stock (giving effect to the reclassification of our shares of common stock to Class A Common Stock and the conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock to Class A Common Stock and giving effect to the Split at an assumed ratio of 50-for-1, which is the approximate midpoint of the range between 35-for-1 and 70-for-1, which range was approved by our board of directors, with the actual ratio being subject to the further approval of our board of directors and our stockholders) were entitled to, and the necessary percentage of holders waived, their rights to notice of this Offering and to include their shares of registrable securities in this Offering. After this Offering, in the event that we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act for sale to the public, the holders of these shares will be entitled to certain piggyback registration rights allowing the holder to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to (i) registration statements on Form S-8 relating solely to employee benefit plans or (ii) registration statements on Form S-4 relating to a corporate reorganization or other Rule 145 transactions, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right to include their shares in the registration, subject to limitations that the underwriters may impose on the number of shares included in this Offering.

Certain Older Notes

In 2013, 2014 and 2015, we entered into a total of 14 notes payable with nine related and unrelated third parties at an interest rate of 12% per annum. The aggregate principal amount of such notes was $142,424, and accrued interest on such notes as of June 30, 2022 was $124,173. For the year ended December 31, 2021, principal of $20,907.94, and interest in the amount of $26,403.50 was paid on these notes. For the period ending June30, 2022, principal in the amount of $5,628.84, and interest in the amount of $3,768.57 was paid on these notes. We currently intend to amend and restate these notes payable prior to the consummation of this Offering in order to make them convertible into shares of our Class A Common Stock upon consummation of this Offering, at the per share price for Class A Common Stock in this Offering.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Some provisions of Delaware law, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws contain or will contain provisions that could make the following transactions more difficult: an acquisition of us by means of a tender offer; an acquisition of us by means of a proxy contest or otherwise; or the removal of our incumbent officers and directors. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish or could deter transactions that stockholders may otherwise consider to be in their best interest or in our best interests, including transactions which provide for payment of a premium over the market price for our shares.

97

These provisions, summarized below, are intended to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of the increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging these proposals because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Dual Class Stock

As described above in “— Class A and Class B Common Stock — Voting Rights,” our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for a dual class common stock structure, which provides our founders, current investors, executives and employees with significant influence over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our Company or our assets.

Stockholder Meetings

Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by our Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer or President, or by a resolution adopted by a majority of our board of directors.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals

Our amended and restated bylaws will establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals to be brought before a stockholder meeting and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors.

Stockholders Not Entitled to Cumulative Voting

Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will not permit stockholders to cumulate their votes in the election of directors. Accordingly, the holders of a plurality of the outstanding shares of our common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they choose.

Choice of Forum

Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative form, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if and only if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware lacks subject matter jurisdiction, any state court located within the State of Delaware or, if and only if all such state courts lack subject matter jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) and any appellate court therefrom will be the sole and exclusive forum will be the sole and exclusive forum for: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty or other wrongdoing by any of our directors, officers, other employees to us or our stockholders; (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws (as each may be amended from time to time); (iv) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws (as each may be amended from time to time, including any right, obligation or remedy thereunder); or (v) any claim or cause of action against us or any of our current or former directors, officers or employees governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in all cases to the fullest extent permitted by law and subject to the court having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants. Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also provide that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in our securities will be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to this choice of forum provision. It is possible that a court of law could rule that this choice of forum provision to be contained in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation is inapplicable or unenforceable if it is challenged in a proceeding or otherwise.

98

The foregoing provisions of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will not apply to claims or causes of action brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act.

The provisions of Delaware law, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers, and as a consequence, they may also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our Class A Common Stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in the composition of our board and management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock will be [•].

Exchange Listing

Our Class A Common Stock is currently not listed on any securities exchange. We intend to apply to have our Class A Common Stock listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “[•].” There is no assurance that our Class A Common Stock will be accepted for listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market and in the event that our Class A Common Stock is not accepted by Nasdaq for listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market, this Offering will not be consummated.

99

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this Offering, there has been no public market for our Class A Common Stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of Class A Common Stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of our Class A Common Stock. Although we intend to apply to have our Class A Common Stock listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, we cannot assure you that there will be an active public market for our Class A Common Stock.

Following the completion of this Offering and assuming the occurrence or non-occurrence (as applicable)of the assumptions set forth below, we will have outstanding an aggregate of [•] shares of Class A Common Stock and [•] shares of Class B Common Stock.

The number of shares of our Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock that will be outstanding after this Offering is based on [•] shares of our common stock outstanding on [•], 2022, which will be reclassified as Class A Common Stock, and assumes: (i) the conversion, immediately prior to the completion of this Offering, of all outstanding shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock into [•] shares of Class B Common Stock; (ii) the conversion, immediately prior to the completion of this Offering, of all outstanding shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock into [•] shares of Class A Common Stock; (iii) the conversion, immediately prior to the completion of this Offering, of an aggregate of $[•] in principal amount of certain convertible notes, including any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, into [•] shares of Class A Common Stock; (iv) the conversion, immediately prior to the completion of this Offering, of an aggregate of $[•] in principal amount of certain convertible notes, including any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, into [•] shares of Class A Common Stock (31% of the aggregate principal amount and accrued interest converted) and [•] shares of Class B Common Stock (69% of the aggregate principal amount and accrued interest converted); and (v) the occurrence of the Split at an assumed ratio of 50-for-1, which is the approximate midpoint of the range between 35-for-1 and 70-for-1, which range was approved by our board of directors, with the actual ratio being subject to the further approval of our board of directors and our stockholders; and excludes:

•[•] shares of Class A Common Stock into which shares of Class B Common Stock are convertible, at any time, at a conversion rate of one share of Class A Common Stock for each share of Class B Common Stock converted;

•[•] shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase shares of our Class A Common Stock, with a weighted average exercise price of $[•] per share;

•[•] shares of our Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class A Common Stock, with a weighted average exercise price of $[•] per share;

•[•] shares of our Class A Common Stock reserved for future issuance under our 2022 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective in connection with this Offering; and

•[•] shares of our Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Representative’s Warrants to be issued upon consummation of this Offering which are exercisable for up to 5% of the aggregate number of shares of Class A Common Stock sold in this Offering, excluding any shares of Class A Common Stock sold pursuant to the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option.

Of these shares, all shares of Class A Common Stock sold in this Offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares of Class A Common Stock purchased by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Shares purchased by our affiliates would be subject to the Rule 144 resale restrictions described below, other than the holding period requirement.

The shares of Class B Common Stock outstanding after this Offering will be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, each of which is summarized below. All of these shares will be subject to a 180-day lock-up period under the lock-up agreements and market standoff agreements described below.

In addition, of the 1,292,750shares of our Class A Common Stock (giving effect to the reclassification of our shares of common stock to Class A Common Stock and giving effect to the Split at an assumed ratio of 50-for-1, which is the approximate midpoint of the range between 35-for-1 and 70-for-1, which range was approved by our board of

100

directors, with the actual ratio being subject to the further approval of our board of directors and our stockholders) that were subject to stock options outstanding as of August 1, 2022, of which options to purchase [•] shares of Class A Common Stock (giving effect to the reclassification of our shares of common stock to Class A Common Stock and giving effect to the Split at an assumed ratio of 50-for-1, which is the approximate midpoint of the range between 35-for-1 and 70-for-1, which range was approved by our board of directors, with the actual ratio being subject to the further approval of our board of directors and our stockholders) were vested as of such date, upon exercise, these shares will be eligible for sale subject to the lock-up agreements described below and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act.

Lock-Up Agreements and Market Standoff Provisions

We, along with our directors, executive officers and affiliates, have agreed with the underwriters that for a period of six months after the date of this prospectus, subject to specified exceptions as detailed further in “Underwriters” below, we or they will not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, request or demand that we file a registration statement related to our common stock or enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the common stock. All of our stockholders are subject to a market stand-off agreement with us that imposes similar restrictions.

Upon expiration of the lock-up period, certain of our stockholders will have the right to require us to register their shares under the Securities Act. See “— Registration Rights” below and “Description of Securities — Registration Rights.”

Upon the expiration of the lock-up period, substantially all of the shares subject to such lock-up restrictions will become eligible for sale, subject to the limitations discussed below.

Affiliate Resales of Restricted Securities

In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is an affiliate of ours, or who was an affiliate at any time during the 90 days before a sale, and who has beneficially owned shares of our capital stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell in “broker’s transactions” or certain “riskless principal transactions” or to market makers, a number of shares within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of:

•1% of the number of shares of our Class A Common Stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately [•] shares immediately after this Offering; or

•the average weekly trading volume in our Class A Common Stock on during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Affiliate resales under Rule 144 are also subject to the availability of current public information about us. In addition, if the number of shares being sold under Rule 144 by an affiliate during any three-month period exceeds 5,000shares or has an aggregate sale price in excess of $50,000, the seller must file a notice on Form 144 with the Securities and Exchange Commission and concurrently with either the placing of a sale order with the broker or the execution of a sale directly with a market maker.

Non-Affiliate Resales of Restricted Securities

In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is not an affiliate of ours at the time of sale, and has not been an affiliate at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned shares of our capital stock for at least six months but less than a year, is entitled to sell such shares subject only to the availability of current public information about us. If such person has held our shares for at least one year, such person can resell under Rule 144(b)(1) without regard to any Rule 144 restrictions, including the 90-day public company requirement and the current public information requirement.

Non-affiliate resales are not subject to the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice filing provisions of Rule 144.

101

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchases shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of a registration statement under the Securities Act is entitled to sell such shares 90 days after such effective date in reliance on Rule 144. Securities issued in reliance on Rule 701 are restricted securities and, subject to the contractual restrictions described above, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, may be sold by persons other than “affiliates,” as defined in Rule 144, subject only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144 and by “affiliates” under Rule 144 without compliance with its one-year minimum holding period requirement. However, substantially all Rule 701shares are subject to lock-up agreements as described above and will become eligible for sale upon the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

Form S-8 Registration Statement

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all shares of Class A Common Stock issued or issuable under the 2014 Plan, 2019 Plan and the 2022 Plan. We expect to file the registration statement covering shares offered pursuant to these stock plans shortly after the date of this prospectus, permitting the resale of such shares by non-affiliates in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act and the sale by affiliates in the public market subject to compliance with the resale provisions of Rule 144.

Registration Rights

See “Description of Securities — Registration Rights” beginning on page 97 of this prospectus for more information about outstanding registration rights.

102

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our Class A Common Stock issued pursuant to this Offering. This discussion is not a complete analysis of all potential U.S. federal income tax consequences relating thereto, does not address the potential application of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income or the alternative minimum tax, and does not address any estate or gift tax consequences or any tax consequences arising under any state, local or foreign tax laws, or any other U.S. federal tax laws. This discussion is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service, all as in effect as of the date of this prospectus. These authorities are subject to differing interpretations and may change, possibly retroactively, resulting in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. We have not requested a ruling from the IRS with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will agree with such statements and conclusions.

This discussion is limited to non-U.S. holders who purchase our Class A Common Stock pursuant to this Offering and who hold our Class A Common Stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a particular holder in light of such holder’s particular circumstances. This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may be relevant to holders subject to special rules under the U.S. federal income tax laws, including:

•certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

•partnerships or other pass-through entities (and investors therein);

•“controlled foreign corporations”;

•“passive foreign investment companies”;

•corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

•banks, financial institutions, investment funds, insurance companies, brokers, dealers or traders in securities;

•tax-exempt organizations and governmental organizations;

•tax-qualified retirement plans;

•persons subject to special tax accounting rules under Section 451(b) of the Code;

•persons who hold or receive our Class A Common Stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation;

•“qualified foreign pension funds” as defined in Section 897(l)(2) of the Code and entities all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds;

•persons that own, or have owned, actually or constructively, more than 5% of our Class A Common Stock;

•persons who have elected to mark securities to market; and

•persons holding our Class A Common Stock as part of a hedging or conversion transaction or straddle, or a constructive sale, or other risk reduction strategy or integrated investment.

If an entity or arrangement that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our Class A Common Stock, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships holding our Class A Common Stock and the partners in such partnerships are urged to consult their tax advisors about the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences to them of holding and disposing of our Class A Common Stock.

103

THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF ACQUIRING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN TAX LAWS AND ANY OTHER U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS. IN ADDITION, SIGNIFICANT CHANGES IN U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS WERE RECENTLY ENACTED. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD ALSO CONSULT WITH THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO SUCH CHANGES IN U.S. TAX LAW AS WELL AS POTENTIAL CONFORMING CHANGES IN STATE TAX LAWS.

Definition of Non-U.S. Holder

For purposes of this discussion, a non-U.S. holder is any beneficial owner of our Class A Common Stock that is not a “U.S. person” or a partnership (including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. person is any person that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as any of the following:

•an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

•a corporation (or any entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

•an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

•a trust (i) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) that has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

Distributions on Our Class A Common Stock

As described under the section titled “Dividend Policy,” we have not paid and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. However, if we make cash or other property distributions on our Class A Common Stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts that exceed such current and accumulated earnings and profits and, therefore, are not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and will first be applied against and reduce a holder’s tax basis in our Class A Common Stock, but not below zero. Any excess amount distributed will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of our Class A Common Stock and will be treated as described under the section titled “— Gain On Disposition of Our Class A Common Stock” below.

Subject to the discussion below regarding effectively connected income, backup withholding and FATCA (as defined below), dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our Class A Common Stock generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty. To receive the benefit of a reduced treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must furnish us or the applicable withholding agent a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or applicable successor form) certifying such holder’s qualification for the reduced rate. This certification must be provided to us or the withholding agent before the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically. If the non-U.S. holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-U.S. holder’s behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or the withholding agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.

If a non-U.S. holder holds our Class A Common Stock in connection with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and dividends paid on our Class A Common Stock are effectively connected with such holder’s U.S. trade or business (and are attributable to such holder’s permanent establishment or fixed base in the United States if required by an applicable tax treaty), the non-U.S. holder will be exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax. To claim the exemption, the non-U.S. holder must generally furnish a valid IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form) to the applicable withholding agent.

104

However, any such effectively connected dividends paid on our Class A Common Stock generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States. A non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, as adjusted for certain items.

Non-U.S. holders that do not provide the required certification on a timely basis, but that qualify for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Gain on Disposition of Our Class A Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding and FATCA, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized on the sale or other disposition of our Class A Common Stock, unless:

•the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States;

•the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition and certain other requirements are met; or

•our Class A Common Stock constitutes a “United States real property interest” by reason of our status as a United States real property holding corporation (USRPHC) for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period for our Class A Common Stock, and our Class A Common Stock is not regularly traded on an established securities market during the calendar year in which the sale or other disposition occurs.

Determining whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests relative to the fair market value of our other trade or business assets and our foreign real property interests. We believe that we are not currently and do not anticipate becoming a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, although there can be no assurance we will not in the future become a USRPHC.

Gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States. A non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, as adjusted for certain items. Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a flat 30% rate (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty), but may be offset by certain U.S.-source capital losses (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses. Gain described in the third bullet point above will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax in the same manner as gain that is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business (subject to any provisions under an applicable income tax treaty), except that the branch profits tax generally will not apply. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Annual reports are required to be filed with the IRS and provided to each non-U.S. holder indicating the amount of dividends on our Class A Common Stock paid to such holder and the amount of any tax withheld with respect to those dividends. These information reporting requirements apply even if no withholding was required because the dividends were effectively connected with the holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business, or withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable income tax treaty. This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established. Backup withholding, currently at a 24% rate, generally will not apply to payments to a non-U.S. holder of dividends on or the gross proceeds of a disposition of our Class A Common Stock provided the non-U.S. holder furnishes the required

105

certification for its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form), or certain other requirements are met. Backup withholding may apply if the payor has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person who is not an exempt recipient.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. If any amount is withheld under the backup withholding rules, the non-U.S. holder should consult with a U.S. tax advisor regarding the possibility of and procedure for obtaining a refund or a credit against the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any.

Withholding on Foreign Entities

Under Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as “FATCA”), a 30% U.S. federal withholding tax may apply to any dividends paid on our common stock to (i) a “foreign financial institution” (as specifically defined in the Code) which does not provide sufficient documentation, typically on IRS Form W-8BEN-E, evidencing either (x) an exemption from FATCA, or (y) its compliance (or deemed compliance) with FATCA (which may alternatively be in the form of compliance with an intergovernmental agreement with the United States) in a manner which avoids withholding, or (ii) a “non-financial foreign entity” (as specifically defined in the Code) which does not provide sufficient documentation, typically on IRS Form W-8BEN-E, evidencing either (x) an exemption from FATCA, or (y) adequate information regarding certain substantial U.S. beneficial owners of such entity (if any). If a dividend payment is both subject to withholding under FATCA and subject to the withholding tax discussed above under “— Distributions on Our Class A Common Stock” the withholding under FATCA may be credited against, and therefore reduce, such other withholding tax. While withholding under FATCA would have also applied to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our common stock on or after January 1, 2019, recently proposed Treasury Regulations eliminate such withholding on payments of gross proceeds entirely. Taxpayers generally may rely on these proposed Treasury Regulations until final Treasury Regulations are issued. You should consult your own tax advisors regarding these requirements and whether they may be relevant to your ownership and disposition of our common stock. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of FATCA on their investment in our Class A Common Stock.

106

UNDERWRITING

We and the selling shareholders have entered into an underwriting agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with EF Hutton, division of Benchmark Investments, LLC, who is acting as the representative of the underwriters of this Offering). The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters are subject to representations, warranties and conditions contained therein. The underwriters agree to purchase, subject to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, from the Company the number of shares of Class A Common Stock listed opposite their names below. Pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, the underwriters will be committed to purchase and pay for all of the Class A Common Stock, other than Class A Common stock covered by the over-allotment option described below.

Underwriters	Number of Shares
EF Hutton, division of Benchmark Investments, LLC
Total

The underwriters have advised us that they propose to offer the shares of Class A Common Stock to the public at a price of $[•] per share. The underwriters propose to offer the shares Class A Common Stock to certain dealers at the same price less a concession of not more than $[•] per share.

A copy of the form of underwriting agreement will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

The shares of Class A Common Stock sold in this Offering are expected to be ready for delivery on or about [•], 2022, against payment in immediately available funds. The underwriters may reject all or part of any order.

Over-Allotment Option

Pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, the Company and the selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional [•] shares of Class A Common Stock (equal to 15% of the number of shares Class A Common Stock offered hereby) at the same price to the public, less the same underwriting discount as set forth in the table below. The underwriters may exercise this option any time during the 45-day period after the closing date of this Offering, but only to cover over-allotments, if any. To the extent the underwriters exercise the Over-Allotment Option, one-third of the shares purchased upon the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option will be purchased from the Company and two-thirds of the shares will be purchased from the selling stockholders, on a pro rata basis. The underwriters will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase the shares of Class A Common Stock for which they exercise the Over-Allotment Option. The Company will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the shares of Class A Common Stock by the selling stockholders to the underwriters pursuant to the Over-Allotment Option.

	Per Share	Total with No Over-Allotment	Total with Over-Allotment(1)
Initial public offering price	$	$	$
Underwriting discount to be paid by us	$	$	$
Proceeds, before expenses to us	$	$	$

____________

(1)To the extent the underwriters exercise the Over-Allotment Option, one-third of the shares will be sold by the Company to the underwriters and two-thirds of the shares will be sold by the selling stockholders, on a pro rata basis, less underwriting discounts and commissions.

Underwriting Discount

We have agreed to pay the underwriters a cash fee equal to eight percent (8%) of the aggregate gross proceeds received by the Company from the securities sold in this Offering.

Pursuant to an engagement agreement, dated July 26, 2021 (the “Engagement Agreement”), between the Company and the Representative, we will be also responsible for and will pay all expenses relating to this Offering, including, without limitation, (a) all filing fees and expenses relating to the registration of the securities with the Commission; (b) all

107

fees and expenses relating to the listing of the Company’s common stock on a national exchange; (c) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to the registration or qualification of the securities under the “blue sky” securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions as the Representative may reasonably designate (including, without limitation, all filing and registration fees, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of the Company’s “blue sky” counsel, which will be the underwriters’ counsel) unless such filings are not required in connection with the Company’s proposed listing on a national exchange, if applicable; (d) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to the registration, qualification or exemption of the securities under the securities laws of such foreign jurisdictions as the Representative may reasonably designate; (e) the costs of all mailing and printing of the offering documents; (f) transfer and/or stamp taxes, if any, payable upon the transfer of securities from the Company to the underwriters; (g) the fees and expenses of the Company’s accountants; and (h) a maximum of $175,00 for fees and expenses, including “road show,” diligence and reasonable legal fees and disbursements for the Representative’s counsel. The Company shall be responsible to pay the underwriters’ external legal costs irrespective if this Offering is consummated or not, which amount shall not exceed $30,000, including of the $15,000 advance (the “Advance”) previously paid by the Company pursuant to the Engagement Agreement. The Advance shall be applied towards out-of-pocket accountable expense set forth herein and any portion of the Advance shall be returned to the Company to the extent not actually incurred. The Representative may deduct from the net proceeds of this Offering payable to the Company on the closing date, or the closing date of the Over-Allotment Option, if any, the expenses set forth herein to be paid by the Company to the Representative. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Advance received by the Representative will be reimbursed to the Company to the extent not actually incurred in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(4)(A).

We have also agreed to pay the underwriters a non-accountable expense allowance of $[•] (equal to 1% of the gross proceeds of this Offering). We estimate that expenses payable by us in connection with this Offering, including reimbursement of the underwriters’ out-of-pocket expenses, but excluding the underwriting discount referred to above, will be approximately $[•].

Representative’s Warrants

As additional compensation for the Representative’s services, we have agreed to issue warrants to the Representative or its designees, upon the closing of this Offering, which entitles it to purchase 5% of the total number of shares of Class A Common Stock sold in this Offering, excluding the Over-Allotment Option. The exercise price of the Representative’s Warrants is equal to 110% of the public offering price per share of the shares of Class A Common Stock offered hereby. The Representative’s Warrants will be exercisable at any time and from time to time, in whole or in part, during the four and a half-year period commencing six months after the commencement of sales of the Shares in this Offering. The Representative’s Warrants and the shares of Class A Common Stock underlying the Representative’s Warrants have been deemed compensation by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (FINRA) and are therefore subject to a 180-day lock-up pursuant to Rule 5110(e)(1) of FINRA. In accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(e)(1), neither the Representative’s Warrants nor any shares of our Class A Common Stock issued upon exercise of the Representative’s Warrants may be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, or hypothecated, or be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of such securities by any person for a period of 180 days beginning on the date of commencement of sales of the Shares in this Offering, except the transfer of any security:

•by operation of law or by reason of reorganization of the Company;

•to any FINRA member firm participating in this Offering and the officers or partners thereof, if all securities so transferred remain subject to the lock-up restriction described above for the remainder of the time period;

•if the aggregate amount of securities of the Company held by either an underwriter or a related person does not exceed 1% of the securities being offered;

•that is beneficially owned on a pro-rata basis by all equity owners of an investment fund, provided that no participating member manages or otherwise directs investments by the fund, and participating members in the aggregate do not own more than 10% of the equity in the fund; or

•the exercise or conversion of any security, if all securities received remain subject to the lock-up restriction set forth above for the remainder of the time period.

108

The Representative’s Warrants may be exercised as to all or a lesser number of shares of Class A Common Stock, and will provide for cashless exercise and customary anti-dilution provisions (adjustment in the number and price of such warrants and the shares underlying such warrants) resulting from corporate events (which would include dividends, reorganizations, mergers, etc.) when the public stockholders have been proportionally affected and otherwise in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(8)(E). Further, the Representative’s Warrants will provide for a one-time demand registration right and unlimited “piggyback” rights at our expense in the event the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part is no longer effective. The one-time demand registration of the sale of the underlying shares of Class A Common Stock will not be greater than five (5) years after the closing of this Offering in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(8)(C) and the unlimited “piggyback” registration rights will not be greater than seven (7) years after the closing of this Offering in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(8)(D).

Other than the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have had no material relationship with us or any of our affiliates and have not owned any of our securities prior to this Offering.

Indemnification

Pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, we also intend to agree to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including civil liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

Offering Information

No action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the shares of Class A Common Stock offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. None of the shares of Class A Common Stock included in this Offering may be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sales of any of the shares of Class A Common Stock being offered hereby be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons who receive this prospectus are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this Offering of securities and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus is neither an offer to sell nor a solicitation of any offer to buy our shares of Class A Common Stock in any jurisdiction where that would not be permitted or legal.

The underwriters have advised us that they do not intend to confirm sales to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

The underwriters may allocate no more than $[•] of the securities issued in this Offering to members of management and their affiliates.

Right of First Refusal

We have granted the Representative a right of first refusal, for a period of twelve (12) months from the closing of this Offering, to act as sole investment banker, sole book-runner, and/or sole placement agent, at the Representative’s sole discretion, for each and every future public and private equity and debt offering, including all equity linked financings, subject to certain exceptions (each, a “subject transaction”), during such twelve (12) month period, of the Company, or any successor to or subsidiary of the Company, on terms and conditions customary to the Representative for such subject transactions.

Tail Rights

In the event that the Representative does not consummate this Offering, the Representative shall be entitled to a cash fee equal to eight percent (8.0%) of the gross proceeds received by the Company from the sale of any securities or debt instruments to any investor actually introduced by the Representative to the Company during the engagement period (the “Tail Financing”), and such Tail Financing is consummated at any time during the engagement period or within the twelve (12) month period following the expiration of the engagement period, provided that such financing is by a party actually introduced to the Company in an offering in which the Company has direct knowledge of such party’s participation and not a party that the Company can demonstrate was already known to the Company.

109

Lock-Up — No Sales of Securities

The Company, on behalf of itself and any successor entity, will agree in the Underwriting Agreement that, without the prior written consent of the Representative, it will not, for a period of 180 days after the date of the Underwriting Agreement, (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of capital stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the Company; (ii) file or caused to be filed any registration statement with the SEC relating to this Offering of any shares of capital stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the Company; (iii) complete any offering of debt securities of the Company, other than entering into a line of credit with a traditional bank; or (iv) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of capital stock of the Company, whether any such transaction described in clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) above is to be settled by delivery of shares of capital stock of the Company or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

In addition, each of our directors, officers, selling stockholders and affiliates has agreed that for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, without the prior written consent of the Representative, and subject to certain exceptions, they will not, directly or indirectly, (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, grant, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any common stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for the common stock of the Company, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by such person or with respect to which such person has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition; (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of such securities; (iii) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any such securities; or (iv) publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement relating to any such securities.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

To facilitate this Offering, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our securities during and after this Offering. Specifically, the underwriters may over-allot or otherwise create a short position in our securities for their own account by selling more securities than we have sold to the underwriters. The underwriters may close out any short position by either exercising its option to purchase additional securities or purchasing securities in the open market.

In addition, the underwriters may stabilize or maintain the price of our securities by bidding for or purchasing securities in the open market and may impose penalty bids. If penalty bids are imposed, selling concessions allowed to broker-dealers participating in this Offering are reclaimed if securities previously distributed in this Offering are repurchased, whether in connection with stabilization transactions or otherwise. The effect of these transactions may be to stabilize or maintain the market price of our securities at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market. The imposition of a penalty bid may also affect the price of our securities to the extent that it discourages resales of our securities. The magnitude or effect of any stabilization or other transactions is uncertain. These transactions may be effected on the Nasdaq Capital Market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

In connection with this Offering, the underwriters and selling group members, if any, may also engage in passive market making transactions in our securities on the Nasdaq Capital Market. Passive market making consists of displaying bids on the Nasdaq Capital Market by the prices of independent market makers and effecting purchases limited by those prices in response to order flow. Rule 103 of Regulation M promulgated by the SEC limits the amount of net purchases that each passive market maker may make and the displayed size of each bid. Passive market making may stabilize the market price of our securities at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our securities. In addition, neither we nor the underwriters make any representation that the underwriters will engage in these transactions or that any transaction, if commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

110

Affiliations

Each underwriter and its respective affiliates are full-service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. The underwriters may in the future engage in investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. The underwriters may in the future receive customary fees and commissions for these transactions. We have not engaged the underwriters to perform any services for us in the previous 180 days, nor do we have any agreement to engage the underwriters to perform any services for us in the future, subject to the right to act as an advisor as described above.

In the ordinary course of its various business activities, each underwriter and its respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for its own account and for the accounts of its customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of the issuer. Each underwriter and its respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution

In connection with this Offering, the underwriters or certain of the securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail.

Other Relationships

We are not under any contractual obligation to engage the underwriters to provide any services for us after this Offering and have no present intent to do so. However, pursuant to the Engagement Agreement, the Representative has agreed to provide general financial advisory services to the Company such as introducing the Company to investors and assisting the Company in financings or other transactions (the “Advisory Services”).

If within twelve (12) months from the effective date of the termination or expiration of the Engagement Agreement either the Company or any party to whom the Company was directly introduced by the Representative, or who was contacted by the Representative on behalf of the Company in connection with its Advisory Services for the Company, proposes a financing or any a transaction with the Company, including, without limitation, a merger, acquisition or sale of stock or assets (in which the Company may be the acquiring or the acquired entity), joint venture, strategic alliance or other similar transaction (any such transaction, an “M&A Transaction”), then, if any such financing or an M&A Transaction is consummated, the Company shall pay fees to the Representative. Under the Engagement Agreement, as consideration for the Advisory Services in connection with a private placement of equity securities, the Company has agreed to pay the Representative a cash fee of eight percent (8%) of the amount of capital raised, invested or committed. For debt placements, the Company has agreed to pay the Representative a cash fee of six percent (6.0%) of the amount of capital raised, invested, or committed; provided, that, the Representative will not be entitled to the six percent (6%) cash fee for any debt placement shall be payable at the time of this Offering or within six (6) months after the closing of this Offering. The M&A Transaction fees shall be payable to the Representative at the closing or closings of the M&A Transaction to which it relates and shall be equal to five percent (5%) of the M&A Transaction consideration received.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area and the United Kingdom

In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area and the United Kingdom (each, a “relevant state”), no shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to this Offering to the public in that relevant state prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares that has been approved by the competent authority in that relevant state or, where appropriate, approved in another relevant state and notified to the competent authority in that relevant state, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that offers of our shares may be made to the public in that relevant state at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:

•to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the Prospectus Regulation;

111

•to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the Representative for any such offer; or;

•in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation;

Provided, that no such offer of shares shall require the issuer or the Representative to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation.

Each person in a relevant state who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with the Company and the Representative that it is a qualified investor within the meaning of the Prospectus Regulation.

In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 5(1) of the Prospectus Regulation, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer to the public other than their offer or resale in a relevant state to qualified investors, in circumstances in which the prior consent of the Representative has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

We, the Representative and each of our and the Representative’s respective affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgements and agreements.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any relevant state means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

References to the Prospectus Regulation include, in relation to the United Kingdom, the Prospectus Regulation as it forms part of United Kingdom domestic law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018.

The above selling restriction is in addition to any other selling restrictions set out below.

In connection with this Offering, the Representative is not acting for anyone other than the issuer and will not be responsible to anyone other than the issuer for providing the protections afforded to its clients nor for providing advice in relation to this Offering.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

This prospectus is for distribution only to persons who (i) have professional experience in matters relating to investments and who qualify as investment professionals within the meaning of Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (as amended, the “Financial Promotion Order”), (ii) are persons falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) (“high net worth companies, unincorporated associations etc.”) of the Financial Promotion Order, (iii) are outside the United Kingdom, or (iv) are persons to whom an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended in connection with the issue or sale of any securities may otherwise lawfully be communicated or caused to be communicated (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”)). This document is directed only at relevant persons and must not be acted on or relied on by persons who are not relevant persons. Any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is available only to relevant persons and will be engaged in only with relevant persons.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public

112

of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that ordinance.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

The shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) and, accordingly, will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or for the benefit of any Japanese Person or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to any Japanese Person, except in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines promulgated by relevant Japanese governmental or regulatory authorities in effect at the relevant time. For the purposes of this paragraph, “Japanese Person” shall mean any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada

The shares may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to Section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an exempt offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with exempt offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The securities to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale.

Prospective purchasers of the securities offered should conduct their own due diligence on the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Israel

In the State of Israel, this prospectus shall not be regarded as an offer to the public to purchase securities under the Israeli Securities Law, 5728 — 1968, which requires a prospectus to be published and authorized by the Israel Securities Authority, if it complies with certain provisions of Section 15 of the Israeli Securities Law, 5728 — 1968, including, inter alia, if: (i) the offer is made, distributed or directed to not more than 35 investors, subject to certain conditions (the “Addressed Investors”); or (ii) the offer is made, distributed or directed to certain qualified investors defined in the First Addendum of the Israeli Securities Law, 5728 — 1968, subject to certain conditions (the “Qualified Investors”). The Qualified Investors shall not be taken into account in the count of the Addressed Investors and may be offered to purchase securities in addition to the 35 Addressed Investors. The Company has not and will not take any action that would require it to publish a prospectus in accordance with and subject to the Israeli

113

Securities Law, 5728 — 1968. We have not and will not distribute this prospectus or make, distribute or direct an offer to subscribe for our securities to any person within the State of Israel, other than to Qualified Investors and up to 35 Addressed Investors.

Qualified Investors may have to submit written evidence that they meet the definitions set out in of the First Addendum to the Israeli Securities Law, 5728 — 1968. In particular, we may request, as a condition to be offered securities, that Qualified Investors will each represent and certify to us and/or to anyone acting on our behalf: (i) that it is an investor falling within one of the categories listed in the First Addendum to the Israeli Securities Law, 5728 — 1968; (ii) which of the categories listed in the First Addendum to the Israeli Securities Law, 5728 — 1968 regarding Qualified Investors is applicable to it; (iii) that it will abide by all provisions set forth in the Israeli Securities Law, 5728 — 1968 and the regulations promulgated thereunder in connection with the offer to be issued securities; (iv) that the securities that will be issued are, subject to exemptions available under the Israeli Securities Law, 5728 — 1968: (a) for its own account; (b) for investment purposes only; and (c) not issued with a view to resale within the State of Israel, other than in accordance with the provisions of the Israeli Securities Law, 5728 — 1968; and (v) that it is willing to provide further evidence of its Qualified Investor status. Addressed Investors may have to submit written evidence in respect of their identity and may have to sign and submit a declaration containing, inter alia, the Addressed Investor’s name, address and passport number or Israeli identification number.

We have not authorized and do not authorize the making of any offer of securities through any financial intermediary on our behalf, other than offers made by the underwriters and their respective affiliates, with a view to the final placement of the securities as contemplated in this document. Accordingly, no purchaser of the shares, other than the underwriters, is authorized to make any further offer of shares on our behalf or on behalf of the underwriters.

Nasdaq Listing Application

Our Class A Common Stock is currently not listed on any securities exchange. We intend to apply to have our Class A Common Stock listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “[•].” There is no assurance that our Class A Common Stock will be accepted for listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market and in the event that our Class A Common Stock is not accepted by Nasdaq for listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market, this Offering will not be consummated.

114

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of Class A Common Stock being offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP, New York, New York, is acting as counsel to the underwriters in connection with this Offering. The underwriters have been represented in connection with this Offering by Carmel, Milazzo & Feil LLP, New York, NY.

EXPERTS

The balance sheets of T1V, Inc as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and the related statements of operations, changes in mezzanine equity and stockholder’s deficit and cash flows for each of the years then ended have been audited by BF Borgers CPA PC, independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein. Such financial statements have been incorporated herein in reliance of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to this Offering of our Class A Common Stock. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some items of which are contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our Class A Common Stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract, or any other document, are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. The exhibits to the registration statement should be referenced for the complete contents of these contracts and documents. You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

Upon the closing of this Offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above.

We also maintain a website at www.t1v.com, at which, following the completion of this Offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on or accessible through our website is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. Therefore, if anyone gives you different or additional information, you should not rely on it. The information contained in this prospectus is correct as of its date. It may not continue to be correct after this date.

115

T1V, INC.
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

	Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	F-2
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020	F-3
Statements of Operations for the Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020	F-4
Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity and Shareholders’ Deficit for the Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020	F-5
Statements of Cash Flows for the Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020	F-6
Notes to Financial Statements for the Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020	F-7
Condensed Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2022 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2021	F-35
Condensed Statements of Operations for the Six Months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021 (Unaudited)	F-36
Condensed Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity and Shareholders’ Deficit for the Six Months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021 (Unaudited)	F-37
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows for the Six Months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021 (Unaudited)	F-38
Notes to Condensed Financial Statements for the Six Months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021 (Unaudited)	F-39

F-1

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the shareholders and the board of directors of T1V, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of T1V, Inc. as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/S/ BF Borgers CPA PC

BF Borgers CPA PC
PCAOB ID 5041

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2022
Lakewood, CO
October 11, 2022

F-2

T1V, INC.
BALANCE SHEETS

	As of December 31,
	2021			2020
Assets
Cash	$	713,462		$	537,200
Accounts receivable		801,680			880,103
Employee retention credit receivable		295,769			295,769
Inventory		263,459			297,609
Unbilled accounts receivable		491,946			47,241
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		240,803			118,150
Total current assets		2,807,119			2,176,072
Property and equipment, net		355,148			401,300
Right of use assets, net		391,429			506,649
Intangible assets, net		1,108,574			775,968
Other assets		22,556			22,556
Total assets	$	4,684,826		$	3,882,545
Liabilities, mezzanine equity and stockholders’ deficit
Line of credit	$	49,984		$	821,405
Accounts payable		907,304			596,785
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		1,426,410			898,344
Accrued interest		3,307,200			3,232,357
Current portion of deferred revenue		2,785,188			2,867,223
Convertible notes payable, current portion		751,020			206,722
Convertible notes payable at fair value, current portion		4,000,478			—
Current portion of long-term debt, net of discount on debt		1,835,728			2,318,672
Related party notes payable		601,984			445,115
Current portion of operating lease liabilities		128,248			145,968
Total current liabilities		15,793,544			11,532,591
Long-term debt, less current portion and net of discount on debt		2,936,976			962,027
Deferred revenue, less current portion		1,106,482			1,311,571
Warrant liability		980,432			164,615
Convertible notes payable, less current portion		—			600,000
Convertible notes payable at fair value, less current portion		1,211,300			2,871,664
Operating lease liabilities, less current portion		421,332			549,579
Total liabilities	$	22,450,066		$	17,992,047
Commitments and contingencies (see Note 19)
Mezzanine equity
Series A-1 preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 940 shares designated; 940 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively		68,456			64,581
Series A-2 preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 17,036 shares designated; 17,036 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively		1,033,894			975,372
Series A-3 preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 20,442 shares designated; 20,442 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively		1,298,187			1,224,705
Series A-4 preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 18,893 shares designated; 18,893 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively		1,682,770			1,587,519
Series A-5 preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 7,179 shares designated; 6,846 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively		710,408			670,196
Series B preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 78,222 shares designated; 38,645 and 37,715 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively		4,955,305			4,589,400
Total mezzanine equity		9,749,020			9,111,773
Stockholders’ deficit
Common stock, $0.001 par value; 300,000 shares authorized; 33,807 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2021 and 2020		—			—
Additional paid-in capital		—			—
Accumulated deficit		(27,514,260	)		(23,221,275	)
Total stockholders’ deficit		(27,514,260	)		(23,221,275	)
Total liabilities, mezzanine equity and stockholders’ deficit	$	4,684,826		$	3,882,545

See accompanying Notes to Financial Statements

F-3

T1V, INC.
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

	For the years ended December 31,
	2021			2020
Revenues	$	9,159,815		$	8,335,918
Cost of revenues		(4,273,336	)		(3,239,192	)
Gross Profit		4,886,479			5,096,726
Operating expenses:
Sales and marketing		106,046			70,910
General and administrative		7,472,505			6,357,855
Depreciation and amortization		279,565			226,207
Total operating expenses		7,858,116			6,654,972
Operating loss		(2,971,637	)		(1,558,246	)
Other (income) expense
Interest expense		2,271,937			967,123
Other (income) expense, net		(1,536,741	)		24,744
Total other (income) expense, net		735,196			991,867
Loss before income taxes		(3,706,833	)		(2,550,113	)
Income taxes		—			—
Net loss	$	(3,706,833	)	$	(2,550,113	)
Net loss per common share:
Basic and diluted	$	(109.65	)	$	(75.43	)
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding
Basic and diluted		33,807			33,807

See accompanying Notes to Financial Statements

F-4

T1V, INC.
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN MEZZANINE EQUITY AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

	Redeemable Convertible Series A Preferred Stock			Redeemable Convertible Series B Preferred Stock			Common Stock			Additional Paid-In- Capital		AccumulatedDeficit			Total
	Shares	Amount		Shares	Amount		Shares	Amount
Balance at December 31, 2019	64,157	$	4,265,709	37,715	$	4,328,931	33,807	$	—	$	—		$	(20,199,062	)	$	(20,199,062	)
Net Loss	—		—	—		—	—		—		—			(2,550,113	)		(2,550,113	)
Accretion of Series A Preferred Stock	—		256,664	—		—	—		—		—			(256,664	)		(256,664	)
Accretion of Series B Preferred Stock	—		—	—		260,469	—		—		(45,033	)		(215,436	)		(260,469	)
Stock-based compensation	—		—	—		—	—		—		45,033			—			45,033
Balance at December 31, 2020	64,157	$	4,522,373	37,715	$	4,589,400	33,807	$	—	$	—		$	(23,221,275	)	$	(23,221,275	)
Net Loss	—		—	—		—	—		—		—			(3,706,833	)		(3,706,833	)
Exercise of Series B Preferred Stock Warrants	—		—	930		89,215	—		—		—			(75,901	)		(75,901	)
Accretion of Series A Preferred Stock	—		271,342	—		—	—		—		—			(271,342	)		(271,342	)
Accretion of Series B Preferred Stock	—		—	—		276,690	—		—		(37,781	)		(238,909	)		(276,690	)
Stock-based compensation	—		—	—		—	—		—		37,781			—			37,781
Balance at December 31, 2021	64,157	$	4,793,715	38,645	$	4,955,305	33,807	$	—	$	—		$	(27,514,260	)	$	(27,514,260	)

See accompanying Notes to Financial Statements

F-5

T1V, Inc.
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

	For the years ended December 31
	2021			2020
Cash flows from operating activities
Net loss	$	(3,706,833	)	$	(2,550,113	)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization expense		279,565			226,207
Right-of-use asset		115,220			107,955
Stock-based compensation		37,781			45,033
Loss on extinguishment of convertible note		—			1,370,973
Change in fair value of convertible note		689,864			(818,384	)
Write off of debt issuance costs on convertible notes payable at fair value		—			81,256
Change in fair value of warrant liability		(34,273	)		(221,933	)
Debt issuance costs		863,404			—
Amortization of discount on debt		23,141			3,191
Amortization of discount on related party notes payable		40,218			27,538
PPP loan forgiveness		(973,900	)		—
Amortization of original issue discount		215,250			—
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable		78,423			1,098,454
Employee retention credit receivable		—			(295,769	)
Inventory		34,150			(50,129	)
Unbilled accounts receivable		(444,705	)		119,012
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		(122,653	)		140,771
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		528,066			253,089
Accrued interest liability		74,844			295,611
Accounts payable		310,519			(328,233	)
Deferred revenue		(287,124	)		(262,274	)
Operating lease liabilities		(145,967	)		(135,355	)
Net cash used in operating activities		(2,425,010	)		(893,101	)
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchases of property and equipment		(63,819	)		(67,547	)
Purchases of patents		(90,209	)		(86,335	)
Internal software developed		(411,991	)		(158,372	)
Net cash used in investing activities		(566,019	)		(312,254	)
Cash flows from financing activities
Payments on line of credit, net		(771,421	)		(691,961	)
Payments on convertible notes payable		(55,703	)		(12,599	)
Proceeds on notes payable		1,500,760			751,909
Payments on notes payable		(11,245	)		(10,139	)
Proceeds on related party notes payable		200,000			—
Payments on related party notes payable		(104,000	)		—
Proceeds on convertible notes payable at fair value		1,435,000			622,582
Proceeds from PPP loans		973,900			973,900
Payments on debt issuance costs		—			(45,886	)
Net cash provided by financing activities		3,167,291			1,587,806
Net increase in cash		176,262			382,452
Cash, beginning of period		537,200			154,748
Cash, end of period	$	713,462		$	537,200
Supplemental cash flow information
Cash payments for interest	$	1,049,580		$	255,857
Cash payments for income taxes		—			—
Supplemental disclosure of noncash financing activity
Accretion of Series A preferred stock	$	271,342			256,664
Accretion of Series B preferred stock		276,690			260,469
Exercise of Series B preferred stock warrants		75,901			—

See accompanying Notes to Financial Statements

F-6

T1V, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — Business Description and Significant Accounting Policies

Business Description

T1V, Inc. (“T1V” or “we” or “us” or the “Company”) was formed as a Delaware corporation in 2008, and the Company’s mission is to empower teams to collaborate anytime, anywhere. T1V creates and installs interactive touchscreen experiences through its custom software for its customers throughout the United States and internationally. The markets the Company serves includes, but are not limited to, enterprise, higher education, and medical markets. The Company’s collaboration platforms include ThinkHub® collaboration for global teams, T1V Hub™ wireless screen sharing, and the T1V app — all working cohesively to bring teams together for seamless, intuitive working sessions. The Company operates in one segment and therefore segment information is not presented.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). Any reference in these notes to applicable guidance is meant to refer to the authoritative U.S. GAAP as found in the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) and Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”).

Use of Estimates

Preparation of the financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual amounts could differ from the estimates made. We continually evaluate estimates used in the preparation of our financial statements for reasonableness. Appropriate adjustments, if any, to the estimates used are made prospectively based upon such periodic evaluation. The significant areas of estimation include determining:

•the collectability of accounts receivable;

•the estimated lives and recoverability of property and equipment, as well as intangible assets;

•the fair value of equity-based awards and convertible debt.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and, generally, requires no collateral on accounts receivable. The Company’s billings vary depending on the amount of customization required for the particular customer. The billing terms consist of a deposit paid in advance by the customer or payment within 30 days after shipment. The Company does not charge interest on overdue invoices. Customer account balances with invoices dated over 90 days may be considered delinquent, depending on the circumstances. The carrying amount of receivables is reduced by a valuation allowance that reflects management’s best estimate of the amounts that will not be collected, as deemed necessary. After all attempts to collect a receivable have failed, the receivable is written off against the allowance. No allowance was recorded as of December 31, 2021, and 2020, as management deemed there to be no significant collection risks.

Major Customers

The Company has two methods of selling its products: (1) through Channel Partners, who buy the Company’s products and resell them to the Company’s customers (or End Users), and (2) directly to End Users, customers who buy the Company’s products for their own use. The Company defines a major customer as one whose sales represent 10% or more of the Company’s total revenues. For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, 77% and 93%, respectively, of the Company’s revenues came from Channel Partners. For the year ended December 31, 2021 one Channel Partner

F-7

T1V, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — Business Description and Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

accounted for approximately 22% of revenues and 5% of accounts receivable at December 31, 2021. For the year ended December 31, 2020, one Channel Partner accounted for approximately 31% of revenues and three Channel Partners accounted for 40% of accounts receivable at December 31, 2020.

Inventory

Inventory consists of finished goods that are stated at lower of cost or net realizable value and measured using the first in, first out (FIFO) method. The Company periodically performs analyses to identify obsolete or slow-moving inventory. As of December 31, 2021, and 2020, the Company has not identified any obsolete or slow-moving inventory. At least annually, the Company reviews and monitors inventory amounts to determine if circumstances indicate the cost of inventories exceeds their net realizable value.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company measures fair value as required by ASC 820. ASC 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework, and gives guidance regarding the methods used for measuring fair value, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The Company uses valuation techniques based on inputs such as observable data, independent market data and/or unobservable data. Additionally, T1V makes assumptions in valuing its assets and liabilities, including assumptions about risk and the risks inherent in the inputs to the valuation techniques.

The Company classifies fair value measurements within one of three levels in the fair value hierarchy. The level assigned to a fair value measurement is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. Assessing the significance of a particular input requires judgment. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

Level 1 — quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.

Level 2 — quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model derived valuations in which significant inputs and significant value drivers are observable in active markets; and

Level 3 — fair value measurements derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable.

Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information and information about the financial statement. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates. The Company’s policy is to recognize significant transfers between levels at the end of the reporting period.

The Company considers its cash, accounts receivable, employee retention credit receivable, unbilled accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses, accrued interest payable, lines of credit and notes payable to meet the definition of financial instruments. The carrying amount of cash, accounts receivable, employee retention credit receivable, unbilled accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses, accrued interest payable and lines of credit approximated their respective fair value due to the short maturities of these instruments. See Note 6 for further disclosures of fair value.

The Company’s warrant liabilities and convertible notes were classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy because their fair values were estimated by utilizing valuation models and significant unobservable inputs. The Company accounts for these warrants as liabilities in accordance with ASC 815-40. Warrant liabilities are measured at fair value at inception and expensed as other income (expense). In addition, the warrants are valued each reporting period and adjusted to market, with the increase or decrease being adjusted through earnings. The warrants and convertible notes were valued using a scenario-based discounted cash flow analysis that modeled two probability weighted scenarios to arrive at the valuation conclusion for each convertible note and warrant liability.

F-8

T1V, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — Business Description and Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

Warrants

When the Company issues warrants, it evaluates the proper balance sheet classification of the warrant to determine whether the warrant should be classified as equity or as a derivative liability on the balance sheets. In accordance with ASC 815-40, the Company classifies a warrant as equity so long as it is “indexed to the Company’s equity” and several specific conditions for equity classification are met. A warrant is not considered indexed to the Company’s equity, in general, when it contains certain types of exercise contingencies or adjustments to exercise price. If a warrant is not indexed to the Company’s equity or it has net cash settlement that results in the warrants to be accounted for under ASC 480 or ASC 815-40, it is classified as a derivative liability which is carried on the balance sheet at fair value with any changes in its fair value recognized currently in the statements of operations.

All of the Company’s warrants are classified as liabilities as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.

Fair Value Option

The Company accounts for certain convertible notes issued during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 under the fair value option election (“FVO”) of ASC 825, as discussed below.

The convertible notes accounted for under the FVO election are each debt host financial instruments containing embedded features which would otherwise be required to be bifurcated from the debt-host and recognized as separate derivative liabilities subject to initial and subsequent periodic estimated fair value measurements under ASC 815. Notwithstanding, ASC 825-10-15-4 provides for the “fair value option” election, to the extent not otherwise prohibited by ASC 825-10-15-5, to be afforded to financial instruments, wherein bifurcation of an embedded derivative is not necessary, and the financial instrument is initially measured at its issue-date estimated fair value and then subsequently remeasured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis at each reporting period date.

The estimated fair value adjustment, as required by ASC 825-10-45-5, is recognized as other income (expense) in the accompanying statements of operations. With respect to the above notes, as provided for by ASC 825-10-50-30(b), the estimated fair value adjustment is presented in a respective single line item within other income (expense) in the accompanying statements of operations, since the change in fair value of the convertible notes payable was not attributable to instrument specific credit risk.

Revenue Recognition

The Company accounts for revenue in accordance with ASC 606. The Company recognizes revenue using the five-step model as in accordance with ASC 606 Revenue from contracts with customers.

1.Identification of the contract, or contracts, with a customer;

2.Identification of the distinct performance obligations in the contract;

3.Determination of the transaction price;

4.Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and

5.Recognition of revenue when or as the Company satisfies a performance obligation.

T1V provides custom configured hardware and software to its customers. The Company’s sales are initiated by either channel partners representing T1V’s products or initiated directly to the end user. Ultimately, T1V ships custom configured hardware and loads and tests the software to the channel partner, who then ships it to the end user, often along with additional hardware added by channel partner.

Contracts fall under various contract types including 1) standard contracts, 2) custom contracts and 3) recurring license agreements (RLA) for software as a service.

F-9

T1V, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — Business Description and Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

Development services for a standard contract or a custom contract are performed over a period of two to six months and typically billed based on completion of mutually agreed upon phases. T1V has an enforceable right to payment for work performed to date, and a practical limitation exists which prevents the asset from having an alternative use to the entity. Therefore, the Company recognizes revenue over time using the input method based on work performed to date.

Depending on the needs of the customer, T1V may install the product at the end-user customer’s location, as well as provide virtual and onsite training. Any training or installation services utilized is recognized over time based on the hours incurred. These services are not a requirement of the contracts as the customers can purchase hardware and software without the services.

The contracts are also packaged with a fixed-term subscription to license the Company’s software and post contract support that are bundled goods and services provided to the customer as software as a service. Once a customer has successfully installed T1V’s products and the initial subscription period has ended, the customer must enter into a recurring license agreement (RLA) contract to continue their use of the software subscription. Because the nature of the Company’s promise is a stand-ready obligation, the customer consumes and receives benefit from having access to the various software offerings throughout the overall obligation period. Therefore, the Company’s promise to perform each service period is performed over time. T1V uses a time-elapsed measure of progress for recognizing revenue because the pattern of benefit to the customer as well as the Company’s efforts to fulfill the contract are generally even throughout the period.

The Company disaggregates its revenue by geographic region. Refer to Note 13 — Revenue Recognitionfor more information.

Performance Obligations

A performance obligation is a promise in a contract to transfer a distinct good or service to the customers and is the unit of account under ASC 606. The contract transaction price is allocated to each distinct performance obligation in proportion to stand-alone selling price and recognized as revenue, when, or as, the performance obligation is satisfied. For the Company’s different revenue service types, the performance obligation is recognized at different times.

Standard contracts have various performance obligations such as development services performed, stand-ready obligations for subscription services, and training and installation, which are all recognized at different points in time. Development services under standard contracts are recognized over time using the input method based on work performed to date. The stand-ready obligations under the software subscription as a service are recognized using a time-elapsed measure of progress. Finally, the training and installation services are recognized over time using the input method by hours incurred.

Custom contracts have various performance obligations including the development and delivery of customized software and hardware, stand-ready subscription services, and training and installation. The development and delivery of software and hardware, and training and installation is recognized over time using the input method. The stand-ready obligation for subscription services used a time-elapsed measure of progress.

RLA contracts include the stand-ready obligation for the recurring subscription to software as a service, which was recognized using a time-elapsed measure of progress.

Deferred Revenue

The Company’s deferred revenue reflects amounts received in advance that will be recognized as revenue over time or as services are rendered. Deferred revenue expected to be realized within one year is classified as a current liability and the remaining is recorded as a non-current liability.

F-10

T1V, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — Business Description and Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Intangible Assets

The Company assesses the impairment of long-lived assets used in operations (primarily property and equipment), and any purchased intangible assets subject to amortization when events and circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable. For purposes of evaluating the recoverability of fixed assets and amortizing intangible assets, the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are compared to the carrying amounts of those assets. When the carrying values of the assets exceed the undiscounted cash flows, the related assets are written down to fair value.

For the years ended December 31, 2021, and 2020, there were no impairments to property and equipment or intangible assets.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash. The Company maintains its cash on deposit with a federally insured institution in North Carolina. Commercial bank balances may from time to time exceed federally insured limits.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost and are depreciated over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, which range from five to seven years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of either the asset’s useful life or the related lease term. Depreciation and amortization is computed on the straight-line method for financial reporting purposes.

Intangible Assets

T1V specializes in hybrid collaboration software for enterprise, medical and education markets. The Company internally develops software and applications for their collaboration applications. The Company’s intangible assets consist of the internally developed software and issued patents, licenses, and trademarks, as well as patents and trademarks pending, on the internally developed software and intellectual property. All costs incurred to create the patents and trademarks are capitalized as patents or trademarks pending until the Company receives approval from the United States Patent Office. Once approval is received, the Company amortizes the patent or trademark over its useful life, which has been deemed to be 20 years. The Company amortizes its internally developed software over its useful life of 3 years.

Income Taxes

We use the asset and liability method to determine our income tax expense or benefit. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are computed based on temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates that are expected to be in effect when the differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Any resulting net deferred tax assets are evaluated for recoverability and, accordingly, a valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

The Company adopted the ASC 740 Income tax provisions of paragraph 740-10-25-13, which addresses the determination of whether tax benefits claimed or expected to be claimed on a tax return should be recorded in the financial statements. Under paragraph 740-10-25-13, the Company may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position should be measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent (50%) likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Paragraph 740-10-25-13 also provides guidance on de-recognition,

F-11

T1V, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — Business Description and Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

classification, interest and penalties on income taxes, accounting in interim periods and requires increased disclosures. The Company had no adjustments to its liabilities for unrecognized income tax benefits according to the provisions of paragraph 740-10-25-13.

Stock-based Compensation

Stock-based awards have been accounted for as required by ASC 718. Under ASC 718 stock-based awards are valued at fair value on the date of grant. The Company recognizes stock-based expenses related to stock options on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the awards. The Company accounts for forfeitures when they occur. The fair value of option awards is measured on the grant date using a Black-Scholes model. Generally, new shares are issued to satisfy exercises of stock options. See Note 16 - Stock-Based Compensation.

Employee Retention Credit

The Employee Retention Credit (“ERC”) under the CARES Act is a refundable tax credit which encourages business to keep employees on the payroll during the COVID-19 pandemic. Eligible employers can qualify for up to $5,000 of credit for each employee based on qualified wages paid after March 12, 2020 and before January 1, 2021. The Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) subsequently issued Notice 2021-23 and Notice 2021-49 which collectively extended the ERC eligibility to cover qualified wages paid after December 31, 2020 and before January 1, 2022. Qualified wages are the wages paid to an employee for the time that the employee is not providing services due to an economic hardship, specifically, either (1) a full or partial suspension of operations by order of a governmental authority due to COVID-19, or (2) a significant decline in gross receipts. Our policy is to recognize the ERC when it is filed with the IRS. We recognized $1,199,098 and $295,769 of ERC in other (income) expense on the statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Paycheck Protection Program

On March 27, 2020, Congress enacted the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”). The Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”), established by the CARES Act, implemented by the U.S. Small Business Administration (“SBA”), provides businesses with funds to pay payroll and other costs during the COVID-19 outbreak. During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company applied for and received PPP funds. The Company has elected to record the PPP funds as a loan under ASC 470. See Note 11 — Long-Term Debt for further disclosures.

The SBA reserves the right to audit the PPP loans after forgiveness is granted in accordance with the CARES Act. Borrowers are required to maintain the PPP loan documentation for six years after the PPP loan was forgiven and to provide that documentation to the SBA upon request. While the Company believes that it is a qualified business and that it has met the eligibility requirements of the PPP loans, and believes that it has used the loan proceeds only for expenses which may be paid using proceeds from the PPP loans, no assurance can be provided that any potential SBA audit will verify the amounts forgiven, in whole or in part, and the Company could be required to repay all or part of the forgiven amount.

Leases

The Company leases facility and various pieces of equipment under non-cancellable operating leases and accounts for these leases in accordance with ASC 842. Operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the expected lease term. Right-of-use assets represent our right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent our obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Since our lease arrangements do not provide an implicit rate, we use our estimated incremental borrowing rate for the expected remaining lease term at commencement date in determining the present value of future lease payments.

Operating lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Variable lease payments are not included in the lease payments to measure the lease liability and are expensed as incurred. The Company’s leases have remaining terms of one to three years and some of the leases include a Company option to extend the lease term

F-12

T1V, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — Business Description and Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

for less than twelve months to five years, or more, which if reasonably certain to exercise, the Company includes in the determination of lease payments. The lease agreements do not contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants.

Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recognized on the balance sheet and the expense for these short-term leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Common area maintenance fees (or CAMs) and other charges related to leases are expensed as incurred. See Note 9 - Operating Leases and Right-of-Use Assets for further discussion of the Company’s lease activities.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

The Company considers the impact of all Accounting Standards Updates (ASU). ASUs not discussed below were assessed and determined to be either not applicable or expected to have minimal impact on the financial statements.

Credit Losses

ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments — Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (“ASU 2016-13”). In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13. The amendments in ASU 2016-13, among other things, require the measurement of all expected credit losses for financial assets held at the reporting date based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Financial institutions and other organizations will now use forward-looking information to better inform their credit loss estimates. Many of the loss estimation techniques applied today will still be permitted, although the inputs to those techniques will change to reflect the full amount of expected credit losses. In addition, ASU 2016-13 amends the accounting for credit losses on available-for-sale debt securities and purchased financial assets with credit deterioration. The FASB has issued multiple updates to ASU 2016-13 as codified in Topic 326, including ASU’s 2019-04, 2019-05, 2019-10, 2019-11, 2020-02, and 2020-03. These ASU’s have provided for various minor technical corrections and improvements to the codification as well as other transition matters. Smaller reporting companies who file with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and all other entities who do not file with the SEC are required to apply the guidance for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2022. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of ASU 2016-13 on its financial statements and does not anticipate a material impact on its financial statements.

Reference Rate Reform

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848), which provides practical expedients and certain relief to help Companies transition from the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) to the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR). The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the transition from LIBOR to SOFR and does not anticipate a material impact the on its financial statements. The amendments were effective for all entities as of March 12, 2020, and the Company may elect to apply the amendments prospectively through December 31, 2022.

Note 2 — Liquidity

The Company incurred a net loss of $3,706,883 and $2,550,113 during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had a working capital deficit of $12,986,425 and $9,356,519, respectively. The Company has received funding in the form of periodic capital raises and also plans to raise additional funding in the future through an initial public offering (IPO) to support its capital needs. The Company’s ability to continue as a going concern is highly contingent on the ability to either extend the maturity of its existing debt, refinance its existing debt, convert the debt to equity, or raise additional capital.

As described in Note 3, in December 2021, the Company entered into an agreement with Liquid Capital Exchange, Inc. to factor certain accounts receivable with recourse, up to $1,000,000. In January and February 2022, the Company raised $200,000 in cash through the issuance of convertible notes. In July 2022, the Company raised an additional $360,000 in cash through the issuance of convertible notes.

F-13

T1V, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 2 — Liquidity (cont.)

The Company’s capital requirements in the future will continue to depend on numerous factors, including the timing and amount of revenue earned by the Company, the timing of collection of outstanding accounts receivable, the expense to deliver services, and the debt service obligations under the Company’s note payable agreements. There can be no assurance that, in the event that the Company requires additional financing, such financing will be available at terms acceptable to the Company, if at all. If unable to secure required additional funding, significant delays to the Company’s continuing development that are critical to the future operations of the Company could occur. The accompanying financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Note 3 — Accounts Receivable Agreements

In December 2021, the Company entered into an agreement with Liquid Capital Exchange, Inc. (“Liquid Capital” or “the Factor”) to factor certain accounts receivable with recourse, up to $1,000,000. Under this agreement, Liquid Capital and the Company agreed to an advance rate of 86% of the face amount of the receivable based on the occurrence of the following events:

•An account purchased by the Factor is not paid in full within 90 days after the invoice date

•The customer objects to the quality of the goods or services, or the customer refuses to accept or does not receive the goods or services

•The customer suspends business, requests an extension of time within which to pay, or files a petition in bankruptcy for liquidation or reorganization

•The Factor determines that the account is or has become uncollectible,

There is also an initial factor fee of 1.0% of the face amount of the accounts factored. There are additional fees of .055% for purchased accounts that remain unpaid for up to 30 days and .065% for purchased accounts that remain unpaid for greater than 30 days.

The Factor may require the Company to repurchase the account by either making a payment to the Factor of the amount owed, by providing another account with a face value equal to or exceeding the face value of the unpaid account, or by charging the Company’s reserve. As of December 31, 2021, the Company has not sold any receivables to the Factor.

Note 4 — Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following as of December 31, 2021 and 2020:

	2021			2020			Estimated Useful Life
Furniture and fixtures	$	310,741		$	310,741		5 to 7 years
Equipment		721,534			657,715		5 to 7 years
Software		5,397			5,397		5 to 7 years
Leasehold improvements		293,767			293,767		(*)
Total property and equipment	$	1,331,439		$	1,267,620
Accumulated depreciation		(976,291	)		(866,320	)
Total Property and Equipment, Net	$	355,148		$	401,300

____________

(*) — Amortized over the shorter period of the estimated useful life or the lease term.

Related depreciation expense was $109,971 and $112,871 for the years ended December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, respectively.

F-14

T1V, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 5 — Intangible Assets, Net

The following table presents the components of net intangible assets:

	As of December 31, 2021							As of December 31, 2020
	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount		Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount
Patents issued	$	200,776	$	(21,071	)	$	179,705	$	167,925	$	(11,697	)	$	156,228
Internally developed software		1,025,085		(349,663	)		675,422		613,094		(189,443	)		423,651
Trademarks		10,217		(8,120	)		2,097		10,217		(8,120	)		2,097
Patents and trademarks pending		251,350		—			251,350		193,992		—			193,992
Total	$	1,487,428	$	(378,854	)	$	1,108,574	$	985,228	$	(209,260	)	$	775,968

During the years ended December 31, 2021, and 2020, no impairment charges were required. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated economic lives of the assets, which is three years for internally developed software, and five years for all other intangible assets except patents and trademarks pending, in accordance with ASC Topic 350. Related amortization expense was $169,594 and $113,336 for the years ended December 31, 2021, and 2020, respectively. The Company determined the costs of patents and trademarks pending applications are not amortized until the patent is filed. The Company reviews capitalized costs related to patents and trademarks pending each reporting period to assess whether the patent will be successfully filed.

We estimate amortization expense for the next five years and beyond will be as follows:

Years Ending December 31,	Intangible Assets
2022	$	269,646
2023		234,421
2024		170,170
2025		10,058
2026		10,039
Thereafter		162,890
Total amortization	$	857,224

Note 6 — Fair Value Measurement

The following tables present information about our financial instruments that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis and indicate the fair value hierarchy of the valuation inputs utilized to determine such fair value:

	As of December 31, 2021
	Fair Value		Level 1	Level 2	Level 3
Liabilities
Convertible notes	$	5,211,778	—	—	$	5,211,778
Warrant liability		980,432	—	—		980,432

	As of December 31, 2020
	Fair Value		Level 1	Level 2	Level 3
Liabilities
Convertible notes	$	2,871,664	—	—	$	2,871,664
Warrant liability		164,615	—	—		164,615

Convertible Notes Payable

The Company classifies privately held convertible notes as Level 3 due to the lack of relevant observable market data over fair value inputs, such as the probability weighting of the various scenarios that can impact settlement of the arrangement. The convertible notes are accounted for under the FVO election in ASC 825. Under the FVO election,

F-15

T1V, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 6 — Fair Value Measurement (cont.)

the financial instrument is initially measured at its issue-date estimated fair value and subsequently remeasured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis at each reporting period date. The estimated fair value adjustment is presented as a single line item within other income (expense) in the accompanying statements of operations. The estimated fair value of the convertible notes as of December 30, 2021 and 2020, was computed using a Black-Scholes simulation of the present value of its cash flows using a synthetic credit rating analysis and a required rate of return, using the assumptions shown below. See Note 10 for additional information.

The significant inputs in the valuation model for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 are as follows:

Inputs	Convertible Notes						2020 Convertible Notes						2021 Convertible Notes
	2020			2021			2020			2021			2020	2021
Valuation method		Monte Carlo Simulation			Monte Carlo Simulation			Discounted Cash Flow			Discounted Cash Flow		—		Straight Debt plus Call Option
Face value principal payable	$	1,232,099		$	1,232,099		$	1,063,480		$	1,063,480		—	$	1,650,250
Original conversion price	$	84.40		$	84.40			80% of common stock price			80% of common stock price		—	$	74.25
Value of common stock	$	6.34		$	32.10		$	6.34		$	32.10		—	$	32.10
Expected term (years)		3.0			3.0			—			—		—		.61
Volatility		73	%		69	%		—			—		—		51	%
Straight debt yield		6	%		6	%		7	%		7	%	—		10	%
Risk free rate		.2	%		1	%		—			—		—		.24	%

Warrant Liability

The Company has determined that its derivative liability warrants exercisable for Series B preferred stock and common stock fall within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The Company utilizes a Black-Scholes model to measure the fair value of the derivative liability warrants. The Company’s Black-Scholes model includes assumptions related to the expected stock-price volatility, expected term, dividend yield, and risk-free interest rate. See Note 12 for additional information.

The significant inputs in the valuation model for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 are as follows:

Inputs	2021			2020
Common stock price	$	32.10		$	6.34
Series A preferred stock price	$	39.21		$	15.70
Series B preferred stock price	$	114.67		$	63.40
Weighted average exercise price	$	67.00		$	11.30
Volatility		70	%		75	%
Weighted average expected term of the warrants (years)		.99			3.63
Risk-free rate		.39	%		.17	%
Dividend yield	$	—		$	—

The Company estimates the volatility of its common stock based on factors including, but not limited to, implied volatility of the warrants, the historical performance of comparable companies, and management’s understanding of the volatility associated with similar instruments of other entities.

The risk-free rate is based on the yield of the U.S. Treasury Constant Maturity for a term that approximates the expected remaining life, which is assumed to be the remaining contractual term, of the warrants.

The dividend rate is based on the Company’s historical rate, which the Company anticipates to remain at zero.

The Company recorded income of $34,273 and $221,933 due to change in fair value of the warrant liability during the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and had a balance of $980,432 and $164,615 as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, recorded in its balance sheets.

F-16

T1V, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 7 — Line of Credit

Pacific Western Bank

On August 12, 2015, the Company entered into a Line of Credit agreement with Pacific Western Bank (“Pacific LOC”). The Pacific LOC provides for borrowings up to $2,000,000. Borrowings are collateralized by all the Company’s assets and bear interest at a rate of 10.99% per annum. The Pacific LOC automatically renews each year unless Pacific Western Bank calls the line of credit or the Company cancels the line of credit. As of December 31, 2020, the balance on the line of credit was $772,996. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company paid the balance on the Pacific LOC in full and subsequently cancelled the line of credit. The accrued interest was $0 and $5,847 at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.

First Citizens Bank

On April 15, 2020, the Company entered into a Line of Credit agreement with First Citizens Bank (“First Citizens LOC”). The First Citizens LOC provides for borrowings up to $50,000. Unsecured borrowings bear interest at a rate of 4.00% per annum and do not contain any debt covenants. The First Citizens LOC automatically renews each year unless First Citizens Bank calls the line of credit or the Company cancels the line of credit. As of December 31, 2020, the balance on the line of credit was $48,409. As of December 31, 2021, the balance on the line of credit was $49,984. The Company did not have any accrued interest on this line of credit as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Note 8 — Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities as of December 31 consisted of the following:

	2021		2020
Accrued compensation costs	$	512,407	$	355,009
Accrued professional fees		351,523		364,643
Sales taxes payable		1,444		1,160
Other accrued expenses and other current liabilities		561,036		177,532
Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities	$	1,426,410	$	898,344

Note 9 — Operating Leases and Right-of-Use (ROU) Assets

The Company leases its facility and various pieces of equipment under non-cancelable leases expiring at various dates through August 2025.

Supplemental statements of operations information related to leases was as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2021		2020
Operating lease expense	$	162,462	$	165,925

Supplemental cash flow information related to leases was as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2021		2020
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
Operating cash flows from operating leases	$	145,967	$	135,355

F-17

T1V, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 9 — Operating Leases and Right-of-Use (ROU) Assets (cont.)

Supplemental balance sheet information related to leases was as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2021		2020
Right of use asset:
Operating Lease Right-of-Use Assets, net	$	391,429	$	506,649
Lease liabilities:
Current portion of operating lease liabilities		128,248		145,968
Long term lease liability		421,332		549,579
Total operating lease liabilities	$	549,580	$	695,547

	Year Ended December 31,
	2021		2020
Weighted Average Remaining Lease Term
Operating Leases	44 months		54 months
Weighted Average Discount Rate
Operating Leases	7.75	%	7.72	%

The following table summarizes the future undiscounted cash payments reconciled to the lease liability:

Years Ending December 31,	Operating Leases
2022	$	165,327
2023		170,287
2024		175,395
2025		119,698
Total lease payments	$	630,707
Effect of discounting		(81,127	)
Total lease liability	$	549,580

Note 10 — Convertible Notes Payable

Convertible Notes

Prior to 2020, the Company executed convertible promissory notes (“Convertible Notes”) with a lender with an aggregate principal amount of $1,232,099. On February 5, 2020, the Company amended the Convertible Notes which had a face value on the amendment date of $1,255,595. Under the terms of the amendment, the outstanding principal under the Convertible Notes will accrue interest at a rate of 6% (“nonconvertible interest”). Upon the occurrence of a deemed liquidation event or a stock sale, the Company shall pay to the lender an amount equal to (i) the convertible balance, which shall mean the outstanding principal and accrued interest on the Convertible Notes as of October 11, 2018, plus (ii) the as-converted balance, which shall mean the convertible balance divided by $84.40 multiplied by 1.6657 multiplied by the amount per share received by holders of Common Stock in connection with a deemed liquidation event or stock sale, plus (iii) the unpaid and accrued nonconvertible interest. In the event the Company effects a redemption, the Company shall pay to the lender the redemption amount, which shall mean an amount equal to the product of (a) the price per share of Series B Preferred Stock as part of such redemption multiplied by (b) the quotient of the redemption amount divided by $84.40. The Company shall also pay to the lender an amount equal to the total unpaid and accrued nonconvertible interest multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the redemption amount and the denominator of which is the convertible balance. The Convertible Notes do not have a stated maturity date.

F-18

T1V, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 10 — Convertible Notes Payable (cont.)

The Company elected the fair value option to account for the Convertible Notes. The fair value of the Convertible Notes on issuance was recorded as $2,500,000. As a result of the amendment, Company recorded a loss on extinguishment of $0 and $1,244,405 for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, to account for the increase in fair value of the Convertible notes as other (income) expense in the Company’s statements of operations.

The fair value of the note increased by $635,500 and decreased by $960,000, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, and was recognized as current period other (income) expense in the Company’s statements of operations (as no portion of such fair value adjustment resulted from instrument-specific credit risk).

2020 Convertible Notes

On February 5, 2020, the Company executed a Note Purchase Agreement with various investors and issued convertible promissory notes with an aggregate principal amount of $1,063,480 (“2020 Convertible Notes”). Outstanding principal under the 2020 Convertible Notes will accrue interest at a rate of 7% per annum. The principal and unpaid accrued interest of each note will be automatically converted into Conversion Shares upon the closing of a Qualified Financing. Qualified Financing shall mean the next sale (or series of related sales) by the Company of its Equity Securities from which the Company receives gross proceeds of not less than $5,000,000, excluding (i) the aggregate amount of debt securities converted into Equity Securities upon conversion of the notes; and (ii) the aggregate amount used to redeem Equity Securities or debt securities of the Company. The number of Conversion Shares to be issued upon such conversion shall be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the outstanding principal and unpaid accrued interest on a note to be converted on the date of conversion, by the Conversion Price, which shall mean 80% of the price paid per share for Equity Securities by the investors in the Qualified Financing. Equity Securities include the Company’s common stock or preferred stock or any securities conferring the right to purchase the Company’s common Stock or preferred stock or securities convertible into, or exchangeable for (with or without additional consideration), the Company’s common stock or preferred stock. At least five days prior to the closing of the Qualified Financing, the Company shall notify each holder of a Note in writing of the terms under which the Equity Securities of the Company will be sold in such financing. The initial maturity date of the notes was February 5, 2022.

In March 2022, the Company agreed to amend the Note Purchase Agreement entered into on February 5, 2020 in order to extend the maturity date to December 31, 2022.

Of the aggregate principal amount, $441,048 relates to pre-existing convertible note agreements that were rolled over into the Note Purchase Agreement. As a result of the transaction, the Company recorded a loss on extinguishment of $0 and $126,568 for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, as other (income) expense in the Company’s statements of operations.

The Company elected the fair value option to account for the 2020 Convertible Notes. The fair value of the 2020 Convertible Notes on issuance was recorded as $1,190,048. The fair value of the note decreased by $120,364 and increased by $141,616, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, and was recognized as current period other (income) expense in the Company’s statements of operations (as no portion of such fair value adjustment resulted from instrument-specific credit risk).

Fees relating to the Company’s entry into the Note Purchase Agreement consisted primarily of legal fees which were expensed as interest expense in the Company’s statements of operations. For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company expensed $0 and 81,256 of debt issuance costs, respectively.

2021 Convertible Notes and Convertible Notes Warrants

In November 2021, the Company executed convertible promissory notes with multiple investors with a total principal amount of $1,650,250 (“2021 Convertible Notes”). Outstanding principal under the 2021 Convertible Notes will accrue interest at a rate of 10% per annum. The investors may elect to convert all of the outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid interest due under the 2021 Convertible Notes into shares of common stock two months from the date of

F-19

T1V, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 10 — Convertible Notes Payable (cont.)

issuance. The Conversion Price per share for the shares of common stock shall equal (i) for 25% of the amount of principal and interest: a $17,500,000 valuation and (ii) for the remaining 75% of the amount of principal and interest: a 20% discount to the Company’s initial public offering price. At any time after two months from the date of issuance, or at the sole discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors, all of the outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid interest due under this 2021 Convertible Notes shall automatically convert to common stock at the Conversion Price immediately prior to the occurrence of any of the following (i) a merger in which the shareholders of the Company prior to the merger hold less than 50% of the voting power of the capital stock of the surviving corporation after such merger, a sale of all of the assets of the Company or a transaction or series of transactions in which 50% or more of the voting power of the capital stock of the Company is transferred; or (ii) the closing of an initial public offering of the Company’s equity securities. The maturity date of the 2021 Convertible Notes is November 5, 2022.

In connection with the 2021 Convertible Notes, the Company issued Convertible Notes Warrants that are exercisable for common stock at any time on or before November 5, 2026. The number of shares of common stock initially purchasable under the warrants shall be equal to a variable number of shares, and the warrant exercise price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time. See Note 13 for additional information.

The Company elected the fair value option to account for the 2021 Convertible Notes. The fair value of the 2021 Convertible Notes on issuance was recorded as $1,650,250. The fair value of the note increased by $174,728 for the year ended December 31, 2021 and was recognized as current period other (income) expense in the Company’s statements of operations (as no portion of such fair value adjustment resulted from instrument-specific credit risk).

The following table is a summary of the Company’s convertible notes payable for which it elected the fair value option as of December 31, 2021 and 2020:

	ConvertibleNotes			2020ConvertibleNotes			2021ConvertibleNotes		Total
Fair value at December 31, 2019	$	—		$	—		$	—	$	—
Fair value on issuance date		2,500,000			1,190,048			—		3,690,048
Change in fair value		(960,000	)		141,616			—		(818,384	)
Convertible notes payable at fair value at December 31, 2020		1,540,000			1,331,664			—		2,871,664
Fair value at December 31, 2020		1,540,000			1,331,664			—		2,871,664
Fair value on issuance date		—			—			1,650,250		1,650,250
Change in fair value		635,500			(120,364	)		174,728		689,864
Convertible notes payable at fair value at December 31, 2021		2,175,500			1,211,300			1,824,978		5,211,778
Less: current portion of convertible notes payable at fair value		2,175,500			—			1,824,978		4,000,478
Total convertible notes payable at fair value, less current portion	$	—		$	1,211,300		$	—	$	1,211,300

Pre-2020 Convertible Notes

During the calendar years 2013-2015, the Company executed convertible note payable agreements with various investors (“Pre-2020 Convertible Notes”). The Company measures the Pre-2020 Convertible Notes at amortized cost. Outstanding principal on the Pre-2020 Convertible Notes will accrue interest at a rate of 12% per annum. The principal and interest of the Pre-2020 Convertible Notes is convertible at the option of the note holders into shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock six months following the achievement of (i) all milestones set forth in a certain Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement with an investor and (ii) two consecutive quarters of earnings before

F-20

T1V, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 10 — Convertible Notes Payable (cont.)

interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization (“EBITDA”) (collectively, the “Note Conversion Milestones”). The number of shares to be issued upon such conversion shall be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the outstanding principal and unpaid accrued interest due on the Pre-2020 Convertible Notes on the date of conversion by $84.40. On December 31, 2016, the Company achieved the Note Conversion Milestones. Therefore, the optional conversion feature expired for all of the investors of the Pre-2020 Convertible Notes on June 30, 2017. The Pre-2020 Convertible Notes do not have a stated maturity date.

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the outstanding principal balance on the Pre-2020 Convertible Notes was $751,020 and $806,722, respectively. The Company recorded interest expense of $71,697 and $99,395 during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The cumulative interest accrued on these notes as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $708,392 and $672,938, respectively.

Note 11 — Long-Term Debt and Related Party Notes Payable

Long-term debt as of December 31 consisted of the following:

	2021			2020
Decathlon Loan and Side Loan Agreements(1)	$	1,550,000		$	1,547,510
EIDL Loan		2,000,000			500,000
Mountain BizWorks Loan		248,804			249,969
PPP Loan		973,900			973,900
Amex Business Loan		—			9,320
Total long-term debt		4,772,704			3,280,699
Less: current portion of long-term debt		(1,835,728	)		(2,318,672	)
Total long-term debt, net of current portion and discount on debt	$	2,936,976		$	962,027

____________

(1)Net of unamortized discount on debt of $0 and $2,490, respectively.

Future maturities of long-term debt are as follows:

Years Ending December 31,
2022	$	1,835,728
2023		297,181
2024		302,437
2025		307,854
2026		93,682
Thereafter		1,935,822
Total	$	4,772,704

Decathlon Loan and Side Letter Agreements

In July 2015, the Company entered into a note payable agreement with Decathlon Alpha II, L.P. (“Decathlon”) with total proceeds of $1,250,000. Monthly principal payments are calculated by taking the applicable revenue percentage and multiplying it by the revenue from the previous month. The applicable revenue percentage as defined in the agreement is 1%. Interest on the outstanding balance accrues monthly at a rate based on an internal rate of return of 23.75%. The Company recorded accrued interest in the amounts of $1,789,400 and $1,931,150 as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The note is secured by substantially all assets of the Company.

In connection with the Decathlon Note, the Company issued detachable warrants with an exercise price of $0.10 per share for the right to purchase, for a nominal amount, a 1.43% interest in the Company. At December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there were 2,766 and 2,098 warrants outstanding based on the buyout percentage, respectively. The Company recorded a debt discount of $12,973 which is amortized to interest expense using the effective interest

F-21

T1V, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 11 — Long-Term Debt and Related Party Notes Payable (cont.)

method. During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company amortized $2,490 and $3,191 of the debt discount, respectively. As noted in the table above, the unamortized discount debt discount at December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $0 and $2,490, respectively. Refer to Note 12 — Warrants for more information on the detachable warrants.

Concurrently with the execution of the note payable agreement with Decathlon, the Company entered into a side letter agreement (“Side Letter”) with two stockholders. Under the terms of the Side Letter, the stockholders agreed to provide the Company with an advance of $300,000 under the same terms and conditions contained in note payable agreement with Decathlon. The total balance on the Side Letter was $300,000 as of December 31, 2021 and 2020. The Company recorded accrued interest in the amounts of $410,480 and $321,659 as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Economic Injury Disaster Loan (EIDL)

In June 2020, the Company entered into a note agreement with the Small Business Administration. The note agreement is a secured disaster loan of $500,000 which require monthly payments of $2,359 consisting of principal and interest at 3.75% through June 2050 when all remaining principal and interest is due and payable. Monthly payments were deferred until June 2021. The balance on this loan was $500,000 as of December 31, 2020. The Company recorded accrued interest in the amount of $10,156 as of December 31, 2020.

In 2021, the note was amended. The amendment increased the secured disaster loan to $2,000,000. Monthly payments were deferred until June 2022. The balance on this loan was $2,000,000 as of December 31, 2021. The Small Business Administration loan is collateralized by substantially all Company assets. The Company recorded accrued interest in the amount of $57,031 as of December 31, 2021.

Mountain BizWorks Loan

In October 2020, the Company entered into a note agreement with Mountain BizWorks for a loan of $250,000 which requires monthly payments of $3,098 consisting of principal and interest at .25% through June 2022 at which time the rate will increase to 5.5% and will be fixed through November 2030 when all remaining principal and interest is due and payable. Monthly payments are deferred until June 2022. The balance on this loan was $248,804 and $249,969 as of December 31, 2021, and 2020, respectively. This loan is collateralized by substantially all Company assets. The Company recorded accrued interest in the amounts of $727 and $78 as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Paycheck Protection Program

In 2020, the Company received $973,900 in aggregate loan proceeds (the “PPP Loan”) from Aquesta Bank (the “Lender”) pursuant to the Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) under the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (CARES) Act. The PPP Loan is evidenced by a Promissory Note (the “Note”), by and between the Company and the Lender. Subject to the terms of the Note, the PPP Loan bears interest at a fixed rate of one percent (1.0%) per annum. Under the terms of the Note, payments of principal and interest are deferred for six months from the origination date. Following the deferral period, the Company will be required to make payments of principal plus interest accrued under the PPP Loan to the Lender in monthly installments based upon an amortization schedule to be determined by the Lender on the principal balance of the Note outstanding following the deferral period and taking into consideration any portion of the PPP Loan that is forgiven prior to that time. The PPP Loan is unsecured and guaranteed by the U.S. Small Business Administration.

The Company’s PPP Loan application for forgiveness was approved and official notice received in 2021 and a gain on forgiveness of debt was recognized in the amount of $973,900. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the principal balance on this PPP Loan was $0 and $973,900, respectively.

The Small Business Administration (“SBA”) reserves the right to audit the PPP loans after forgiveness is granted in accordance with the CARES Act. Borrowers are required to maintain the PPP loan documentation for six years after the PPP loan was forgiven and to provide that documentation to the SBA upon request. While the Company believes that it

F-22

T1V, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 11 — Long-Term Debt and Related Party Notes Payable (cont.)

is a qualified business and that it has met the eligibility requirements of the PPP loans, and believes that it has used the loan proceeds only for expenses which may be paid using proceeds from the PPP loans, no assurance can be provided that any potential SBA audit will verify the amounts forgiven, in whole or in part, and the Company could be required to repay all or part of the forgiven amount.

In January 2021, the Company entered into a second note agreement with a financial institution for $973,900 which was issued in accordance with the PPP established by the CARES Act and implemented and administered by the Small Business Administration. Any portion not forgiven will be due in monthly installments of principal and interest at 1% per annum beginning in November 2021 and continuing through January 2026. The Company has accounted for the PPP Loan in the same manner as it has for its other loan agreements. The Company’s PPP Loan application for forgiveness was approved in 2022. As of December 31, 2021, the principal balance on this PPP Loan is $973,900. The Company recorded accrued interest in the amounts of $1,596 and $0 as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, on this PPP loan.

At December 31, 2021, and 2020, the Company had the following related party notes payable:

	2021		2020
The Company has an unsecured, non-convertible note payable with the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. The note payable does not have a stated maturity date and is payable on demand. Interest accrues on the outstanding principal amount at a rate of 6% per annum. During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company recorded interest expense of $38,305 and $38,597, respectively. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company recorded accrued interest of $332,047 and $294,012, respectively, which is included in accrued interest liability. The Company made cash payments on the note of $104,000 and $0 during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.	$	264,605	$	368,605
The Company has an unsecured, non-convertible note payable with a stockholder for total proceeds of $100,000. The note payable is noninterest bearing, does not have a stated maturity date, and is payable on demand. The Company issued warrants in connection with the note payable. The balance of the note is shown net of an unamortized discount of $0 and $40,218 as of December 31, 2021 and 2020. Refer to Note 12 – Warrants for additional details.		137,379		76,510
The Company has an unsecured, non-convertible note payable with a stockholder for total proceeds of $200,000. The note payable does not have a stated maturity date and is payable on demand. Interest accrues on the outstanding principal amount at a rate of 6% per annum. During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company recorded interest expense of $0. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company recorded accrued interest of $1,633 and $0, respectively.		200,000		—
Total related party notes payable	$	601,984	$	445,115

F-23

T1V, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 12 — Warrants

A summary of warrant activity during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 is as follows:

	Number of Warrants
Balance at December 31, 2019	3,519
Issued	180
Exercised	—
Balance at December 31, 2020	3,699
Issued	848
Exercised	(930	)
Cancelled	(458	)
Balance at December 31, 2021	3,159

Consulting Warrants

In August 2012 and June 2016, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with Scale Finance, LLC. As part of the consulting agreement, the Company issued warrants to purchase 333shares of Series A Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $60 per share and 1,058shares of Series B Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $84.40 per share (collectively, the “consulting warrants”). The consulting warrants expire on August 15, 2022. As the Series A and Series B Preferred Stock is redeemable at the option of the holder and is considered temporary equity, the Company accounts for these warrants as liabilities in accordance with ASC 480, which is carried on the balance sheet at fair value with any changes in its fair value recognized in the statements of operations. At December 31, 2020, all of the consulting warrants remained outstanding.

In May 2021, the Company and Scale Finance, LLC terminated the consulting agreements with Scale Finance. As part of the termination, Scale Finance LLC exercised 600 warrants for 600shares of Series B Preferred Stock and the Company paid an outstanding fee for services of $2,695. The remaining 458 consulting warrants for Series B Preferred Stock were cancelled. At December 31, 2021, 333 Series A warrants remained outstanding.

Stockholder Warrants

In October 2015, the Company executed an agreement in conjunction with a note payable with one of its stockholders for warrants (“stockholder warrants”) to purchase 480shares of Series B Preferred Stock and an additional 40shares for each full month that the agreement is valid after October 28, 2017 until the expiration date of October 28, 2022. In October 2019, the stockholder exercised all of the outstanding warrants for 1,440shares of Series B Preferred Stock. At that time, the agreement was amended, and the Company agreed to issue 15 additional warrants for each full month (or 180 warrants per year) that the loan remains outstanding after October 28, 2019 and before October 29, 2022, plus an additional 40 warrants for each full month the loan remains outstanding after October 29, 2022. In September 2021, the stockholder exercised additional warrants for 330shares of Series B Preferred Stock. The exercise price of the warrants is $0.01 per share. While the warrants are outstanding, the holder may exercise the warrants by payment to the Company of an amount equal to the aggregate exercise price of the number of shares being purchased or through a cashless exercise. As the Series B Preferred Stock is redeemable at the option of the holder and is considered temporary equity, the Company accounts for these warrants as liabilities in accordance with ASC 480, which is carried on the balance sheet at fair value with any changes in its fair value recognized in the statements of operations. At December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there were 60 and 210 warrants outstanding, respectively.

Decathlon Warrants

In July 2015, in connection with the note payable agreement with Decathlon and stockholders, as described in Note 11, the Company executed an agreement with Decathlon and the stockholders for warrants (collectively, the “Decathlon Warrants”) to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock for an exercise price of $0.10 per share. The warrants expire at various dates ending no later than July 15, 2025.

F-24

T1V, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 12 — Warrants (cont.)

The holder of the warrant will have the right to receive a number of common stock that will result in the holder receiving an amount equal to the buyout percentage of the gross proceeds from a change of control plus the exercise price. The Warrant Agreement gave Decathlon the right to 0.40% and each stockholder the right to 0.08% of the gross proceeds of any Company change of control transaction, as of the July 2015 execution date. In November 2015, the amendment with Decathlon increased the buyout percentage for Decathlon to 0.90%. In March 2021, the Company executed an agreement with Decathlon and the stockholders to issue additional warrants that increased the total buyout percentage equal to 1.089% in total and resulted in the issuance of an additional 668 Decathlon warrants. As the Decathlon warrants constitute an obligation to deliver a variable number of shares, the Company accounts for these warrants as liabilities in accordance with ASC 480, which is carried on the balance sheet at fair value with any changes in its fair value recognized in the statements of operations. At December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there were 2,766 and 2,098 warrants outstanding, respectively.

Convertible Notes Warrants

As described in Note 10, during November 2021, T1V executed an offering of an aggregate $1,650,250 of convertible notes and detachable warrants (“Convertible Notes Warrants”) with multiple investors. The warrants shall be exercisable for common stock at any time on or before November 5, 2026. The number of shares of common stock initially purchasable under the warrants shall be equal to a variable number of shares, and the warrant exercise price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time. Upon each adjustment of the exercise price, the holder of the warrant shall thereafter be entitled to purchase the number of shares obtained by multiplying the exercise price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment by the number of shares purchasable immediately prior to the adjustment and dividing the product by the exercise price resulting from the adjustment. The initial exercise price shall be equal to the price per share in the Company’s initial public offering. As the Convertible Notes Warrants constitute an obligation to deliver a variable number of shares, the Company accounts for these warrants as liabilities in accordance with ASC 480, which is carried on the balance sheet at fair value with any changes in its fair value recognized in the statements of operations.

The following is a reconciliation of the fair values for the warrant liability outstanding during years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, which are measured at fair value and categorized within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy:

	Fair Value
Warrant liability as of December 31, 2019	$	386,548
Decrease in fair value		(221,933	)
Warrant liability as of December 31, 2020	$	164,615
Liability at issuance		863,404
Exercise of warrants		(13,314	)
Decrease in fair value		(34,273	)
Warrant liability as of December 31, 2021	$	980,432

Note 13 — Revenue Recognition

Disaggregated information for the Company’s revenue is presented below by contract type:

	December 31,
	2021		2020
Project Revenue	$	6,567,600	$	5,590,054
License Agreements		2,592,215		2,745,864
Total Revenue	$	9,159,815	$	8,335,918

F-25

T1V, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 13 — Revenue Recognition (cont.)

Revenue by Geographic Region

Revenues by geographic region are as follows for the years ended:

	December 31,
	2021		2020
Domestic	$	8,057,880	$	7,018,579
Foreign		1,101,935		1,317,339
Total Revenue	$	9,159,815	$	8,335,918

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue represents amounts billed to clients in excess of revenue recognized to date. These liabilities are held within deferred revenue on the balance sheet. Deferred revenue is as follows for the years ended:

	December 31,
	2021			2020			2019
Beginning balance of deferred revenue	$	4,178,794		$	3,580,656		$	4,349,651
Revenue deferred		8,927,234			8,775,534			11,285,031
Revenue recognized		(9,214,358	)		(8,177,396	)		(11,193,615	)
Total deferred revenue	$	3,891,670		$	4,178,794		$	4,441,068
Less: deferred revenue, current portion		2,316,573			2,245,817			2,097,145
Less: unearned revenue		468,615			621,406			808,778
Deferred revenue, net of current portion	$	1,106,482		$	1,311,571		$	1,535,145

Unbilled Accounts Receivable

An unbilled accounts receivable represents a situation in which revenue recognized within the related performance obligation exceeds the value of billings to date. Unbilled accounts receivables are typically incurred in relation to project revenues, and were $491,946, $47,241, and $166,253 as of December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively.

Costs Capitalized to Obtain Revenue Contracts

The Company capitalizes the incremental costs of obtaining revenue contracts. The capitalized amounts consist solely of sales commissions paid to the Company’s sales team related to new contracts. These costs are capitalized and included in prepaid expense and other current assets and are amortized on a straight-line basis over a period of 4 years, which reflects the average customer life. In arriving at this average period of benefit, the Company evaluated both qualitative and quantitative factors which included the estimated life cycles of its contracts and customer attrition. Costs to obtain revenue contracts were $83,192, and $99,945, and $161,212 as of December 31, 2021 2020, and 2019 respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 the Company capitalized $40,925, $0, and $58,055, respectively, of cost to obtain revenue contracts. Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 was $57,678, $61,267, and $47,887, respectively. There were no impairments of costs to obtain revenue contracts for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.

F-26

T1V, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 14 — Other (Income) Expense

Other income consisted of the following:

	December 31,
	2021			2020
PPP loan forgiveness	$	(973,900	)	$	—
Employee retention credit		(1,199,098	)		(295,769	)
Loss on extinguishment of convertible notes		—			1,370,973
Convertible note change in fair value		689,864			(818,384	)
Warrant liability change in fair value		(34,273	)		(221,933	)
Other income		(19,334	)		(10,143	)
Total other (income) expense	$	(1,536,741	)	$	24,744

Note 15 — Capital Stock

As of December 31, 2021, the Company has been authorized to issue 442,712shares of stock at a par value of $0.001 per share, consisting of 300,000shares of common stock and 142,712shares of preferred stock.

Of the 142,712 authorized shares of preferred stock, 940shares are designated as Series A-1 Preferred Stock, 17,036shares are designated as Series A-2 Preferred Stock, 20,442shares are designated as Series A-3 Preferred Stock, 18,893shares are designated as Series A-4 Preferred Stock, 7,179shares are designated as Series A-5 Preferred Stock, and 78,222shares are designated as Series B Preferred Stock.

Common Stock

Dividend Rights

Holders of the Company’s common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be paid, set aside, or declared from time to time by the Company ratably with shares of the Company’s preferred stock, subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock and limitations under Delaware law. The Company has not paid, set aside, or declared any dividends in respect of common stock for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.

Voting Rights

Each holder of the Company’s common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders.

Liquidation

In the event of the Company’s liquidation, dissolution or winding up (“Liquidation Event”), holders of the Company’s common stock will be entitled to share ratably with shares of the Company’s preferred stock in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of the Company’s debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Rights and Preferences

Holders of the Company’s common stock have no preemptive, conversion, subscription or other rights and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Company’s common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of the Company’s common stock are subject to and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of the Company’s preferred stock that the Company may designate in the future.

F-27

T1V, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 15 — Capital Stock (cont.)

Series A and Series B Preferred Stock

All classes of preferred stock are contingently redeemable by the holders upon events that are outside the control of the Company into a per share price equal to the applicable original issuance price plus accumulated and undeclared dividends (see below for further discussion of dividends). As such, the preferred stock is classified outside of permanent equity.

The liquidation preference for the redeemable convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 is as follows:

	2021		2020
Series A-1	$	68,456	$	64,581
Series A-2		1,033,894		975,372
Series A-3		1,298,187		1,224,705
Series A-4		1,682,770		1,587,519
Series A-5		710,408		670,196
Series B		4,955,305		4,589,400
Total	$	9,749,020	$	9,111,773

Dividend Rights

Holders of Series B Preferred Stock, in preference to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and common stock, will be entitled to receive, upon the liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation or a Deemed Liquidation Event, cumulative dividends at the rate of six percent (6%) of the Series B Original Issue Price compounded per annum on each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock).

Holders of each sub-series of Series A Preferred Stock, in preference to the holders of common stock, will be entitled to receive, upon the liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation or a Deemed Liquidation Event, cumulative dividends at the rate of six percent (6%) of the applicable Series A Original Issue Price compounded per annum on each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock).

Holders of the Company’s preferred stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be paid, set aside, or declared from time to time by the Company ratably with shares of the Company’s common stock based on the number of shares held by each such holder, treating all securities as if they had been converted to common stock. The Company has not paid, set aside, or declared any dividends in respect of preferred stock for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.

Redemption

The Series A and Series B Preferred Stock are not mandatorily redeemable but may be redeemed upon a Liquidation Event or Deemed Liquidation Event. The holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock will be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, with equal priority and on a pari passu basis, before any payment will be made to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock or the holders of common stock, an amount per share equal to the Series B Original Issue Price, plus any dividends declared but unpaid. If upon any such Liquidation Event or Deemed Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders are insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock the full amount to which they are entitled, then the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock will share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable with respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable with respect to such shares were paid in full.

F-28

T1V, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 15 — Capital Stock (cont.)

If, after the payment in full of the Series B Preferred Stock liquidation preference, any assets of the Corporation remain, then in the event of a Liquidation Event or Deemed Liquidation Event the holders of shares of each sub-series of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding will be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, with equal priority and on a pari passu basis, before any payment will be made to the holders of common stock, an amount per share equal to the applicable Series A Original Issue Price, plus any dividends declared but unpaid or such an amount per share that would have been payable has all shares of such sub-series of Series A Preferred Stock been converted into common stock immediately prior to such Liquidation Event or Deemed Liquidation Event. If upon any such Liquidation or Deemed Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders are insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock the full amount to which they are entitled, then the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock will share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable with respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable with respect to such shares were paid in full. At December 31, 2021, the shares of Preferred Stock were not redeemable and the likelihood of an occurrence of a Deemed Liquidation Event was not deemed to be probable.

Accretion of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

As all classes of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock are contingently redeemable by the holders upon events that are outside the control of the Company, the carrying value of the Series A and Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock is adjusted to maximum redemption amount each period. Increases to the carrying value of redeemable convertible preferred stock is recognized each period as a charge against additional paid-in capital or, in the absence of additional paid-in capital, by charges against accumulated deficit.

For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the accretion of the Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock was $271,342 and $256,664.

For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the accretion of the Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock was $276,690 and $260,469.

Voting Rights

Holders of record of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, have the right to elect two directors of the Corporation. Holders of record of the Series B Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, have the right to elect two directors of the Corporation. Any Series A Director seat or Series B Director seat shall be considered vacant until the stockholders entitled to elect a person to fill such directorship vote exclusively and as a separate class.

On all other mattes, each holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of common stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder are convertible as of the record date, voting as a single class with holders of common stock.

Conversion Rights

Each share of Preferred Stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock as is determined by dividing (a) in the case of the Series A Preferred Stock, the applicable Series A Original Issue Price by the applicable Series A Conversion Price in effect at the time of conversion, and (b) in the case of the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series B Original Issue Price by the Series B Conversion Price in effect at the time of conversion. The “Series A Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to $44.15 for each share of Series A-1 Preferred Stock, $36.79 for each share of Series A-2 Preferred Stock, $38.50 for each share of Series A-3 Preferred Stock, $54.00 for each share of Series A-4 Preferred Stock, and $60.00 for each share of Series A-5 Preferred Stock. The “Series B Conversion Price” shall be initially equal to $50.67 for each share of Series B Preferred Stock.

F-29

T1V, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 15 — Capital Stock (cont.)

Upon either the closing of (a) the sale of shares of common stock to the public at a price of at least four times the Series B Original Issuance Price or (b) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the majority of Series B Preferred Stockholders (the time or such closing or the date and time specified or the time of the event specified in such vote or written consent is referred to herein as the “Mandatory Conversion Time”), all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of common stock at the then effective conversion rate determined by dividing (a) in the case of the Series A Preferred Stock, the applicable Series A Original Issue Price by the applicable Series A Conversion Price in effect at the time of conversion, and (b) in the case of the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series B Original Issue Price by the Series B Conversion Price in effect at the time of conversion.

Note 16 — Stock-Based Compensation

On January 25, 2014, the Company established an Incentive Stock Option Plan (“the 2014 Plan”) which provides for the issuance of up to 200,000shares of the Company’s common stock. Under the Plan, the Company has issued restricted stock options to key employees. Stock options that were issued prior to December 31, 2017 were issued with an exercise price of $7.90 and stock options issued between December 31, 2017 and April 26, 2022 were issued with an exercise price of $6.00. All stock options vest over four years on a straight-line basis and expire no later than ten years from the date of grant.

On August 27, 2019, the Company adopted its 2019 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2019 Plan”). The 2019 Plan allows for the grant of a variety of equity awards to provide flexibility in implementing equity awards, including incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and other stock-based awards, including stock appreciation awards. Under the Plan, the Company has issued restricted stock options to key employees. Stock options that were issued prior to December 31, 2017 were issued with an exercise price of $7.90 and stock options issued between December 31, 2017 and December 16, 2021 were issued with an exercise price of $6.00. All stock options vest over four years on a straight-line basis and expire no later than ten years from the date of grant.

Stock-based compensation expense of $37,781 and $45,033 for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, is included in general and administrative expenses on the statements of operations. As of December 31, 2021, there was $112,034 of unrecognized compensation costs related to non-vested share-based compensation arrangements granted to key employees under the Plan. These costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.66 years.

The following table summarizes the assumptions used to estimate the fair value of stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 2021. There were no stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 2020.

Inputs	February 25,2021			December 16,2021
Risk-free rate		1.1	%		1.4	%
Expected term (in years)		6.25			6.25
Expected volatility		70.0	%		70.0	%
Expected dividend yield		0.0	%		0.0	%
Weighted average grant date fair value	$	4.07		$	15.48

The risk-free interest rate is based on the rate for a U.S. government security with the same estimated life at the time of the option grant and the stock purchase rights. The expected term of the stock options was estimated using the simplified method. The Company estimated its future stock volatility considering the observed volatility of companies with similar operations. Management believes this is the best estimate of the expected volatility over the expected life of its stock options and stock purchase rights. The estimated dividend yield is based on the Company’s history of not paying dividends.

F-30

T1V, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 16 — Stock-Based Compensation (cont.)

The following table summarizes the stock option activity for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020:

	Number ofShares		Weighted AverageExercise Price		Weighted AverageRemaining ContractualTerm in Years
Outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2020	19,480			7.09	6.01
Granted	5,345			6.00	9.36
Exercised	—			—
Forfeited/Cancelled	(1,085	)		6.75
Outstanding at December 31, 2021	23,740		$	6.87	5.82
Options exercisable at December 31, 2021	17,746		$	7.02	4.93

The intrinsic value of all options outstanding and exercisable is immaterial for all periods presented.

Note 17 — Net Loss Per Share

Basic net loss per share is computed by dividing net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. The weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding does not include any potentially dilutive securities.

Diluted loss per share is based upon the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period plus additional weighted-average of potentially dilutive shares resulting from warrants, stock options, preferred stock, and convertible notes to the extent they are dilutive. For the years ended December 31, 2021, and 2020, all such common stock equivalents have been excluded from diluted net loss per share as the effect to net loss per share would be anti-dilutive.

The following table sets forth the computation of the Company’s basic and diluted net loss per share:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2021			2020
Numerator:
Net Loss	$	(3,706,833	)	$	(2,550,113	)
Net Loss Attributable to Common Stockholders	$	(3,706,833	)	$	(2,550,113	)
Denominator:
Weighted-Average Number of Shares of Common Stock		33,807			33,807
Basic and Diluted Net Loss per Share	$	(109.65	)	$	(75.43	)

The following table represents the potential shares that were excluded from the computation of weighted-average number of shares of common stock in computing the diluted net loss per share for the periods presented because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2021	2020
Shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A Preferred Stock(1)	64,157	64,157
Shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B Preferred Stock(2)	64,357	62,808
Shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of convertible debt	69,424	74,030
Stock options	23,740	19,480
Common stock equivalent of warrants upon conversion into common shares(3)	3,273	4,875

____________

(1)Series A shares are convertible to one share of common stock.

(2)Series B shares are convertible into 1.67shares of common stock.

(3)The outstanding 333 warrants for Series A shares as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 convert to 333 shares of common stock. The outstanding 105 and 1,268 warrants for Series B shares as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 convert to 174 and 2,111 shares of common stock, respectively. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were 2,766 and 2,098 outstanding warrants for common stock, respectively

F-31

T1V, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 18 — Income Taxes

For the years ended December 31, 2021, and 2020, the Company incurred taxable losses; therefore, there is no current tax provision. The components of the deferred tax provision are as follows:

	December 31, 2021
	Total			Federal			State
Deferred Benefit	$	1,118,096		$	862,776		$	255,320
Valuation Allowance		(1,118,096	)		(862,776	)		(255,320	)
	$	—		$	—		$	—

	December 31, 2020
	Total		Federal		State
Deferred Benefit	$	—	$	—	$	—
Valuation Allowance		—		—		—
	$	—	$	—	$	—

The difference between the 2021 and 2020 effective tax rate and the federal statutory rate of 21% is due to the establishment of a full valuation allowance for the Company’s net deferred income tax assets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.

The Company’s deferred income tax assets consist of the following at each December 31,

	Year Ended December 31,
	2021			2020
Depreciation and amortization	$	(262,199	)	$	(223,554	)
Federal R&D and other Credit		78,207			78,207
Charitable contribution		610			—
Deferred Revenue		254,214			359,324
Tax loss carry forwards		2,290,836			2,241,608
Net deferred tax asset, before valuation allowance		2,361,668			2,455,585
Less: valuation allowance		(2,361,668	)		(2,455,585	)
Net deferred tax asset, after valuation allowance	$	—		$	—

The valuation allowance was recorded against the net deferred tax assets of the Company as management has determined that it is more likely than not that such assets will not be utilized. The Company’s deferred tax assets are comprised of federal and state tax loss carry forwards. Management is uncertain, if or when, these carry forwards will be utilized therefore they have been fully reserved for.

Reconciliation of Unrecognized Tax Benefits

	2021	2020
Balance as of Beginning of Year	1,364,463	1,019,900
Interest	743,890	344,563
Balance End of Year	2,108,353	1,364,463

In accordance with ASC 740, we reduced deferred tax assets related to net operating losses for tax uncertainties. Potential interest or penalties associated with these reductions would not materially impact the Company’s financials because of significant net operating losses

This uncertain tax benefit is related to interest on the Company’s notes payable and convertible notes payable. The Company has engaged a tax specialist to analyze the deductibility of these amounts. At the date of issuance of these financial statements, the Company does not have enough information to conclude the amounts are deductible using the thresholds provided in ASC 740.

F-32

T1V, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 18 — Income Taxes (cont.)

As of December 31, 2021, we had $10.5 million of federal and state net operating loss carryforwards available to reduce future taxable income, which will begin to expire in 2034 for federal and 2028 for state tax purposes. It is more likely than not that we will not generate taxable income in time to use these net operating loss carryforwards before their expiration or at all. As a result, a full valuation allowance was recorded as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2021. Under federal income tax law, federal net operating losses incurred in 2018 and in future years may be carried forward indefinitely, but the deductibility of such federal net operating losses is limited. In addition, the federal and state net operating loss carryforwards may be subject to significant limitations under Section 382 and Section 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and similar provisions under state law. The Tax Reform Act of 1986 contains provisions that limit the federal net operating loss carryforwards that may be used in any given year in the event of special occurrences, including significant ownership changes. If these specified events occur or have occurred, we may lose some or all of the tax benefits of these carryforwards. We may also experience ownership changes in the future as a result of subsequent shifts in our stock ownership, some of which may be outside of our control. If an ownership change occurs and our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards is materially limited, it would harm our business by effectively increasing our future tax obligations.

Note 19 — Risks and Uncertainties

COVID-19

The World Health Organization (“WHO”) declared COVID-19 a global pandemic in March 2020. Government-mandated lockdowns and private sector precautionary measures resulted in increased demand for collaboration platforms, such as ours. Despite widespread vaccination efforts across the globe, COVID-19 continues to have an adverse impact on businesses, schools, colleges, and universities. As a result, organizations continue to explore increased usage of remote collaboration platforms. The impact of existing variants and any future variants cannot be predicted at this time, and could depend on numerous factors, including vaccination rates among the population, the effectiveness of COVID-19 vaccines against these variants, the risk appetite of the private sector, and the response by governmental bodies and regulators.

The Company has taken a number of measures to monitor and mitigate the effects of COVID-19, such as safety and health measures for our employees (such as social distancing and working from home).

During fiscal year 2020 and the first half of fiscal year 2021, COVID-19 had a significant impact on our business, since most of our sales have been for in-room based meetings. During this time, many businesses had no employees coming to offices, most universities were entirely remote, and elective surgeries at many hospitals were halted. During this period, the demand for visual collaboration solutions was focused on all-remote solutions. Starting in mid-2021, as employees started coming back to work and students coming back to universities, the focus for demand for visual collaboration solutions shifted to hybrid solutions, which is T1V’s specialty: solutions that work for in-room and remote. Since this time our sales have increased. There is uncertainty that the increased usage of remote collaboration platforms will be sustained or that new or existing users will continue to utilize our service after the COVID-19 pandemic has tapered globally. Businesses and educational institutions may increase required in-person experiences as vaccines become more accessible, which may result in a decline of our active users.

Note 20 — Subsequent Events

Events and transactions occurring after December 31, 2021, have been evaluated to determine proper recognition and disclosure in the financial statements. Subsequent events and transactions were evaluated through October10, 2022, which represents the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

PPP Loan Forgiveness

As discussed in Note 11, during January 2022, the Company applied for loan forgiveness and received confirmation of its PPP Note forgiveness recognizing $973,900 as other income as the funds granted were used for payroll, rent, and utility costs related to sales efforts.

F-33

T1V, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 20 — Subsequent Events (cont.)

Amendments to Note Payable

As discussed in Note 10, during March 2022, the Company agreed to amend the original Note Purchase Agreement entered into on February 5, 2020 in order to change the maturity date to December 31, 2022.

In April 2022, the Company agreed to amend the note payable with Decathlon, as described above in Note 11, in order to extend the maturity date to June 30, 2023. The Company issued additional detachable warrants for the right to purchase, for a nominal amount, a nominal interest in the Company. As part of the amendment, the applicable revenue percentage shall (i) not be applicable between April 1, 2022 and July 31, 2022 and (ii) be 3.0% between August 1, 2022 and June 30, 2023. If the Company does not close an initial public offering on or before December 31, 2022 and any of the obligations remain unsatisfied, an amount equal to $250,000 shall be added to the obligations and shall be due and payable upon the maturity date.

Stock-Based Compensation

In April 2022, the Company issued an additional 6,900 common stock options, which is described in Note 16, to key employees. The stock options were issued with an exercise price of $76.70. The stock options vest over four years on a straight-line basis and expire no later than ten years from the date of grant.

Convertible Notes

In January 2022, the Company executed two convertible promissory notes with multiple lenders with an aggregate principal amount of $172,500. In February 2022, the Company executed an additional convertible promissory notes with a lender with a principal amount of $57,500.

Subsequently, in July 2022, the Company executed convertible promissory notes with multiple investors with a total principal amount of $414,000 (collectively, “2022 Convertible Notes”).

The outstanding principal under the 2022 Convertible Notes will accrue interest at a rate of 10%. The investors may elect to convert all of the outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid interest due under the 2022 Convertible Notes into shares of common stock two months from the date of issuance. The Conversion Price per share for the shares of common stock shall equal (i) for 25% of the amount of principal and interest: a $17,500,000 valuation and (ii) for the remaining 75% of the amount of principal and interest: a 20% discount to the Company’s initial public offering price. At any time after two months from the date of issuance, or at the sole discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors, all of the outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid interest due under this 2022 Convertible Notes shall automatically convert to common stock at the Conversion Price immediately prior to the occurrence of any of the following (i) a merger in which the shareholders of the Company prior to the merger hold less than 50% of the voting power of the capital stock of the surviving corporation after such merger, a sale of all of the assets of the Company or a transaction or series of transactions in which 50% or more of the voting power of the capital stock of the Company is transferred; or (ii) the closing of an initial public offering of the Company’s equity securities. The maturity date of the 2022 Convertible Notes is January 2023, February 2023, and July 2023.

In connection with the 2022 Convertible Notes, the Company issued Convertible Notes Warrants that are exercisable for common stock at any time on or before five years after the issuance date of the notes. The number of shares of common stock initially purchasable under the warrants shall be equal to a variable number of shares, and the warrant exercise price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time.

Government Grants

In October 2022, the Company received $294,000 in government grants as a result of the impact from the COVID-19 pandemic.

F-34

T1V, INC.
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
(Unaudited)

	As of
	June 30, 2022			December 31, 2021
Assets
Cash	$	420,818		$	713,462
Accounts receivable		2,637,227			801,680
Employee retention credit receivable		—			295,769
Inventory		391,234			263,459
Unbilled accounts receivable		372,694			491,946
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		303,622			240,803
Total current assets		4,125,595			2,807,119
Property and equipment, net		391,546			355,148
Right of use assets, net		346,774			391,429
Intangible assets, net		1,327,067			1,108,574
Other assets		22,556			22,556
Total assets	$	6,213,538		$	4,684,826
Liabilities, mezzanine equity and stockholders’ deficit
Line of credit	$	46,817		$	49,984
Accounts payable		1,026,791			907,304
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		1,513,349			1,426,410
Accrued interest		3,144,990			3,307,200
Current portion of deferred revenue		5,541,465			2,785,188
Advances under factoring arrangements		562,398			—
Convertible notes payable, current portion		747,127			751,020
Convertible notes payable at fair value, current portion		5,901,728			4,000,478
Current portion of long-term debt, net of discount on debt		1,613,216			1,835,728
Related party notes payable		598,288			601,984
Current portion of operating lease liabilities		135,803			128,248
Total current liabilities		20,831,972			15,793,545
Long-term debt, less current portion and net of discount on debt		2,180,445			2,936,976
Deferred revenue, less current portion		1,343,198			1,106,482
Warrant liability		288,001			980,432
Convertible notes payable at fair value, less current portion		—			1,211,300
Operating lease liabilities, less current portion		351,912			421,332
Total liabilities	$	24,995,528		$	22,450,067
Commitments and contingencies
Mezzanine equity
Series A-1 preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 940 shares designated; 940 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively	$	70,463		$	68,456
Series A-2 preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 17,036 shares designated; 17,036 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively		1,064,204			1,033,894
Series A-3 preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 20,442 shares designated; 20,442 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively		1,336,245			1,298,187
Series A-4 preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 18,893 shares designated; 18,893 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively		1,732,103			1,682,770
Series A-5 preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 7,149 shares designated; 6,846 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively		731,235			710,408
Series B preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 78,222 shares designated; 38,645 shares and 38,645 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively		5,100,187			4,955,305
Total mezzanine equity		10,034,437			9,749,020
Stockholders’ deficit
Common stock, $0.001 par value; 300,000 shares authorized; 33,807 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively		—			—
Additional paid-in capital		—			—
Accumulated deficit		(28,816,427	)		(27,514,260	)
Total stockholders’ deficit		(28,816,427	)		(27,514,261	)
Total liabilities, mezzanine equity and stockholders’ deficit	$	6,213,538		$	4,684,826

See accompanying Notes to Condensed Financial Statements

F-35

T1V, Inc.
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(Unaudited)

	For the six months ended June 30,
	2022			2021
Revenues	$	6,585,507		$	4,136,930
Cost of revenues		3,190,580			1,807,110
Gross profit		3,394,927			2,329,820
Operating expenses:
Sales and marketing		122,101			57,138
General and administrative		4,790,404			3,474,058
Depreciation and amortization		203,384			111,277
Total operating expenses		5,115,889			3,642,473
Operating loss		(1,720,962	)		(1,312,653	)
Other (income) expense
Interest expense		657,834			636,104
Other (income) expense, net		(1,323,112	)		(1,467,181	)
Total other (income) expense, net		(665,278	)		(831,077	)
(Loss) income before income taxes		(1,055,684	)		(481,576	)
Income taxes		—			—
Net loss	$	(1,055,684	)	$	(481,576	)
Net (loss) income per common share
Basic and diluted	$	(31.23	)	$	(14.24	)
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding
Basic and diluted		33,807			33,807

See accompanying Notes to Condensed Financial Statements

F-36

T1V, Inc.
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN MEZZANINE EQUITY
AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
(Unaudited)

	Redeemable Convertible Series A Preferred Stock			Redeemable Convertible Series B Preferred Stock			Common Stock			Additional Paid-In- Capital			Accumulated Deficit			Total
	Shares	Amount		Shares	Amount		Shares	Amount
Balance at December 31, 2021	64,157	$	4,793,715	38,645	$	4,955,305	33,807	$	—	$	—		$	(27,514,260	)	$	(27,514,261	)
Net Loss	—		—	—		—	—		—		—			(1,055,684	)		(1,055,684	)
Accretion of Series A Preferred Stock	—		140,535	—		—	—		—		—			(140,535	)		(140,535	)
Accretion of Series B Preferred Stock	—		—	—		144,882	—		—		(38,934	)		(105,948	)		(144,882	)
Stock-based compensation	—		—	—		—	—		—		38,934			—			38,934
Balance at June 30, 2022	64,157	$	4,934,250	38,645	$	5,100,187	33,807	$	—	$	—		$	(28,816,427	)	$	(28,816,428	)

	Redeemable Convertible Series A Preferred Stock			Redeemable Convertible Series B Preferred Stock			Common Stock			Additional Paid-In- Capital			Accumulated Deficit			Total
	Shares	Amount		Shares	Amount		Shares	Amount
Balance at December 31, 2020	64,157	$	4,522,373	37,715	$	4,589,400	33,807	$	—	$	—		$	(23,229,603	)	$	(23,229,603	)
Net Loss	—		—	—		—	—		—		—			(481,576	)		(481,576	)
Exercise of Series B Preferred Stock Warrants	—		—	600		38,044	—		—		—			(24,730	)		(24,730	)
Accretion of Series A Preferred Stock	—		132,580	—		—	—		—		—			(132,580	)		(132,580	)
Accretion of Series B Preferred Stock	—		—	—		96,501	—		—		(17,652	)		(78,849	)		(96,501	)
Stock-based compensation	—		—	—		—	—		—		17,652			—			17,652
Balance at June 30, 2021	64,157	$	4,654,953	38,315	$	4,723,945	33,807	$	—	$	—		$	(23,947,338	)	$	(23,947,338	)

See accompanying Notes to Condensed Financial Statements

F-37

T1V, Inc.
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Unaudited)

	For the six months ended June 30,
	2022			2021
Cash flows from operating activities
Net (loss) income	$	(1,055,684	)	$	$(481,576	)
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash used in operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization expense		203,384			111,277
Right-of-use asset		44,655			57,799
Stock-based compensation		38,934			17,652
Change in fair value of convertible note		459,951			349,680
Change in fair value of warrant liability		(808,456	)		(73,432	)
Debt issuance costs		116,025			12,580
Amortization of discount on debt		11,618			1,830
Amortization of discount on related party notes payable		—			53,571
PPP loan forgiveness		(973,900	)		(973,900	)
Amortization of original issue discount		30,000			—
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable		(1,835,547	)		(1,673,423	)
Employee retention credit receivable		295,769			—
Inventory		(127,775	)		23,615
Unbilled accounts receivable		119,252			(78,560	)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		(62,819	)		(49,096	)
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		86,939			(204,909	)
Accrued interest liability		(162,210	)		530,441
Accounts payable		119,487			(114,290	)
Deferred revenue		2,992,993			995,103
Operating lease liabilities		(61,865	)		(72,849	)
Net cash used in operating activities		(569,249	)		(1,568,487	)
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchases of property and equipment		(94,651	)		(48,650	)
Payments made for patents		(39,679	)		(39,665	)
Internal software developed		(323,945	)		(197,499	)
Net cash used in investing activities		(458,275	)		(285,814	)
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from line of credit, net		(3,167	)		1,049,861
Payments on convertible notes payable		(3,894	)		(20,924	)
Payments on notes payable		(5,143	)		(7,014	)
Payments on related party notes payable		(15,314	)		(54,000	)
Proceeds on convertible notes payable at fair vale		200,000			—
Advances from factoring arrangements		562,398			—
Proceeds from PPP loans		—			973,900
Net cash provided by financing activities		734,880			1,941,823
Net decrease in cash		(292,644	)		87,522
Cash, beginning of period		713,462			537,200
Cash, end of period	$	420,818		$	624,722
Supplemental cash flow information
Cash payments for interest	$	0		$	0
Cash payments for income taxes
Supplemental disclosure of noncash financing activity
Accretion of Series A preferred stock	$	140,535		$	132,580
Accretion of Series B preferred stock	$	144,882		$	134,545

See accompanying Notes to Condensed Financial Statements

F-38

T1V, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — Business Description and Significant Accounting Policies

Business Description

T1V, Inc. (“T1V” or “we” or “us” or the “Company”) was formed as a Delaware corporation in 2008, and the Company’s mission is to empower teams to collaborate anytime, anywhere. T1V creates and installs interactive touchscreen experiences through its custom software for its customers throughout the United States and internationally. The markets the Company serves includes, but are not limited to, enterprise, higher education, and medical markets. The Company’s collaboration platforms include ThinkHub® collaboration for global teams, T1V Hub™ wireless screen sharing, and the T1V app — all working cohesively to bring teams together for seamless, intuitive working sessions. The Company operates in one segment and therefore segment information is not presented.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying condensed financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). Any reference in these notes to applicable guidance is meant to refer to the authoritative U.S. GAAP as found in the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) and Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”).

Interim Financial Statements

The accompanying unaudited condensed financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form S-1 and Article 10 of Regulation S-X and, therefore, do not include all of the information and footnote disclosures required by GAAP for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments considered necessary for a fair presentation in accordance with GAAP are reflected in the condensed financial statements. All adjustments are of a normal recurring nature, except as otherwise disclosed. The Balance Sheet at December 31, 2021 is derived from the Company’s 2021 audited Balance Sheet. The financial statements and notes thereto should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and notes contained in the Company’s 2021 audited financial statements. The results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2022 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2022 or other future periods, because results for interim periods can be disproportionately influenced by various factors, developments and seasonal variations.

Note 2 — Liquidity

The Company incurred a net loss of $1,055,684 and $481,576 during the six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021, respectively. As of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the Company had a working capital deficiency of approximately $16,706,377 and $12,986,426, respectively. The Company has received funding in the form of periodic capital raises and also plans to raise additional funding in the future through an initial public offering (IPO) to support its capital needs. The Company’s ability to continue as a going concern is highly contingent on the ability to either extend the maturity of its existing debt, refinance its existing debt, convert the debt to equity, or raise additional capital.

Management believes that the Company’s operating history reflects that it has a track record of being able to extend the maturity date of its outstanding debt as needed, with various prior amendments being executed within 60 days of the maturity date or after the maturity date. The Company is currently evaluating these alternatives to fund its future operations. As described in Note 3, in December 2021, the Company entered into an agreement with Liquid Capital Exchange, Inc. to factor certain accounts receivable with recourse, up to $1,000,000. As of June 30, 2022 the aggregate gross amount factored under this arrangement was $653,951, which resulted in net proceeds of $562,398. In January and February 2022, the Company raised $200,000 in cash through the issuance of convertible notes. In July 2022, the Company raised an additional $360,000 in cash through the issuance of convertible notes.

F-39

T1V, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 2 — Liquidity (cont.)

The Company’s capital requirements in the future will continue to depend on numerous factors, including the timing and amount of revenue earned by the Company, the timing of collection of outstanding accounts receivable, the expense to deliver services, and the debt service obligations under the Company’s note payable agreements. There can be no assurance that, in the event that the Company requires additional financing, such financing will be available at terms acceptable to the Company, if at all. If unable to secure required additional funding, significant delays to the Company’s continuing development that is critical to the future operations of the Company could occur. The accompanying financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Note 3 — Accounts Receivable Agreement

In December 2021, the Company entered into an agreement with Liquid Capital Exchange, Inc. (“Liquid Capital” or “the Factor”) to factor certain accounts receivable with recourse, up to $1,000,000. Under this agreement, Liquid Capital and the Company agreed to an advance rate of 86% of the face amount of the receivable based on the occurrence of the following events:

•An account purchased by the Factor is not paid in full within 90 days after the invoice date

•The customer objects to the quality of the goods or services, or the customer refuses to accept or does not receive the goods or services

•The customer suspends business, requests an extension of time within which to pay, or files a petition in bankruptcy for liquidation or reorganization

•The Factor determines that the account is or has become uncollectible,

There is also an initial factor fee of 1.0% of the face amount of the accounts factored. There are additional fees of .055% for purchased accounts that remain unpaid for up to 30 days and .065% for purchased accounts that remain unpaid for greater than 30 days.

The Factor may require the Company to repurchase the account by either making a payment to the Factor of the amount owed, by providing another account with a face value equal to or exceeding the face value of the unpaid account, or by charging the Company’s reserve. As of December 31, 2021, the Company has not sold any receivables to the Factor.

As of June 30, 2022 the aggregate gross amount factored under this arrangement was $653,951, which resulted in net proceeds of $562,398. The cost of factoring is reflected in the accompanying condensed statements of operations as general and administrative expenses was $91,553 for the six months ended June 30, 2022.

Note 4 — Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following as of:

	June 30, 2022			December 31, 2021			Estimated Useful Life
Furniture and fixtures	$	310,741		$	310,741		5 to 7 years
Equipment		816,185			721,543		5 to 7 years
Software		5,397			5,397		5 to 7 years
Leasehold improvements		293,767			293,767		​(*)
Total property and equipment	$	1,426,090		$	1,331,439
Accumulated depreciation		(1,034,544	)		(976,291	)
Total Property and Equipment, Net	$	391,546		$	355,148

____________

(*) — Amortized over the shorter period of the estimated useful life or the lease term.

Related depreciation expense was $58,253 and $53,179 for the six months ended June 30, 2022, and 2021, respectively.

F-40

T1V, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 5 — Intangible Assets, Net

The following table presents the components of net intangible assets as of:

	June 30, 2022							December 31, 2021
	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount		Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount
Patents issued	$	232,369	$	(26,005	)	$	206,364	$	200,776	$	(21,071	)	$	179,705
Internally developed software		1,352,594		(492,935	)		859,659		1,025,085		(349,663	)		675,422
Trademarks		6,651		(5,045	)		1,606		10,217		(8,120	)		2,097
Patents and trademarks pending		259,438		—			259,438		251,350		—			251,350
Total	$	1,851,052	$	(523,985	)	$	1,327,067	$	1,487,428	$	(378,854)		$	1,108,574

During the six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021, no impairment charges were required. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated economic lives of the assets, which is three years for internally developed software, and five years for all other intangible assets except patents and trademarks pending, in accordance with ASC Topic 350. Related amortization expense was $145,131 and $58,098 for the six months ended June 30, 2022, and 2021, respectively. The Company determined the costs of patents and trademarks pending applications are not amortized until the patent is filed. The Company reviews capitalized costs related to patents and trademarks pending each reporting period to assess whether the patent will be successfully filed.

We estimate amortization expense for the next five years and beyond will be as follows:

Years Ending December 31,	Intangible Assets
2022	$	124,515
2023		234,421
2024		170,170
2025		10,058
2026		10,039
Thereafter		518,426
Total amortization	$	1,067,629

Note 6 — Fair Value Measurement

The following tables present information about our financial instruments that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis and indicate the fair value hierarchy of the valuation inputs utilized to determine such fair value:

	As of June 30, 2022
	Fair Value		Level 1	Level 2	Level 3
Liabilities
Convertible notes	$	5,901,728	—	—	$	5,901,728
Warrant liability		288,001	—	—		288,001

	As of December 31, 2021
	Fair Value		Level 1	Level 2	Level 3
Liabilities
Convertible notes	$	5,211,778	—	—	$	5,211,778
Warrant liability		980,432	—	—		980,432

Convertible Notes Payable

The Company classifies privately held convertible notes as Level 3 due to the lack of relevant observable market data over fair value inputs, such as the probability weighting of the various scenarios that can impact settlement of the arrangement. The convertible notes are accounted for under the fair value option (“FVO”) under ASC 825. Under the

F-41

T1V, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 6 — Fair Value Measurement (cont.)

FVO election, the financial instrument is initially measured at its issue-date estimated fair value and subsequently remeasured at an estimated fair value on a recurring basis at each reporting period date. The estimated fair value adjustment is presented as a single line item within other expense (income) in the accompanying condensed statements of operations. The estimated fair value of the convertible notes as of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, was computed using a Black-Scholes simulation of the present value of its cash flows using a synthetic credit rating analysis and a required rate of return, using the assumptions shown below. See Note 10 for additional information.

The significant inputs in the valuation model for as of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021 are as follows:

Inputs	Convertible Notes						2020 Convertible Notes						2021 Convertible Notes						2022 Convertible Notes
	2022			2021			2022			2021			2022			2021			2022			2021
Valuation mehod		Monte Carlo Simulation			Monte Carlo Simulation			Discounted Cash Flow			Discounted Cash Flow			Straight Debt plus Call Option			Straight Debt plus Call Option			Straight Debt plus Call Option		—
Face value principal payable	$	1,232,099		$	1,232,099		$	1,063,480		$	1,063,480		$	1,650,250		$	1,650,250		$	230,000		—
Original conversion price	$	84.40		$	84.40			80 common stock price	% of		80 common stock price	% of	$	74.25		$	74.25		$	70.70`		—
Value of common stock	$	62.28		$	32.10		$	62.28		$	32.10		$	62.28		$	32.10		$	62.28		—
Expected term (years)		3.0			3.0			—			—			.35			.61			.5		—
Volatility		87	%		69	%		—			—			103	%		51	%		88	%	—
Straight debt yield		6	%		6	%		7	%		7	%		10	%		10	%		10	%	—
Risk free rate		3.00			1.00	%		—			—			2.04	%		.24	%		3.01	%	—

Warrant Liability

The Company has determined that its derivative liability warrants exercisable for Series B preferred stock and common stock fall within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The Company utilizes a Black-Scholes model to measure the fair value of the derivative liability warrants. The Company’s Black-Scholes model includes assumptions related to the expected stock-price volatility, expected term, dividend yield, and risk-free interest rate. See Note 12 for additional information.

The significant inputs in the valuation model as of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021 are as follows:

Inputs	June 30, 2022			December 31, 2021
Common stock price	$	62.28		$	32.10
Series A preferred stock price	$	68.24		$	39.21
Series B preferred stock price	$	129.10		$	114.67
Weighted average exercise price	$	23.64		$	67.00
Volatility		88	%		70	%
Weighted average expected term of the warrants (years)		3.70			.99
Risk-free rate		1.28	%		.39	%
Dividend yield	$	—		$	—

The Company estimates the volatility of its common stock based on factors including, but not limited to, implied volatility of the warrants, the historical performance of comparable companies, and management’s understanding of the volatility associated with similar instruments of other entities.

The risk-free rate is based on the yield of the U.S. Treasury Constant Maturity for a term that approximates the expected remaining life, which is assumed to be the remaining contractual term, of the warrants.

The dividend rate is based on the Company’s historical rate, which the Company anticipates to remain at zero.

F-42

T1V, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 6 — Fair Value Measurement (cont.)

The Company recorded income of $808,456 and $73,432 due to change in fair value of the warrant liability during the six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021, respectively, and had a balance of $288,001 and $980,432 as of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively, recorded in its condensed balance sheets.

Note 7 — Line of Credit

Pacific Western Bank

On August 12, 2015, the Company entered into a Line of Credit agreement with Pacific Western Bank (“Pacific LOC”). The Pacific LOC provides for borrowings up to $2,000,000. Borrowings are collateralized by all the Company’s assets and bear interest at a rate of 10.99% per annum. The Pacific LOC automatically renews each year unless Pacific Western Bank calls the line of credit or the Company cancels the line of credit. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company paid the balance on the Pacific LOC in full and subsequently cancelled the line of credit. The Company did not have any accrued interest on this line of credit as of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.

First Citizens Bank

On April 15, 2020, the Company entered into a Line of Credit agreement with First Citizens Bank (“First Citizens LOC”). The First Citizens LOC provides for borrowings up to $50,000. Unsecured borrowings bear interest at a rate of 4.00% per annum and do not contain any debt covenants. The First Citizens LOC automatically renews each year unless First Citizens Bank calls the line of credit or the Company cancels the line of credit. As of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the balance on the line of credit was $ 46,817 and $49,984. The Company did not have any accrued interest on this line of credit as of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021.

Note 8 — Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following as of:

	June 30, 2022		December 31, 2021
Accrued compensation costs	$	751,249	$	512,407
Accrued professional fees		192,844		351,523
Sales taxes payable		18,634		1,444
Other accrued expenses and other current liabilities		550,622		561,036
Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities	$	1,513,349	$	1,426,410

Note 9 — Operating Leases and Right-of-Use (ROU) Assets

The Company leases its facility and various pieces of equipment under non-cancelable leases expiring at various dates through August 2025.

Supplemental condensed statements of operations information related to leases was as follows:

	Six months ended June 30,
	2022		2021
Operating lease expense	$	64,440	$	82,814

F-43

T1V, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 9 — Operating Leases and Right-of-Use (ROU) Assets (cont.)

Supplemental condensed cash flow information related to leases was as follows:

	Six months ended June 30,
	2022		2021
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
Operating cash flows from operating leases	$	81,648	$	97,866

Supplemental balance sheet information related to leases was as follows:

	As of
	June 30, 2022		December 31, 2021
Right of use asset:
Operating Lease Right-of-Use Assets, net	$	346,774	$	391,429
Lease liabilities:
Long term lease liabilities		351,912		421,332
Current portion of operating lease liabilities		135,803		128,248
Total operating lease liabilities	$	487,715	$	549,580

	As of
	June 30, 2022	December 31, 2021
Weighted Average Remaining Lease Term
Operating Leases	38 months	44 months
Weighted Average Discount Rate
Operating Leases	7.75%	7.75%

The following table presents information about the future maturity of the lease liability under the Company’s leases as of June 30, 2022:

As of June 30, 2022	Operating Leases
2022 (remainder of the year)	$	83,679
2023		170,286
2024		175,395
2025		119,698
Total lease payments		549,058
Effect of discounting		(61,343	)
Total lease liability	$	487,715

Note 10 — Convertible Notes Payable

Convertible Notes

Prior to 2020, the Company executed convertible promissory notes (“Convertible Notes”) with a lender with an aggregate principal amount of $1,232,099. On February 5, 2020, the Company amended the Convertible Notes which had a face value on the amendment date of $1,255,595. Under the terms of the amendment, the outstanding principal under the Convertible Notes will accrue interest at a rate of 6% (“nonconvertible interest”). Upon the occurrence of a deemed liquidation event or a stock sale, the Company shall pay to the lender an amount equal to (i) the convertible balance, which shall mean the outstanding principal and accrued interest on the Convertible

F-44

T1V, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 10 — Convertible Notes Payable (cont.)

Notes as of October 11, 2018, plus (ii) the as-converted balance, which shall mean the convertible balance divided by $84.40 multiplied by 1.6657 multiplied by the amount per share received by holders of Common Stock in connection with a deemed liquidation event or stock sale, plus (iii) the unpaid and accrued nonconvertible interest. In the event the Company effects a redemption, the Company shall pay to the lender the redemption amount, which shall mean an amount equal to the product of (a) the price per share of Series B Preferred Stock as part of such redemption multiplied by (b) the quotient of the redemption amount divided by $84.40. The Company shall also pay to the lender an amount equal to the total unpaid and accrued nonconvertible interest multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the redemption amount and the denominator of which is the convertible balance. The Convertible Notes do not have a stated maturity date.

The Company elected the fair value option to account for the Convertible Notes. The fair value of the Convertible Notes on issuance was recorded at $2,500,000 based upon the calculated fair value.

The fair value of the notes increased by $439,500 and increased by $420,000, respectively, for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021, and was recognized as current period other (income) expense in the Company’s condensed statements of operations (as no portion of such fair value adjustment resulted from instrument-specific credit risk).

2020 Convertible Notes

On February 5, 2020, the Company executed a Note Purchase Agreement with various investors and issued convertible promissory notes with an aggregate principal amount of $1,063,480 (“2020 Convertible Notes”). Outstanding principal under the 2020 Convertible Notes will accrue interest at a rate of 7% per annum. The principal and unpaid accrued interest of each note will be automatically converted into Conversion Shares upon the closing of a Qualified Financing. Qualified Financing shall mean the next sale (or series of related sales) by the Company of its Equity Securities from which the Company receives gross proceeds of not less than $5,000,000, excluding (i) the aggregate amount of debt securities converted into Equity Securities upon conversion of the notes; and (ii) the aggregate amount used to redeem Equity Securities or debt securities of the Company. The number of Conversion Shares to be issued upon such conversion shall be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the outstanding principal and unpaid accrued interest on a note to be converted on the date of conversion, by the Conversion Price, which shall mean 80% of the price paid per share for Equity Securities by the investors in the Qualified Financing. Equity Securities include the Company’s common stock or preferred stock or any securities conferring the right to purchase the Company’s common Stock or preferred stock or securities convertible into, or exchangeable for (with or without additional consideration), the Company’s common stock or preferred stock. At least five days prior to the closing of the Qualified Financing, the Company shall notify each holder of a Note in writing of the terms under which the Equity Securities of the Company will be sold in such financing. The initial maturity date of the notes was February 5, 2022.

In March 2022, the Company agreed to amend the Note Purchase Agreement executed on February 5, 2020 in to extend the maturity date to December 31, 2022.

Of the aggregate principal amount, $441,048 relates to pre-existing convertible note agreements that were rolled over into the Note Purchase Agreement.

The fair value of the note increased by $42,094 and decreased by $70,320, respectively, for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021, and was recognized as current period other (income) expense in the Company’s condensed statements of operations (as no portion of such fair value adjustment resulted from instrument-specific credit risk).

Fees relating to the Company’s entry into the Note Purchase Agreement consisted primarily of legal fees which were expensed immediately as interest expense in the Company’s statements of operations.

2021 Convertible Notes and Convertible Notes Warrants

In November 2021, the Company executed convertible promissory notes with multiple investors with a total principal amount of $1,650,250 (“2021 Convertible Notes”). Outstanding principal under the 2021 Convertible Notes will accrue interest at a rate of 10% per annum. The investors may elect to convert all of the outstanding principal and accrued

F-45

T1V, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 10 — Convertible Notes Payable (cont.)

but unpaid interest due under the 2021 Convertible Notes into shares of common stock two months from the date of issuance. The Conversion Price per share for the shares of common stock shall equal (i) for 25% of the amount of principal and interest: a $17,500,000 valuation and (ii) for the remaining 75% of the amount of principal and interest: a 20% discount to the Company’s initial public offering price. At any time after two months from the date of issuance, or at the sole discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors, all of the outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid interest due under this 2021 Convertible Notes shall automatically convert to common stock at the Conversion Price immediately prior to the occurrence of any of the following (i) a merger in which the shareholders of the Company prior to the merger hold less than 50% of the voting power of the capital stock of the surviving corporation after such merger, a sale of all of the assets of the Company or a transaction or series of transactions in which 50% or more of the voting power of the capital stock of the Company is transferred; or (ii) the closing of an initial public offering of the Company’s equity securities. The maturity date of the 2021 Convertible Notes is November 5, 2022.

In connection with the 2021 Convertible Notes, the Company issued Convertible Note Warrants that are exercisable for common stock at any time on or before November 5, 2026. The number of shares of common stock initially purchasable under the warrants shall be equal to a variable number of shares, and the warrant exercise price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time. See Note 13 for additional information.

The fair value of the note decreased by $50,733 and $0, respectively, for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021, and was recognized as current period other (income) expense in the Company’s condensed statements of operations (as no portion of such fair value adjustment resulted from instrument-specific credit risk).

2022 Convertible Notes and Convertible Notes Warrants

In January 2022 and February 2022, the Company executed two convertible promissory notes with investors with a total principal amount of $230,000 (“2022 Convertible Notes”). These convertible notes were issued with a $30,000 original issue discount (“OID”), which was expensed immediately in the Company’s condensed statements of operations. Outstanding principal under the 2022 Convertible Notes will accrue interest at a rate of 10% per annum. The investors may elect to convert all of the outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid interest due under the 2022 Convertible Notes into shares of common stock two months from the date of issuance. The Conversion Price per share for the shares of common stock shall equal (i) for 25% of the amount of principal and interest: a $17,500,000 valuation and (ii) for the remaining 75% of the amount of principal and interest: a 20% discount to the Company’s initial public offering price. At any time after two months from the date of issuance, or at the sole discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors, all of the outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid interest due under this 2022 Convertible Notes shall automatically convert to common stock at the Conversion Price immediately prior to the occurrence of any of the following (i) a merger in which the shareholders of the Company prior to the merger hold less than 50% of the voting power of the capital stock of the surviving corporation after such merger, a sale of all of the assets of the Company or a transaction or series of transactions in which 50% or more of the voting power of the capital stock of the Company is transferred; or (ii) the closing of an initial public offering of the Company’s equity securities. The maturity dates of the 2022 Convertible Notes are January 1, 2023 and February 28, 2023, respectively.

In connection with the 2022 Convertible Notes, the Company issued Convertible Notes Warrants that are exercisable for common stock at any time on or before January 1, 2026 and February 28, 2026, respectively. The number of shares of common stock initially purchasable under the warrants shall be equal to a variable number of shares, and the warrant exercise price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time. See Note 13 for additional information.

The fair value of the 2022 Convertible Notes increased by $29,090 and $0, respectively, for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021, respectively, and was recognized as current period other (income) expense in the Company’s condensed statements of operations (as no portion of such fair value adjustment resulted from instrument-specific credit risk).

F-46

T1V, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 10 — Convertible Notes Payable (cont.)

The following table is a summary of the Company’s convertible notes payable for which it elected the fair value option as of June 30, 2022:

	Convertible Notes		2020 Convertible Notes		2021 Convertible Notes			2022 Convertible Notes		Total
Fair value at December 31, 2021	$	2,175,500	$	1,211,300	$	1,824,977		$	—	$	5,211,777
Fair value on issuance date		—		—		—			230,000		230,000
Change in fair value		439,500		42,094		(50,733	)		29,090		459,951
Fair value at June 30, 2022	$	2,615,000	$	1,253,394	$	1,774,244		$	259,090	$	5,901,728

Pre-2020 Convertible Notes

During the calendar years 2013 through 2015, the Company executed convertible note payable agreements with various investors (“Pre-2020 Convertible Notes”). The Company measures the Pre-2020 Convertible Notes at amortized cost. Outstanding principal on the Pre-2020 Convertible Notes will accrue interest at a rate of 12% per annum. The principal and interest of the pre-2020 Convertible Notes is convertible at the option of the note holders into shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock six months following the achievement of (i) all milestones set forth in a certain Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement with an investor and (ii) two consecutive quarters of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization (“EBITDA”) (collectively, the “Note Conversion Milestones”). The number of shares to be issued upon such conversion shall be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the outstanding principal and unpaid accrued interest due on the Pre-2020 Convertible Notes on the date of conversion by $84.40. On December 31, 2016, the Company achieved the Note Conversion Milestones. Therefore, the optional conversion feature expired for all of the investors of the Pre-2020 Convertible Notes on June 30, 2017. The Pre-2020 Convertible Notes do not have a stated maturity date.

As of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the outstanding principal balance on the Pre-2020 Convertible Notes was $745,391 and $751,020, respectively. The Company recorded interest expense of $45,470 and $45,272 during the six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The cumulative interest accrued on these notes as of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021 was $753,863 and $708,392, respectively.

Note 11 — Long-Term Debt and Related Party Notes Payable

Long-term debt consisted of the following as of:

	June 30, 2022			December 31, 2021
Decathlon Loan and Side Loan Agreements	$	1,550,000		$	1,550,000
EIDL Loan		1,996,814			2,000,000
Mountain BizWorks Loan		246,847			248,804
PPP Loan		—			973,900
Total long-term debt		3,793,661			4,772,704
Less: current portion of long-term debt		(1,613,216	)		(1,835,728	)
Total long-term debt, net of current portion and discount on debt	$	2,180,445		$	2,936,976

F-47

T1V, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 11 — Long-Term Debt and Related Party Notes Payable (cont.)

Future maturities of long-term debt are as follows:

As of June 30, 2022
2022	$	1,613,216
2023		66,070
2024		69,057
2025		72,185
2026		75,460
Thereafter		1,897,674
Total	$	3,793,661

Decathlon Loan and Side Letter Agreements

In July 2015, the Company entered into a note payable agreement with Decathlon Alpha II, L.P. (“Decathlon”) with total proceeds of $1,250,000. Monthly principal payments are calculated by taking the applicable revenue percentage and multiplying it by the revenue from the previous month. The applicable revenue percentage as defined in the agreement is 1%. Interest on the outstanding balance accrues monthly at a rate based on an internal rate of return of 25%. The Company recorded accrued interest in the amounts of $1,479,500 and $1,789,400 as of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. The note is secured by substantially all assets of the Company.

In connection with the Decathlon Note, the Company issued detachable warrants with an exercise price of $0.10 per share for the right to purchase, for a nominal amount, a 1.43% interest in the Company. At June 30, 2022 and December 31, 20201, there were 2,766 and 2,766 warrants outstanding based on the buyout percentage, respectively. The Company recorded a debt discount of $12,973, which was fully amortized as of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, to interest expense using the effective interest method. During the six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021, the Company amortized $0 and $1,830 of the debt discount, respectively. Refer to Note 12 — Warrants for more information on the detachable warrants.

Concurrently with the execution of the note payable agreement with Decathlon, the Company entered into a side letter agreement (“Side Letter”) with two stockholders. Under the terms of the Side Letter, the stockholders agreed to provide the Company with an advance of $300,000 under the same terms and conditions contained in note payable agreement with Decathlon. The total balance on the Side Letter was $300,000 as of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021. The Company recorded accrued interest in the amounts of $457,620 and $410,380 as of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.

Economic Injury Disaster Loan (EIDL)

In June 2020, the Company entered into a note agreement with the Small Business Administration. The note agreement is a secured disaster loan in the amount of $500,000 which requires monthly payments of $2,437 consisting of principal and interest at 3.75% through June 2050, when all remaining principal and interest is due and payable. Monthly payments were deferred until June 2021. The balance on the loan was $500,000 as of December 31, 2020. The Company recorded accrued interest in the amount of $10,156 as of December 31, 2020.

F-48

T1V, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 11 — Long-Term Debt and Related Party Notes Payable (cont.)

In 2021, the note was amended. The amendment increased the secured disaster loan to $2,000,000. Monthly payments were deferred until June 2022. The balance on this loan was $2,000,000 as of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021. The Small Business Administration loan is collateralized by substantially all Company assets. The Company recorded accrued interest in the amounts of $94,323 and $57,031 as of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.

Mountain BizWorks Loan

In October 2020, the Company entered into a note agreement with Mountain BizWorks for a loan of $250,000 which requires monthly payments of $3,086 consisting of principal and interest at .25% through June 2022 at which time the rate will increase to 5.5% and will be fixed through November 2030 when all remaining principal and interest is due and payable. Monthly payments are deferred until June 2022. The balance on this loan was $248,804 as of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021. This loan is collateralized by substantially all Company assets. The Company recorded accrued interest in the amounts of $2,150 and $727 as of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.

Paycheck Protection Program

In 2020, the Company received $973,900 in aggregate loan proceeds (the “PPP Loan”) from Aquesta Bank (the “Lender”) pursuant to the Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) under the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (CARES) Act. The PPP Loan is evidenced by a Promissory Note (the “Note”), by and between the Company and the Lender. Subject to the terms of the Note, the PPP Loan bears interest at a fixed rate of one percent (1.0%) per annum. Under the terms of the Note, payments of principal and interest are deferred for six months from the origination date. Following the deferral period, the Company will be required to make payments of principal plus interest accrued under the PPP Loan to the Lender in monthly installments based upon an amortization schedule to be determined by the Lender on the principal balance of the Note outstanding following the deferral period and taking into consideration any portion of the PPP Loan that is forgiven prior to that time. The PPP Loan is unsecured and guaranteed by the U.S. Small Business Administration. The Company’s PPP Loan application for forgiveness was approved and official notice received in 2021 and a gain on forgiveness of debt was recognized in the amount of $973,900.

The Small Business Administration (“SBA”) reserves the right to audit the PPP loans after forgiveness is granted in accordance with the CARES Act. Borrowers are required to maintain the PPP loan documentation for six years after the PPP loan was forgiven and to provide that documentation to the SBA upon request. While the Company believes that it is a qualified business and that it has met the eligibility requirements of the PPP loans, and believes that it has used the loan proceeds only for expenses which may be paid using proceeds from the PPP loans, no assurance can be provided that any potential SBA audit will verify the amounts forgiven, in whole or in part, and the Company could be required to repay all or part of the forgiven amount.

In January 2021, the Company entered into a second note agreement with a financial institution for $973,900 which was issued in accordance with the PPP established by the CARES Act and implemented and administered by the Small Business Administration. Any portion not forgiven will be due in monthly installments of principal and interest at 1% per annum beginning in November 2021 and continuing through January 2026. The Company has accounted for the PPP Loan in the same manner as it has for its other loan agreements. The Company’s PPP Loan application for forgiveness was approved in 2022. The principal balance on this PPP Loan is $0 and $973,900 as of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. The Company recorded accrued interest in the amounts of $0 and $1,596 as of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively, on this PPP loan. The Company’s PPP Loan application for forgiveness was approved and official notice received in 2022 and a gain on forgiveness of debt was recognized in the amount of $973,900.

F-49

T1V, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 11 — Long-Term Debt and Related Party Notes Payable (cont.)

The Company had the following related party notes payable as of:

	June 30, 2022		December 31, 2021
The Company has an unsecured, non-convertible note payable with the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. The note payable does not have a stated maturity date and is payable on demand. Interest accrues on the outstanding principal amount at a rate of 6% per annum. During the six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021, the Company recorded interest expense of $17,853 and $19,245, respectively. As of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the Company recorded accrued interest of $349,901 and $332,047, respectively, which is included in accrued interest liability. The Company made cash payments on the note of $15,315 and $54,000 during the six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021.	$	249,290	$	264,605
The Company has an unsecured, non-convertible note payable with a stockholder for total proceeds of $100,000. The note payable is noninterest bearing, does not have a stated maturity date, and is payable on demand. The Company issued warrants in connection with the note payable. Refer to Note 12 – Warrants for additional details.		148,997		137,379
The Company has an unsecured, non-convertible note payable with a stockholder for total proceeds of $200,000. The note payable does not have a stated maturity date and is payable on demand. Interest accrues on the outstanding principal amount at a rate of 6% per annum. During the six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021, the Company recorded interest expense of $6,000 and $0. As of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the Company recorded accrued interest of $7,633 and $0.		200,000		200,000
Total related party notes payable	$	598,288	$	601,984

Note 12 — Warrants

A summary of warrant activity during the three months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021 is as follows:

	Number of Warrants
Balance at December 31, 2021	3,159
Issued	90
Exercised	—
Balance at June 30, 2022	3,249

	Number of Warrants
Balance at December 31, 2020	3,699
Issued	758
Cancelled	(458	)
Exercised	(600	)
Balance at June 30, 2021	3,399

For the six months ended June 30, 2022, there were no exercises of warrants outstanding.

Consulting Warrants

In August 2012 and June 2016, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with Scale Finance, LLC. As part of the consulting agreement, the Company issued warrants to purchase 333shares of Series A Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $60 per share and 1,058shares of Series B Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $84.40 per share

F-50

T1V, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 12 — Warrants (cont.)

(collectively, the “consulting warrants”). The consulting warrants expire on August 15, 2022. As the Series A and Series B Preferred Stock is redeemable at the option of the holder and is considered temporary equity, the Company accounts for these warrants as liabilities in accordance with ASC 480, which is carried on the condensed balance sheets at fair value with any changes in its fair value recognized in the condensed statements of operations.

In May 2021, the Company and Scale Finance, LLC terminated the consulting agreements with Scale Finance. As part of the termination, Scale Finance LLC exercised 600 warrants for 600shares of Series B Preferred Stock and the Company paid an outstanding fee for services of $2,695. The remaining 458 consulting warrants for Series B Preferred Stock were cancelled. At June 30, 2022 and 2021, 333 Series A warrants remained outstanding.

Stockholder Warrants

In October 2015, the Company executed an agreement in conjunction with a note payable with one of its stockholders for warrants (“stockholder warrants”) to purchase 480shares of Series B Preferred Stock and an additional 40shares for each full month that the agreement is valid after October 28, 2017 until the expiration date of October 28, 2022. In October 2019, the stockholder exercised all of the outstanding warrants for 1,440shares of Series B Preferred Stock. At that time, the agreement was amended, and the Company agreed to issue 15 additional warrants for each full month (or 180 warrants per year) that the loan remains outstanding after October 28, 2019 and before October 29, 2022, plus an additional 40 warrants for each full month the loan remains outstanding after October 29, 2022. In September 2021, the stockholder exercised additional warrants for 330shares of Series B Preferred Stock. The exercise price of the warrants is $0.01 per share. While the warrants are outstanding, the holder may exercise the warrants by payment to the Company of an amount equal to the aggregate exercise price of the number of shares being purchased or through a cashless exercise. As the Series B Preferred Stock is redeemable at the option of the holder and is considered temporary equity, the Company accounts for these warrants as liabilities in accordance with ASC 480, which is carried on the condensed balance sheets at fair value with any changes in its fair value recognized in the condensed statements of operations. At June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, there were 150 and 300 warrants outstanding, respectively.

Decathlon Warrants

In July 2015, in connection with the note payable agreement with Decathlon and stockholders, as described in Note 12, the Company executed an agreement with Decathlon and the stockholders for warrants (collectively, the “Decathlon Warrants”) to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock for an exercise price of $0.10 per share. The warrants expire at various dates ending no later than July 15, 2025.

The holder of the warrant will have the right to receive a number of common stock that will result in the holder receiving an amount equal to the buyout percentage of the gross proceeds from a change of control plus the exercise price. The Warrant Agreement gave Decathlon the right to 0.40% and each stockholder the right to 0.08% of the gross proceeds of any Company change of control transaction, as of the July 2015 execution date. In November 2015, the amendment with Decathlon increased the buyout percentage for Decathlon to 0.90%. In March 2021, the Company executed an agreement with Decathlon and the stockholders to issue additional warrants that increased the total buyout percentage equal to 1.089% in total and resulted in the issuance of an additional 668 Decathlon warrants. As the Decathlon warrants constitute an obligation to deliver a variable number of shares, the Company accounts for these warrants as liabilities in accordance with ASC 480, which is carried on the condensed balance sheets at fair value with any changes in its fair value recognized in the condensed statements of operations.

Convertible Notes Warrants

As described in Note 10, during November 2021, January 2022, and February 2022, T1V executed offerings of an aggregate $1,880,250 of convertible notes and detachable warrants (“Convertible Notes Warrants”) with multiple investors. The warrants shall be exercisable for common stock at any time on or before five years from the closing date of the offering.

F-51

T1V, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 12 — Warrants (cont.)

The number of shares of common stock initially purchasable under the warrants shall be equal to a variable number of shares, and the warrant exercise price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time. Upon each adjustment of the exercise price, the holder of the warrant shall thereafter be entitled to purchase the number of shares obtained by multiplying the exercise price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment by the number of shares purchasable immediately prior to the adjustment and dividing the product by the exercise price resulting from the adjustment. The initial exercise price shall be equal to the price per share in the Company’s initial public offering. As the Convertible Notes Warrants constitute an obligation to deliver a variable number of shares, the Company accounts for these warrants as liabilities in accordance with ASC 480, which is carried on the condensed balance sheets at fair value with any changes in its fair value recognized in the condensed statements of operations.

The following is a reconciliation of the fair values for the warrant liability outstanding during the six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021, which are measured at fair value and categorized within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy:

	Fair Value
Warrant liability as of December 31, 2021	$	980,432
Liability at issuance		116,025
Decrease in fair value		(808,456	)
Warrant liability as of June 30, 2022	$	288,001

	Fair Value
Warrant liability as of December 31, 2020	$	164,615
Liability at issuance		12,580
Exercise of warrants		(13,314	)
Decrease in fair value		(73,432	)
Warrant liability as of June 30, 2021	$	90,449

Note 13 — Revenue Recognition

Disaggregated information for the Company’s revenue is presented below by contract type:

	Six months ended June 30,
	2022		2021
Project Revenue	$	5,222,390	$	2,831,731
License Agreements		1,363,117		1,305,199
Total Revenue	$	6,585,507	$	4,136,930

Revenue by Geographic Region

Revenues by geographic region are as follows for the years ended:

	Six months ended June 30,
	2022		2021
Domestic	$	5,891,482	$	3,690,362
Foreign		694,025		446,568
Total Revenue	$	6,585,507	$	4,136,930

F-52

T1V, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 13 — Revenue Recognition (cont.)

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue represents amounts billed to clients in excess of revenue recognized to date. These liabilities are held within deferred revenue on the balance sheet. Deferred revenue is as follows for the periods ended:

	June 30, 2022			December 31, 2021			December 31, 2020
Beginning balance of deferred revenue, January 1	$	3,891,670		$	4,178,794		$	3,580,656
Revenue deferred		7,127,797			8,927,234			8,775,534
Revenue recognized		(4,134,804	)		(9,214,358	)		(8,177,396	)
Total deferred revenue		6,884,663		$	3,891,670		$	4,178,794
Less: deferred revenue, current portion		2,806,095			2,316,573			2,245,817
Less: unearned revenue		2,735,370			468,615			621,406
Deferred revenue, net of current portion	$	1,343,198		$	1,106,482		$	1,311,571

Unbilled Accounts Receivable

An unbilled accounts receivable represents a situation in which revenue recognized within the related performance obligation exceeds the value of billings to date. Unbilled accounts receivables are typically incurred in relation to project revenues, and were $372,694, $491,946, and $47,241 as of June 30, 2022, December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, respectively.

Costs Capitalized to Obtain Revenue Contracts

The Company capitalizes the incremental costs of obtaining revenue contracts. The capitalized amounts consist solely of sales commissions paid to the Company’s sales team related to acquiring new contracts. These costs are capitalized and included in prepaid expense and other current assets and are amortized on a straight-line basis over a period of 4 years, which reflects the average customer life. In arriving at this average period of benefit, the Company evaluated both qualitative and quantitative factors which included the estimated life cycles of its contracts and customer attrition. Costs to obtain revenue contracts were $109,225, $83,192, and $99,945, for the six months ended June 30, 2022, and the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. During the six months ended June 30, 2022 and twelve months ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 the Company capitalized $51,297, $40,925, and $0, respectively, of cost to obtain revenue contracts. Amortization expense for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021 was $25,264 and $32,782, respectively. There were no impairments of costs to obtain revenue contracts for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021.

Note 14 — Other Expense (Income)

Other expense (income) consisted of the following:

	June 30,
	2022			2021
PPP loan forgiveness	$	(973,900	)	$	(973,900	)
Employee retention credit		—			(769,720	)
Convertible note change in fair value		459,951			349,680
Warrant liability change in fair value		(808,456	)		(73,432	)
Other income		(707	)		191
Total other (income) expense	$	(1,323,112	)	$	(1,467,181	)

F-53

T1V, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 15 — Capital Stock

As of June 30, 2022, the Company was authorized to issue 442,712shares of stock at a par value of $0.001 per share, consisting of 300,000shares of common stock and 142,712shares of preferred stock.

Of the 142,712 authorized shares of preferred stock, 940shares are designated as Series A-1 Preferred Stock, 17,036shares are designated as Series A-2 Preferred Stock, 20,442shares are designated as Series A-3 Preferred Stock, 18,893shares are designated as Series A-4 Preferred Stock, 7,179shares are designated as Series A-5 Preferred Stock, and 78,222shares are designated as Series B Preferred Stock.

Common Stock

Dividend Rights

Holders of the Company’s common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be paid, set aside, or declared from time to time by the Company ratably with shares of the Company’s preferred stock, subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock and limitations under Delaware law. The Company has not paid, set aside, or declared any dividends in respect of common stock for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021.

Voting Rights

Each holder of the Company’s common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders.

Liquidation

In the event of the Company’s liquidation, dissolution or winding up (“Liquidation Event”), holders of the Company’s common stock will be entitled to share ratably with shares of the Company’s preferred stock in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of the Company’s debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Rights and Preferences

Holders of the Company’s common stock have no preemptive, conversion, subscription or other rights and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Company’s common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of the Company’s common stock are subject to and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of the Company’s preferred stock that the Company may designate in the future.

Series A and Series B Preferred Stock

All classes of preferred stock are contingently redeemable by the holders upon events that are outside the control of the Company into a per share price equal to the applicable original issuance price plus accumulated and undeclared dividends (see below for further discussion of dividends). As such, the preferred stock is classified outside of permanent equity.

The liquidation preference for the redeemable convertible preferred stock is as follows for the periods ending:

	June 30, 2022		December 31, 2021
Series A-1	$	70,463	$	68,456
Series A-2		1,064,204		1,033,894
Series A-3		1,336,245		1,298,187
Series A-4		1,732,103		1,682,770
Series A-5		731,235		710,408
Series B		5,100,187		4,955,305
Total	$	10,034,437	$	9,749,020

F-54

T1V, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 15 — Capital Stock (cont.)

Dividend Rights

Holders of Series B Preferred Stock, in preference to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and common stock, will be entitled to receive, upon the liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation or a Deemed Liquidation Event, cumulative dividends at the rate of six percent (6%) of the Series B Original Issue Price compounded per annum on each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock).

Holders of each sub-series of Series A Preferred Stock, in preference to the holders of common stock, will be entitled to receive, upon the liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation or a Deemed Liquidation Event, cumulative dividends at the rate of six percent (6%) of the applicable Series A Original Issue Price compounded per annum on each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock).

Holders of the Company’s preferred stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be paid, set aside, or declared from time to time by the Company ratably with shares of the Company’s common stock based on the number of shares held by each such holder, treating all securities as if they had been converted to common stock. The Company has not paid, set aside, or declared any dividends in respect of preferred stock for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021.

Redemption

The Series A and Series B Preferred Stock are not mandatorily redeemable but may be redeemed upon a Liquidation Event or Deemed Liquidation Event. The holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock will be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, with equal priority and on a pari passu basis, before any payment will be made to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock or the holders of common stock, an amount per share equal to the Series B Original Issue Price, plus any dividends declared but unpaid. If upon any such Liquidation Event or Deemed Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders are insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock the full amount to which they are entitled, then the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock will share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable with respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable with respect to such shares were paid in full.

If, after the payment in full of the Series B Preferred Stock liquidation preference, any assets of the Corporation remain, then in the event of a Liquidation Event or Deemed Liquidation Event the holders of shares of each sub-series of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding will be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, with equal priority and on a pari passu basis, before any payment will be made to the holders of common stock, an amount per share equal to the applicable Series A Original Issue Price, plus any dividends declared but unpaid or such an amount per share that would have been payable has all shares of such sub-series of Series A Preferred Stock been converted into common stock immediately prior to such Liquidation Event or Deemed Liquidation Event. If upon any such Liquidation or Deemed Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders are insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock the full amount to which they are entitled, then the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock will share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable with respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable with respect to such shares were paid in full. At June 30, 2022, the shares of Preferred Stock were not redeemable and the likelihood of an occurrence of a Deemed Liquidation Event was not deemed to be probable.

F-55

T1V, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 15 — Capital Stock (cont.)

Accretion of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

As all classes of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock are contingently redeemable by the holders upon events that are outside the control of the Company, the carrying value of the Series A and Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock is adjusted to maximum redemption amount each period. Increases to the carrying value of redeemable convertible preferred stock is recognized each period as a charge against additional paid-in capital or, in the absence of additional paid-in capital, by charges against accumulated deficit.

For the six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021, the accretion of the Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock was $140,535 and $132,580.

For the six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021, the accretion of the Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock was $144,882 and $134,545.

Voting Rights

Holders of record of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, have the right to elect two directors of the Corporation. Holders of record of the Series B Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, have the right to elect two directors of the Corporation. Any Series A Director seat or Series B Director seat shall be considered vacant until the stockholders entitled to elect a person to fill such directorship vote exclusively and as a separate class.

On all other matters, each holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of common stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder are convertible as of the record date, voting as a single class with holders of common stock.

Conversion Rights

Each share of Preferred Stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock as is determined by dividing (a) in the case of the Series A Preferred Stock, the applicable Series A Original Issue Price by the applicable Series A Conversion Price in effect at the time of conversion, and (b) in the case of the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series B Original Issue Price by the Series B Conversion Price in effect at the time of conversion. The “Series A Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to $44.15 for each share of Series A-1 Preferred Stock, $36.79 for each share of Series A-2 Preferred Stock, $38.50 for each share of Series A-3 Preferred Stock, $54.00 for each share of Series A-4 Preferred Stock, and $60.00 for each share of Series A-5 Preferred Stock. The “Series B Conversion Price” shall be initially equal to $50.67 for each share of Series B Preferred Stock.

Upon either the closing of (a) the sale of shares of common stock to the public at a price of at least four times the Series B Original Issuance Price or (b) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the majority of Series B Preferred Stockholders (the time or such closing or the date and time specified or the time of the event specified in such vote or written consent is referred to herein as the “Mandatory Conversion Time”), all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of common stock at the then effective conversion rate determined by dividing (a) in the case of the Series A Preferred Stock, the applicable Series A Original Issue Price by the applicable Series A Conversion Price in effect at the time of conversion, and (b) in the case of the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series B Original Issue Price by the Series B Conversion Price in effect at the time of conversion.

Note 16 — Stock-Based Compensation

On January 25, 2014, the Company established an Incentive Stock Option Plan (“the 2014 Plan”) which provides for the issuance of up to 200,000shares of the Company’s common stock. Under the Plan, the Company has issued restricted stock options to key employees. Stock options that were issued prior to December 31, 2017 were issued with an exercise

F-56

T1V, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 16 — Stock-Based Compensation (cont.)

price of $7.90 and stock options issued between December 31, 2017 and April 26, 2022 were issued with an exercise price of $6.00. All stock options vest over four years on a straight-line basis and expire no later than ten years from the date of grant.

On August 27, 2019, the Company adopted its 2019 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2019 Plan”). The 2019 Plan allows for the grant of a variety of equity awards to provide flexibility in implementing equity awards, including incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and other stock-based awards, including stock appreciation awards. Under the Plan, the Company has issued restricted stock options to key employees. Stock options that were issued prior to December 31, 2017 were issued with an exercise price of $7.90 and stock options issued between December 31, 2017 and April 26, 2022 were issued with an exercise price of $6.00. All stock options vest over four years on a straight-line basis and expire no later than ten years from the date of grant.

Stock-based compensation expense of $38,934 and $17,652 for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021, respectively, is included in general and administrative expenses on the condensed statements of operations. As of June 30, 2022, there was $434,521 of unrecognized compensation costs related to non-vested share-based compensation arrangements granted to key employees under the Plan. These costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.55 years.

The following table summarizes the assumptions used to estimate the fair value of stock options granted during the six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021. There were 3,980 stock options granted for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 6,900 stock options granted during the six months ended June 30, 2022.

Inputs	February 25, 2021			April 26, 2022
Risk-free rate		1.1	%		2.8	%
Expected term (in years)		6.25			6.25
Expected volatility		70.0	%		78.0	%
Expected dividend yield		0.0	%		0.0	%
Weighted average grant date fair value	$	4.07		$	53.59

The risk-free interest rate is based on the rate for a U.S. government security with the same estimated life at the time of the option grant and the stock purchase rights. The expected term of the stock options was estimated using the simplified method. The Company estimated its future stock volatility considering the observed volatility of companies with similar operations. Management believes this is the best estimate of the expected volatility over the expected life of its stock options and stock purchase rights. The estimated dividend yield is based on the Company’s history of not paying dividends.

The following table summarizes the stock option activity for the six months ended June 30, 2022:

	Number of Shares		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term in Years
Outstanding at December 31, 2021	23,740		$	6.87	5.82
Granted	6,900		$	76.70	9.83
Exercised	—
Forfeited	(125	)	$	59.85	9.55
Outstanding at June 30, 2022	30,315		$	22.61	8.76
Options exercisable at June 30, 2022	19,158		$	7.98	5.35

The intrinsic value of all options outstanding and exercisable is immaterial for all periods presented.

F-57

T1V, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 17 — Net (Loss) Income Per Share

Basic net loss per share is computed by dividing net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. The weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding does not include any potentially dilutive securities.

Diluted loss per share is based upon the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period plus additional weighted-average of potentially dilutive shares resulting from warrants, stock options, preferred stock, and convertible notes to the extent they are dilutive. For the six months ended June 30, 2022, and 2021, all such common stock equivalents have been excluded from diluted net loss per share as the effect to net loss per share would be anti-dilutive.

The following table sets forth the computation of the Company’s basic and diluted net loss per share:

	Six Months Ended June 30,
	2022		2021
Numerator:
Net Loss	(1,055,684	)	(481,576	)
Net Loss Attributable to Common Stockholders	(1,055,684	)	(481,576	)
Denominator:
Weighted-Average Number of Shares of Common Stock	33,807		33,807
Basic and Diluted Net Loss per Share	(31.23	)	(14.24	)

The following table represents the potential shares that were excluded from the computation of weighted-average number of shares of common stock in computing the diluted net loss per share for the periods presented because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect:

	June 30,
	2022	2021
Shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A Preferred Stock(1)	64,157	64,157
Shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B Preferred Stock(2)	64,537	63,986
Shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of convertible debt	48,289	46,867
Stock options	32,660	24,700
Common stock equivalent of warrants upon conversion into common shares(3)	3,349	3,599

____________

(1)Series A shares are convertible to one share of common stock.

(2)Series B shares are convertible into 1.67shares of common stock.

(3)The outstanding 333 warrants for Series A shares as of June 30, 2022 and 2021 convert to 333 shares of common stock. The outstanding 150 and 300 warrants for Series B shares as of June 30, 2022 and 2021 convert to 250 and 500 shares of common stock, respectively. As of June 30, 2022 and 2021, there were 2,766 outstanding warrants for common stock.

Note 18 — Income Taxes

Our tax provision for interim periods is determined using an estimate of our annual effective tax rate, adjusted for discrete items arising in that quarter. Our effective tax rate differs from the U.S. statutory tax rate primarily due to valuation allowances on our deferred tax assets as it is more likely than not that some or all of our deferred tax assets will not be realized. Accordingly, we recorded no Income tax expense for the six month period ended June 30, 2022 and 2021.

F-58

T1V, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 19 — Subsequent Events

Events and transactions occurring after June 30, 2022, have been evaluated to determine proper recognition and disclosure in the financial statements. Subsequent events and transactions were evaluated through October10, 2022, which represents the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

Convertible Notes

In July 2022, the Company executed convertible promissory notes with multiple investors with a total principal amount of $414,000.

The outstanding principal under the Convertible Notes will accrue interest at a rate of 10%. The investors may elect to convert all of the outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid interest due under the 2022 Convertible Notes into shares of common stock two months from the date of issuance. The Conversion Price per share for the shares of common stock shall equal (i) for 25% of the amount of principal and interest: a $17,500,000 valuation and (ii) for the remaining 75% of the amount of principal and interest: a 20% discount to the Company’s initial public offering price. At any time after two months from the date of issuance, or at the sole discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors, all of the outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid interest due under this Convertible Notes shall automatically convert to common stock at the Conversion Price immediately prior to the occurrence of any of the following (i) a merger in which the shareholders of the Company prior to the merger hold less than 50% of the voting power of the capital stock of the surviving corporation after such merger, a sale of all of the assets of the Company or a transaction or series of transactions in which 50% or more of the voting power of the capital stock of the Company is transferred; or (ii) the closing of an initial public offering of the Company’s equity securities. The maturity date of the Convertible Notes is July 2023.

In connection with the Convertible Notes, the Company issued Convertible Notes Warrants that are exercisable for common stock at any time on or before five years after the issuance date of the notes. The number of shares of common stock initially purchasable under the warrants shall be equal to a variable number of shares, and the warrant exercise price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time.

Government Grants

In October 2022, the Company received $294,000 in government grants as a result of the impact from the COVID-19 pandemic.

F-59

T1V, INC.

   Shares

Class A Common Stock

Sole Book Running Manager

EF HUTTON

division of Benchmark Investments, LLC

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

Through and including, 2022, (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in the Shares whether or not participating in this Offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

Part II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table indicates the expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this registration statement (the “Offering”), other than underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which will be paid by us. All amounts are estimated except the Securities Exchange Commission (SEC) registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (FINRA) filing fee and The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq”) exchange listing fee.

	Amount
SEC registration fee	$	*
FINRA filing fee		*
Nasdaq listing fee		*
Accountants’ fees and expenses		*
Legal fees and expenses		*
Transfer Agent’s fees and expenses		*
Printing and engraving expenses		*
Miscellaneous		*
Total expenses	$	*

____________

*To be provided by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement for expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the completion of the Offering permits indemnification of our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, and our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the completion of the Offering provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers and permit us to indemnify our employees and other agents, in each case to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

We have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and officers, whereby we have agreed to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law, including indemnification against expenses and liabilities incurred in legal proceedings to which the director or officer was, or is threatened to be made, a party by reason of the fact that such director or officer is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of T1V, Inc., provided that such director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner that the director or officer reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interest of T1V, Inc. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director or officer of T1V, Inc. regarding which indemnification is sought, nor is the registrant aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

We maintain insurance policies that indemnify our directors and officers against various liabilities arising under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act that might be incurred by any director or officer in his or her capacity as such.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling our Company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

II-1

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

The information below lists all of the securities sold by us during the past three years which were not registered under the Securities Act:

At three closings on February 5, 2020, February 28, 2020 and May 4, 2020, the Company raised an aggregate of $622,432.50 in a convertible debt financing investment round pursuant to which the Company issued unsecured convertible notes to 14 accredited investors in an aggregate principal amount of $622,432.50, which accrue interest at 7% per year (the “2020 Notes”). The 2020 Notes will automatically convert upon the closing of the Company’s initial public offering (“IPO”) into an aggregate of [•] shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock based on a conversion price equal to 80% of the public offering price of a share of Class A Common Stock in the IPO (giving effect to the reclassification of our shares of common stock to Class A Common Stock and the Split at an assumed ratio of 50-for-1, which is the approximate midpoint of the range between 35-for-1 and 70-for-1, which range was approved by our board of directors, with the actual ratio being subject to the further approval of our board of directors and our stockholders). These convertible notes mature on December 31, 2022 and contain customary default provisions. We issued the foregoing securities in transactions not involving an underwriter and not requiring registration under Section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in reliance on the exemption afforded by Section 4(a)(2) thereof and Regulation D promulgated thereunder.

At two closings on February 5, 2020 and February 28, 2020, the Company issued unsecured convertible notes in exchange for the outstanding principal amount and interest of previously issued notes to 8 accredited investors in an aggregate principal amount of $441,048.21, which accrue interest at 7% per year (the “2020 Rollover Notes”). The 2020 Rollover Notes will automatically convert upon the closing of the Company’s IPO into an aggregate of [•] shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock based on a conversion price equal to 80% of the public offering price of a share of Class A Common Stock in the IPO (giving effect to the reclassification of our shares of common stock to Class A Common Stock and the Split at an assumed ratio of 50-for-1, which is the approximate midpoint of the range between 35-for-1 and 70-for-1, which range was approved by our board of directors, with the actual ratio being subject to the further approval of our board of directors and our stockholders). These convertible notes mature on December 31, 2022 and contain customary default provisions. We issued the foregoing securities in transactions not involving an underwriter and not requiring registration under Section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in reliance on the exemption afforded by Section 4(a)(2) thereof and Regulation D promulgated thereunder.

On March 31, 2021, the Company issued to three of its lenders ten-year warrants to purchase an aggregate of 138,800shares of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $0.10 per share (giving effect to the reclassification of our shares of common stock to Class A Common Stock and the Split at an assumed ratio of 50-for-1, which is the approximate midpoint of the range between 35-for-1 and 70-for-1, which range was approved by our board of directors, with the actual ratio being subject to the further approval of our board of directors and our stockholders). We issued the foregoing securities in transactions not involving an underwriter and not requiring registration under Section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in reliance on the exemption afforded by Section 4(a)(2).

In May 2021, the Company issued 600shares of Series B Preferred Stock to one accredited investor in full satisfaction of previously issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,058shares of Series B Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $84.40 per share. We issued the foregoing securities in transactions not involving an underwriter and not requiring registration under Section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in reliance on the exemption afforded by Section 4(a)(2).

From November 2021 to February 2022, the Company raised an aggregate of $1,995,000 in a convertible debt bridge financing investment round pursuant to which the Company issued secured convertible notes to 14 accredited investors in an aggregate principal amount of $2,294,250, at an original issue discount of 15%, which accrue interest at a rate of 10% per year (the “2021-2022 Bridge Notes”). The 2021-2022 Bridge Notes are convertible at the option of the holders and will automatically convert upon the closing of the Company’s IPO into an aggregate of [•] shares of the Company’s common stock based on an average conversion price equal to [_____________] (giving effect to the reclassification of our shares of common stock to Class A Common Stock and the Split at an assumed ratio of 50-for-1, which is the approximate midpoint of the range between 35-for-1 and 70-for-1, which range was approved by our board of directors, with the actual ratio being subject to the further approval of our board of directors and our stockholders). These convertible notes mature on various dates between November 2022 and February 2023 (on the applicable date which is 12 months after the date of issuance of each such convertible note) and contain customary default provisions. In addition, the Company issued to the holders of the 2021-2022 Bridge Notes common stock purchase five-year

II-2

warrants to purchase [•] shares of Class A Common Stock (equal to the aggregate principal amount of the 2021-2022 Bridge Notes divided by the public offering price of a share of Class A Common Stock in the IPO) at an exercise price of $[•] per share (the public offering price of a share of Class A Common Stock in the IPO) (all giving effect to the reclassification of our shares of common stock to Class A Common Stock and the Split at an assumed ratio of 50-for-1, which is the approximate midpoint of the range between 35-for-1 and 70-for-1, which range was approved by our board of directors, with the actual ratio being subject to the further approval of our board of directors and our stockholders). We issued the foregoing securities in transactions not involving an underwriter and not requiring registration under Section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in reliance on the exemption afforded by Section 4(a)(2).

On April 24, 2022, the Company issued to three of its lenders ten-year warrants to purchase an aggregate of 34,450shares of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $0.10 per share (giving effect to the reclassification of our shares of common stock to Class A Common Stock and the Split at an assumed ratio of 50-for-1, which is the approximate midpoint of the range between 35-for-1 and 70-for-1, which range was approved by our board of directors, with the actual ratio being subject to the further approval of our board of directors and our stockholders). We issued the foregoing securities in transactions not involving an underwriter and not requiring registration under Section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in reliance on the exemption afforded by Section 4(a)(2).

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)Exhibits.

Exhibit No.	Description
1.1*	Form of Underwriting Agreement
3.1*	Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective prior to the completion of the Offering.
3.1.1*	Form of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective prior to the completion of the Offering.
3.1.2*	Form of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective immediately prior to the completion of the Offering.
3.2*	Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective immediately prior to the completion of the Offering.
4.1*	Specimen Class A Common Stock Certificate
4.2*	Specimen Class B Common Stock Certificate
4.3*	Form of Representative Warrant
4.4*	2013 Convertible Promissory Note, dated September 27, 2013
4.5*	2014 Convertible Promissory Note, dated March 10, 2014
4.6*	First Amendment to the 2013 Convertible Promissory Note and the 2014 Convertible Promissory Note, dated August 13, 2015
4.7*	Second Amendment to the 2013 Convertible Promissory Note and the 2014 Convertible Promissory Note, dated August 13, 2015
4.8*	2015 Convertible Promissory Note, dated March 2, 2015
4.9*	2015 Convertible Promissory Note, dated March 31, 2015
4.10*	2020 Rollover Convertible Promissory Note, dated February 5, 2020
4.11*	2022 Convertible Promissory Note, dated February 28, 2022
4.12*	Form of 2021 Convertible Note Warrant
4.13*	Form of 2022 Convertible Note Warrant
4.14*	Form of Decathlon Alpha II, L.P. Warrant
5.1*	Opinion of Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP
10.1*+	Employment Agreement by and between the Registrant and Michael Feldman
10.2*+	Employment Agreement by and between the Registrant and James Morris
10.3*+	Employment Agreement by and between the Registrant and Adam Loritsch
10.4*	Revenue Loan and Security Agreement with Decathlon Alpha II, L.P. including Amendments 1 through 7 thereto
10.5*	Form of Indemnification Agreement

II-3

Exhibit No.	Description
10.6*+	2014 Stock Incentive Plan
10.7*+	2019 Stock Incentive Plan
10.8*+	2022 Equity Incentive Plan
14.1*	Form of Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
23.1*	Consent of BF Borgers CPA PC
23.2*	Consent of Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1*	Power of Attorney (included on signature page)
99.1*	Form of Audit Committee Charter.
99.2*	Form of Compensation Committee Charter.
99.3*	Form of Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Charter.
99.4*	Consent of David Almagor to be named as a Director Nominee
107*	Filing Fee Table

____________

*To be filed by amendment.

+Management contract or compensatory plan.

(b)Financial Statement Schedules.

All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the SEC are not required under the related instructions, or are inapplicable, and therefore have been omitted.

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant under the foregoing provisions or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1)For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant under Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2)For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-4

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of [ ].

T1V, INC.
By:
	Michael Feldman
	President and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Michael Feldman, as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in their name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by this registration statement that is to be effective on filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
	President, Chief Executive Officer and Director	, 2022
Michael Feldman	(Principal Executive Officer)
	Chief Financial Officer	, 2022
Diane Thompson	(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
		, 2022
Dieter Woelfle	Director
		, 2022
James Morris	Chief Technology Officer and Director
		, 2022
John Stein	Director
		, 2022
Christopher McKee	Director

II-5